Home

Agilent Technologies E4406A VSA Satellite Radio User Manual

Contents

1. Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E NADC 30 kHz 60 kHz 90 kHz 120 kHz 0 Hz PDC 50 kHz 100 kHz 0 kHz 0 kHz 0 kHz Range 10 Hz to 45 MHz 0 to 200 kHz Default Unit Hz You must be in the NADC cdmaOne or PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Remarks Chapter 5 293 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Adjacent Channel Power Offset Frequency Power Mode SENSe ACP LIST POWer INTeg PEAK INTeg PEAK INTeg PEAK INTeg PEAK INTeg PEAK L SENSe ACP LIST POWer Define the power measurement mode for each of the offset frequencies You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENS ACP LIST STATe command Factory Preset and RST Remarks INTeg INTeg INTeg INTeg INTeg You must be in the NADC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Offset Frequency Relative Limit SENSe ACP LIST RLIMit rel powr rel powr rel powr rel powr rel powr SENSe ACP LIST RLIMit Set the relative limit on offset frequencies You can turn off not use Specific offsets with the SENS ACP LIST STATe command Factory Preset and RST 45 dB Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E NADC 26 dB 45 dB 45 dB 0 dB 0 dB PDC 45 dB 60 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB Rang
2. Start a response thread StartResponseThread true This routine is called whenever the applet is out of scope i e minize browser public void stop Close all local sockets sck CloseSockets Kill the response thread StartResponseThread false Action for sending out scpi commands This routine is called whenever a command is received from the SCPI command panel 172 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN public boolean action Event evt Object what If this is the correct target if evt target scpiCommand Get the scpi command String str scpiCommand getText Send it out to the Scpi socket Sck ScpiWriteLine str String tempStr str toLowerCase If command str is syst err don t need to send another one if tempStr indexOf syst 1 tempStr indexOf err 1 Query for any error Sck ScpiWriteLine syst err return true return false Start Stop a Response thread to display the response strings private void StartResponseThread boolean start if start Start a response thread responseThread new Thread this responseThread start else Kill the response thread responseThread null Response thread running public void run String str Initialize str to null Chapter 3 173 Programming Exampl
3. ARIB 1 Factory Preset and RST Mode Variant Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E iDEN 10 kHz n a n a n a n a Basic 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz cdmaOne BS cellular 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz BS pcs 30 kHz 12 5 kHz 1 MHz 30 kHz 30 kHz MS cellular 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz MS pcs 30 kHz 12 5 kHz 1 MHz 30 kHz 30 kHz cdma2000 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz W CDMA 3 84 MHz 3 84 MHz 3 84 MHz 3 84 MHz 3 84 MHz 3GPP W CDMA 3GPP 3 84 MHz 3 84 MHz 3 84 MHz 3 84 MHz 3 84 MHz Trial amp Arib Trial ARIB 4 096 MHz 4 096 4 096 4 096 4 096 MHz MHz MHz MHz Range 300 Hz to 20 MHz for cdmaOne Basic cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode 1 kHz to 5 MHz for iDEN mode 298 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Default Unit Hz Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or iDEN mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power FFT Segments SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST FFTSegment lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST FFTSegment Selects the number of FFT segments used in making the measurement In automatic mode the measurement optimizes the number of FFT segments required for the shortest measurement time The minimum number of segments required to make a measurement is set by your desired measureme
4. MC Power multi carrier power no traces no markers W CDMA 3GPP mode OBW occupied bandwidth no traces no markers cdmaOne cdma2000 iDEN PDC W CDMA 3GPP modes ORFSpectrum output RF spectrum RFEMod n 2 yes only for a single GSM mode RFESwitching ees n 3 SPEMod n 4 yes only for multiple LIMMod n 5 offsets PFERror phase and frequency error PERRor n 2 yes GSM mode PFERror n 3 RFENvelope 124 Chapter 5 209 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Measurement Available Traces Markers Available PSTatistic power statistics CCDF MEASured n 2 2 yes Basic cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP Et W CDMA Trial amp Arib modes M LR REFerence n 4 PVTime power versus time RFENvelope s in yes GSM Service modes UMASk n 3 LMASk n 4 RHO modulation quality EVM n 2 8 yes cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA Josa 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib nian modes PERRor n 4 SEMask spectrum emissions mask SPECtrum n 2 yes cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP mode TSPur transmit band spurs SPECtrum n 2 yes Sho ULIMit n23 TXPower transmit power RFENvelope n 2 yes GSM mode IQ n 8 SPECtrum frequency domain RFENvelope n 2 yes all modes for Service mode IQ n 3 SPECtrum n 4 ASPectrum n 7 WAVEform time domain RFENvelope n 2 yes all modes IQ n 8 a The n number indicates the sub opcode that co
5. program variable 132 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Saving Binary Trace Data in an ASCII File ViSession defaultRM viVSA ViStatus viStatus 0 char sBuffer 80 0 FILE fTraceFile long 1NumberPoints 0 long 1NumberBytes 0 long lLength 0 long i 0 unsigned long lBytesRetrieved ViReal64 adTraceArray 10240 char vsaSetup setup commands for VSA RST CLS Reset the device and clear status FEED AREF set the input port to the internal 50MHz reference source DISP FORM ZOOM1 zoom the spectrum display FREQ CENT 50E6 tune the analyzer to 50MHz FORM REAL 64 Set the ouput format to a binary format FORM BORD SWAP set the binary byte order to SWAP for PC INIT IMM trigger a spectrum measurement FETC SPEC7 fetch the spectrum trace data open session to GPIB device at address 18 viStatus viOpenDefaultRM amp defaultRM viStatus viOpen defaultRM GPIBO 18 INSTR VI NULL VI NULL amp viVSA check opening session sucess if viStatus printf Could not open a session to GPIB device at address 18 n exit 0 Set I O timeout to five seconds viSetAttribute viVSA VI ATTR TMO VALUE 5000 Send setup commands to instrument Chapter 3 133 Programming Examples Saving Binary Trace Data in an ASCII File viPrintf viVSA s n vsaSetup print message to the standard output printf G
6. 00000 ee 230 DISPlay SPECtrum n WINDow m TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel power nnn 231 DISPlay SPECtrum n WINDow m TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel aaa 231 DISPlas TRACeln STATe CARE JON OJ La RERO RR RR DAR PCR 0 232 EIL Ne E E KEE 232 DISPlay WAVeform n WINDow m TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision power 235 DISPlay WAVeform n WINDow m TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision 005 235 DISPlay WAVeform n WINDow m TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel power 236 DISPlay WAVeform n WINDow m TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel ae 236 IEETChwmeasuremerten eon see de kcexzb rdpeecteb er d eee eed LS REE dob add 238 UN sun a EE RE TOR Pe pede E Cw ES 259 JETCh AREPere ce n ciis ei cee o E AER AS EE EE EE P Ee OE ERES RE EN DEES R GS 267 15 List of Commands RN EK pasa esp od ERA REED Ed PERSE RE pe RS 268 WFETCHQEPSTaasticDil iuekkukesctszkeb nu R3 REG 4 POE EEP e 269 Pe rini osos eoo exa ORE EP PRU Re PLE AD ead whee RE Ead QA Eis 271 PE PCOSEN oni Ls dress pb y SERERE GP oe ee a ey RH bee ee ede a 274 d RK E nmi 21 222 tua yest hohe eee hs EE NE ERN ORE SOR ew ARERR 275 BR PCH PRR Euren Eege AE EE 278 FETC WAVeiorm DI es caseo sese Rete RR RR REG OGOGURES ER TEX EXE ERO REEA ES REE 279 FORMat BORDer NORMal SWAPped nennnnnnuannununnran aurane 239 OR BORDE e t eee ee 239 FORMat DATA ASCii REAL 32 REAL 64 een 239 das 4c RT aC rcr 239 HCOPy DESTination FPANel PRIN fer ns 9 case o
7. Added revision A 05 00 251 Language Reference INSTrument Subsystem INSTrument Subsystem This subsystem includes commands for querying and selecting instrument measurement personality option modes Catalog Query INSTrument CATalog FULL 7 Returns a comma separated list of strings which contains the names of all the installed applications These names can only be used with the INST SELECT command If the optional keyword FULL is specified each name is immediately followed by its associated instrument number These instrument numbers can only be used with the INST NSELect command Example INST CAT Query response GSM 3 CDMA 4 Example INST CAT FULL Query response BASIC 8 GSM 3 CDMA 4 SERVICE 1 Select Application by Number INSTrument NSELect integer INSTrument NSELect Select the measurement mode by its instrument number The actual available choices depends upon which applications are installed in the instrument These instrument numbers can be obtained with INST CATalog FULL 1 SERVICE 3 GSM 4 CDMA cdmaOne 5 NADC 6 PDC 8 BASIC 9 WCDMA W CDMA 3GPP 10 CDMA2K cdma2000 11 IDEN 12 ARIBWCDMA W CDMA ARIB and Trial 13 EDGEGSM Example INST NSEL 3 252 Chapter 5 NOTE Language Reference INSTrument Subsystem Factory Preset and RST Persistent state with factory default of 8 BASIC Range 1 to x where x depen
8. DB25 DB25 DB25 DB25 Female Male Male Female ca84a Figure 1 6 HP Agilent 24542M Modem Cable 24542M Instrument Modem Cable 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DB9 DB9 DB25 DB25 Male Female Male Female ca88a 50 Chapter 1 Preparing for Use Cables for Connecting to RS 232 Figure 1 7 HP Agilent C2913A C2914A Cable Instrument C2913A C2914A PC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 20 DB25 DB25 DB25 Female Male Female DB25 DB25 DB25 DB25 Female Male Male Female ca89a Figure 1 8 Mouse Adapter typical Typical Mouse Instrument Adapter 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 20 9 22 DB9 DB9 DB25 DB25 Female Male Female Male A mouse adapter works well as a 9 pin to 25 pin adapter with a PC ca810a Chapter 1 51 Preparing for Use Cables for Connecting to RS 232 Figure 1 9 HP Agilent 24542U Cable with 5181 6641 Adapter 24542U 5181 6641 Instrument Cable Adapter Black 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 T 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 20 9 9 9 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB25 DB25 Male Female Female Male Female Male ca811a Figure 1 10 HP Agilent 24542U Cable with 5181 6640 Adapter 24542U 5181 6640 Instrument Cable Adapter White PC Printer 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 20 9 9 9 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB25 DB25 Male Female Female Male Male Female ca812a Figure 1 11 HP Agilent 24542U Cable with 5181 6642 Adapter 24542U 5181 6642 Instrument Cable Adapter Gray 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8
9. History Added revision A 05 00 Remote Message Turned Off SYSTem MESSage OFF Removes any system message from the Status Bar at the bottom of the instrument display A message can be displayed using the SYSTem MESSage command Example SYSTem MESSage OFF History Added revision A 05 00 Service Password SYSTem PASSword L CENab1e integer Enables access to the service functions by means of the password Front Panel Access System Show System Service Password Preset SYSTem PRESet Returns the instrument to a set of defined conditions This command does not change any persistent parameters 388 Chapter 5 Language Reference SYSTem Subsystem Front Panel Access Preset Preset Type Preset and RST Factory This parameter is persistent which means that it retains the setting previously selected even through a power cycle Remarks SYST PRES USER SAVE defines the user preset Example SYST PRES TYPE FACT Front Panel Access System Pwr On Preset Preset Factory User Set Time SYSTem TIME lt hour gt lt min gt lt sec gt SYSTem TIME Sets the time of the real time clock of the instrument Hour must be an integer from 0 to 23 Minute must be an integer from 0 to 59 Second must be an integer from 0 to 59 Front Panel Access System Time Date Set Time Adjust Time SYSTem TIME ADJust seconds Adjust the instruments internal time by the value entered Range Lar
10. Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Waveform Pre ADC Bandpass Filter SENSe WAVeform ADC FILTer STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe WAVeform ADC FILTer STATe Turn the pre ADC bandpass filter on or off This is an Advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Preset OFF Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Waveform ADC Range SENSe WAVeform ADC RANGe AUTO APEak APLock GROund M6 PO P6 P12 P18 P24 SENSe WAVeform ADC RANGe Select the range for the gain ranging that is done in front of the ADC This is an Advanced control that normally does not need to be changed AUTO automatic range Auto Peak APEak automatically peak the range Auto Peak Lock APLock automatically peak lock the range GROund ground 358 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem M6 subtracts 6 dB of fixed gain across the range PO to 24 adds 0 to 24 dB of fixed gain across the range Factory Preset and RST AUTO Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Waveform Query Aperture Setting SENSe WAVeform APERture Returns the waveform sample period aperture based on current resolution bandwidth filter type and decimation factor Sample rate is the reciprocal of period Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELec
11. close session viClose viVSA viClose defaultRM Chapter 3 131 Programming Examples Saving Binary Trace Data in an ASCII File Saving Binary Trace Data in an ASCII File This is the C programming example Trace c BRK RK ok RK AK RK IK KOK IK IK IK IK AK IK IK OK OK KR KR IK KK OR KK RRO IO KAKA Trace c Agilent Technologies 2001 E4406A VSA Series Transmitter Tester using VISA for I O This Program shows how to get and save a binary trace data Set up VSA commands so they can be done FAST all in one transaction Reset the device and clear status Set the input port to the internal 50MHz reference source Zoom the spectrum display and tune the analyzer to 50MHz Set the ouput format to a binary format Set binary byte order to SWAP for PC Trigger a spectrum measurement and fetch the trace data Open a session to GPIB device at address 18 Get the number of bytes in length of postceeding trace data Put this in sBuffer Put the trace data into sBuffer and convert it from ASCII to integer Calculate the number of points given the number of byte in the trace REAL 64 binary format means each number is represented by 8 bytes Save trace data to an ASCII file Close the session AKAKAKAKKKKKEKEKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK FOR FOR FOR TOR FOR AOR OK OR OR OK OK RR RR KK KK include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt include lt memory h gt include visa h void main
12. printf Please observe the display and notice the signal shape n printf Then press any key to reset the instrument a n t t Vas wait for any key to be pressed getch reset the instrument viPrintf viVSA RST n set again the input port to the internal 50Mhz reference source viPrintf viVSA SENS FEED AREF n display message printf n nThe instrument was reset to the factory default setting n printf Notice the abscence of the signal on the display n printf Press any key to recall the saved state a n t t ys wait for any key to be pressed getch recall the state saved in register 10 viPrintf viVSA RCL 10 n zoom the spectrum display viPrintf viVSA DISP FORM ZOOM1 n display message printf n nNotice the previous saved instrument settings were restored n printf Press any key to terminate the program a n t t n n wait for any key to be pressed getch reset the instrument viPrintf viVSA RST wai n Set the instrument to continuous sweep Chapter 3 141 Programming Examples Saving and Recalling Instrument State Data viPrintf viVSA INIT CONT 1n close session viClose viVSA viClose defaultRM 142 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Performing Alignments and Getting Pass Fail Results Performing Ali
13. 1 result resultBytes No while 0 return resultBytes BRK RK AK KR IK IK IK AK IK OK KR IK OK OK KR KR KR KK KK KK KK KK KOR RK IK IO KOR IK AOR FOR IK IK IK OK EK AK SFunction showErrors SDescription Query the SCPI error queue until empty Print results SReturn void RR Eh Eh EE IO FOR FO FOR FO FO FO FOR FOR FOR IO FOR FOR KKK KKKAKKKKKAKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKJ void showErrors SOCKET sock const char command SYST ERR n char result str 256 do queryInstrument sock command result str sizeof result str 1 JAKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK IK IK IK eh IR RK RK Eh AR IK KK IK IK AK IK Typical result_str 221 Settings conflict Frequency span reduced 160 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN 0 No error Don t bother decoding RR RK Eh KK IK TOK FOR FOR KOK FO FOR IK IO IO FOR IO IK KAKAK E EE E IO A A AK k k d if strnemp result str 0 3 0 Matched 0 No error break puts result str while 1 BR RK RK KK KK RK IK KK IK IO KOK IK IK FOR FOR KOK FO FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR OK IO IK FOR OK RIOR OK RR KK RK gt Function isQuery X SDescription Test current SCPI command to see if it a query SReturn unsigned char non zero if command is a query 0 if not KAKKKKKKKKKKKKKK TOK FOR IK AK FOR AK IK IK IK IK KKK KKK OK RR RK RRO IO IO k k RK AK AK
14. 328 SENSeECHPower SWEep TIME AUTU e ELTERE EUREN E RAR RR R 328 SEN Sei CH Powers WEep TIME 2 oss a geeks ex RR eres eb SS EES Oo ede ES NEE A EE 327 SENSe CHPower TRIGger SOURce EXTernal 1 EXTernal2 IMMediate 328 SENSeLGHPower TRIG SOLO s eso ees RU ARCA EUR ROB CK RA 328 SENSe CORRection RF LOSS rel power es 329 SEN Seton RechionERPRLOGR EEN WAR GUERRA weeds kee RAUS E RUNE ds He 329 SENSe FEED RF IQ IONLy QONLy AREFerence JIFALign eae 329 LaENSSEFEBDS 445 ade yd epa aer eee ages potes SO Iob eere qol xo oa he qui aieo dod 329 SENSeLEREQuency CENTetr lt freg gt ca Ra K 6 cae ae eee hood Oe RR KES RR RR RR 330 SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement Deg 330 SENSel FREQuency CENTer STEPI INCRementi7 000 cc ccc cece eens 330 SENSeEFREQuency CENTer soc i400 ae ss ak a ER kta 330 SENSe POWer IQ RANGe UPPer power DBM DBMV W ase 317 SENSe POWer IQ RANGe UPPer l a e eee n 317 SENSe POWer RF ATTenuation rel power ne 331 SENSe POWer RF ATTenuation AUTO OFFJON JO IV eee 331 SENSe POWer RF ATTenuation AUTO rn 331 SENSe POWer RF ATTenuation 331 SENSe POWer RF RANGe AUTO OFF ON O 1 0 00 eee II 332 PoE Nee R R EE A EE RE mat Qe RES ERE dE Re RE Ee ER 332 SENSe POWer RF RANGe UPPer power 332 29 List of Commands SENSSEPOWESPEBEERANGSLUUPPOFS 5522s ek qua Fete
15. ACP FAST OFFSet ADC RANGe Select the range for the gain ranging that is done in front of the ADC when the SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE is set to Fast This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed If you are measuring a CW signal see the description below e Auto sets the ADC range automatically For most FFT measurements the auto feature should not be selected An exception is when measuring a signal which is bursty in which case the auto featurecan maximize the time domain dynamic range if FFT results are less important to you than time domain results Auto Peak APEak sets the ADC range automatically to the peak signal level The auto peak feature is a compromise that works well for both CW and burst signals Auto Peak Lock APLock holds the ADC range automatically at the peak signal level The auto peak lock feature is more stable than the auto peak featurefor CW signals but should not be used for bursty signals e M6 sets an ADC range that subtracts 6 dB of fixed gain across the range manually Manual ranging is best for CW signals e PO P6 P12 P18 or P24 selects ADC ranges that add 0 6 12 18 or 24 dB of fixed gain across the range manually Manual ranging is best for CW signals Factory Preset and RST Auto Peak APEak Remarks You must be in the W CDMA 3GPP mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Fas
16. E4406A Examples Query the center frequency lanio 15 4 43 5 sens freq cent Query X and Y values of marker 1 and marker 2 assumes they are on lanio my4406 calc spec markl x y calc spec mark2 x y Check for errors gets one error lanio my4406 syst err Send a list of commands from a file and number them cat scpi cmds lanio n my4406 kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk This program compiles and runs under HP UX 10 20 UNIX using HP cc or gcc cc Aa O o lanio lanio c N gcc Wall O o lanio lanio c Windows 95 using Microsoft Visual C 4 0 Standard Edition Windows NT 3 51 using Microsoft Visual C 4 0 id Be sure to add WSOCK32 LIB to your list of libraries Compile both lanio c and getopt c Consider re naming the files to lanio cpp and getopt cpp Considerations On UNIX systems file I O can be used on network sockets This makes programming very convenient since routines like getc fgets fscanf and fprintf can be used These routines typically use the lower level read and write calls In the Windows environment file operations such as read write and close cannot be assumed to work correctly when applied to Sockets Instead the functions send and recv MUST be used Chapter 3 149 Programming Examples Using C Programming Ove
17. LIMMod n 5 yes only for a single offset yes only for multiple offsets Chapter 5 233 Language Reference DISPlay Subsystem Measurement Available Traces Markers Available EPVTime EDGE power versus time RFENvelope n 2 yes LMASk n 4 EVM error vector magnitude EVM n 2 yes NADC PDC modes MERRor n23 PERRor n24 EVMQpsk QPSK error vector EVM n 2 yes magnitude 93a cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP MEUM W CDMA Trial amp Arib modes PERRor n 4 IM intermodulation SPECtrum n 2 yes cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP modes MCPower multi carrier power no traces no markers W CDMA 3GPP mode OBW occupied bandwidth no traces no markers cdmaOne cdma2000 iDEN PDC W CDMA 3GPP modes ORFSpectrum output RF spectrum RFEMod n 2 yes only for a single GSM mode RFESwitching E n 3 SPEMod n 4 yes only for multiple LIMMod n 5 offsets PFERror phase and frequency error PERRor n 2 yes SEDEM rao PFERror n 3 RFENvelope n24 PSTatistic power statistics CCDF MEASured n 2 yes Basic cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib modes GAUSian n23 REFerence n24 234 Chapter 5 Language Reference DISPlay Subsystem all modes IQ n 8 Measurement Available Traces Markers Available PVTime power versus time RFENvelope n 2 yes GSM Service mode
18. Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN if instSock INVALID SOCKET fprintf stderr Unable to open socket Wn return 1 fprintf stderr Socket opened n if strlen command gt 0 BRK RK AK KK AK OK OK IK IK OK KR KR RR KK KK KR IK KK IK IK IK IK k k IK OK ACK d if the command has a in it use queryInstrument otherwise simply send the command JEKKKKKKKKKAKKKAKKKKKAKKKKKEKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKJ if isQuery command long bufBytes bufBytes queryInstrument instSock command charBuf INPUT BUF SIZE if quiet fwrite charBuf bufBytes 1 stdout fwrite n 1 1 stdout fflush stdout else commandInstrument instSock command else read a line from stdin while gets charBuf NULL if strlen charBuf continue Chapter 3 165 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN if charBuf i charBuf continue strcat charBuf n if quiet if number char num 10 sprintf num d number fwrite num strlen num 1 stdout fwrite charBuf strlen charBuf 1 stdout fflush stdout if isQuery charBuf long bufBytes Put the query response into the same buffer as the command string appended after the null terminator d bufBytes queryInstrument instSock charBuf charBuf strlen charBuf 1 INPUT BUF
19. SENSe RADio DEVice BTS MS SENSe RADio DEVice Select the type of radio device to be tested BTS Base station transmitter test MS Mobile station transmitter test Factory Preset and RST BTS Remarks Global to the current mode You must be in cdma2000 EDGE w GSM GSM W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Version A 03 00 or later 340 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio Device Radio Device Under Test SENSe RADio DEVice INBound OUTBound SENSe RADio DEVice Select the type of radio device to be tested If you are testing a base station it must be put into the test mode to transmit known bit patterns OUTBound Base station transmitter test INBound Mobile station transmitter test Factory Preset and RST Inbound Remarks You must be in the iDEN mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Global to current mode Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio Device Radio Base Station Type SENSe RADio DEVice BASE TYPE NORMal MICRo PICO SENSe RADio DEVice BASE TYPE Select the type of base station to be tested If you are testing a base station it must be put into the test mode to transmit known bit patterns Factory Preset and RST NORMal Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM mode to use this command Use INSTrume
20. Settings for the Serial Interface Please refer to the documentation on your computer and I O to configure the serial bus Some common serial interface configuration settings are Baud Rate to 9600 Bits per character to 8 Parity to Odd and disabled Stop bits to 1 Handshake and Baud Rate To determine hardware operating parameters you need to know the answer for each of the following questions about the peripheral device Which of the following signal and control lines are actively used during communication with the peripheral Data Set Ready DSR Clear to Send CTS e What baud rate is expected by the peripheral 124 Chapter2 Programming Fundamentals Overview of the RS 232 Bus Character Format Parameters To define the character format you must know the requirements of the peripheral device for the following parameters Character Length Eight data bits are used for each character excluding start stop and parity bits Parity Enable Parity is disabled absent for each character Stop Bits One stop bit is included with each character Modem Line Handshaking To use modem line handshaking for data transfer you would consider the following tasks 1 Set Data Terminal Ready and Request to Send modem lines to active state Check Data Set Ready and Clear to Send modem lines to be sure they are active 3 Send information to the interface and thence to the peripheral After data transf
21. Demodulation Unused Unused 7 Unused 4 Unused Unused Always Zero 0 Condition Register Trans Filter Trans Filter Event Register Event Enable Reg Condition Register Trans Filter Trans Filter Event Register Event Enable Reg 4 STATus QUEStionab Ref Osc Oven Cold 4 Unused Unused Unused 4 Unused Unused 5 Unused Unused gt Unused Unused jU Unused 10 Unused Unused Unused Unused Always Zero 0 15 Condition Register Trans Filter Trans Filter Event Register Event Enable Reg T STATus QUEStionable CALibration Reserved Reserved 1 Reserved RF Align Failure 3 4 5 IF Align Failure LO Align Failure ADC Align Failure 5 Reserved 57 Misc Sys Align Failure Unused 3 Reserved 10 Reserved 1 Reserved 12 Corrections Off 13 Align Needed 14 Always Zero 0 15 Event Enable Reg Condition Register Trans Filter Trans Filter Event Register L POWer Summary y CALibration Summary p INTegrity Sum 9 STATus QUEStionable Reserved Reserved Reserved TEMPerature Sum FREQuency Sum Reserved Reserved Questionable Status Summa Status Byte Register Unused Unused Message Available MAV Std Event Stat Operatio
22. Reference Oscillator Rear Panel Output SENSe ROSCillator OUTPut STATe OFF ON O 1 SENSe ROSCillator OUTPut Turn on and off the 10 MHz frequency reference signal going to the rear panel ESA Option oscillator commands if applicable are found as SENSe OPTion ROSCillator Preset and RST Persistent State with factory default of On Remarks Global to system Was SENS ROSC REAR Front Panel Access System Reference 10 MHz Out Chapter 5 345 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Reference Oscillator Source SENSe ROSCillator SOURce INTernal EXTernal SENSe ROSCillator SOURce Select the reference oscillator time base source Use ROSC EXT FREQ to tell the instrument the frequency of the external reference INTernal uses internally generated 10 MHz reference signal EXTernal uses the signal at the rear panel external reference input port Preset and RST Persistent State with factory default of Internal Remarks Global to system Front Panel Access System Reference Ref Oscillator Spectrum Frequency Domain Measurement Commands for querying the spectrum measurement results and for setting to the default values are found in the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 The equivalent front panel keys for the parameters described in the following commands are found under the Meas Setup key after the Spectrum Freq Domain measurement has been selected from the MEASURE key menu Spect
23. channel power measurement e CSPur close spurs measurement e RHO rho waveform quality measurement e SPECtrum spectrum frequency domain measurement e TSpur transmit band spurs measurement e WAVeform waveform time domain measurement cdma2000 Option B78 e ACP adjacent channel power ratio measurement INST SELECT CDMA2K e CHPower channel power measurement e PSTatistic power statistics CCDF measurement e CDPower code domain power measurement s EVMQpsk QPSK error vector magnitude measurement e RHO modulation accuracy composite rho measurement e OBW occupied bandwidth measurement e SEMask spectrum emission mask measurement M intermodulation measurement e SPECtrum spectrum frequency domain measurement e WAVeform waveform time domain measurement 38 Chapter 1 Preparing for Use Programming the Transmitter Tester Table 1 1 Available Modes and Measurements Modes Measurement Keywords W CDMA 3GPP Option BAF INST SELECT WCDMA ACP adjacent channel power ratio measurement CDPower code domain power measurement CHPower channel power measurement PSTatistic power statistics CCDF measurement EVMQpsk QPSK error vector magnitude measurement RHO modulation accuracy composite EVM measurement OBW occupied bandwidth measurement SEMask spectrum emission mask measurement IM intermodulation measurement MCPower multi carrier power measurement
24. lt measurement gt key words ACPr no markers CHPower no markers PSTatistic markers available SPECtrum markers available WAVeform markers available Service Mode measurement key words e PVTime no markers e SPECtrum markers available e WAVeform markers available cdmaOne Mode measurement key words ACPr no markers CHPower no markers CDPower markers available CSPur markers available RHO markers available SPECtrum markers available WAVeform markers available cdma2000 Mode measurement key words ACP no markers CDPower markers available CHPower no markers EVMQpsk markers available IM markers available OBW no markers PSTatistic markers available RHO markers available SEMask markers available SPECtrum markers available WAVeform markers available EDGE with GSM Mode measurement key words EEVM markers available EORFspectr markers available EPVTime no markers ORFSpectrum markers available PFERror markers available PVTime no markers SPECtrum markers available TSPur markers available TXPower no markers WAVeform markers available 202 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem GSM Mode lt measurement gt key words ORFSpectrum markers available PFERror markers available PVTime no markers SPECtrum markers available TSPur markers available TXPower no markers WAVeform markers available iDEN
25. s Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Register Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Condition STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated CONDition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Condition register The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Enable STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated ENABle STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated ENABle This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event register which also sets the Data Uncalibrated Summary bit bit 3 in the Questionable Integrity Register The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event Query STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated EVENt 2 This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event register 376 Chapter 5 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition re
26. selected with INSTrument SELect Waveform Averaging Type I SENSe WAVeform AVERage TYPE LOG MAXimum MINimum RMS SCALar SENSe WAVeform AVERage TYPE Select the type of averaging LOG The log of the power is averaged This is also known as video averaging MAXimum The maximum values are retained MINimum The minimum values are retained RMS The power is averaged providing the rms of the voltage Factory Preset and RST RMS Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Waveform Resolution BW SENSe WAVeform BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution lt freq gt SENSe WAVeform BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution 360 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Set the resolution bandwidth This value is ignored if the function is auto coupled Factory Preset and RST 100 0 kHz for NADC PDC cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib basic service 500 0 kHz for GSM 2 0 MHz for cdmaOne Range 1 0 kHz to 5 0 MHz Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Waveform Query Actual Resolution Bandwidth SENSe WAVeform BANDwidth RESolution ACTual Due to memory constraints the actual resolution bandwidth value may vary from the value entered by the user For most applications the resulting difference in value is inconsequential but for some it is necessary to know the ac
27. 0 Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Calibration Positive Transition STATus QUEStionable CALibration PTRansition number STATus QUEStionable CALibration PTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Calibration Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 370 Chapter 5 NOTE NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Questionable Frequency Register Questionable Frequency Condition STATus QUEStionable FREQuency CONDition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Frequency Condition register The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Frequency Enable STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle number STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle This command determines what bits in the Questionable Frequency Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Frequency Event register which also sets the Frequency Summary bit bit 5 in the Questionable Register The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the
28. 220 221 programming example 143 RF gain 219 trigger delay 225 226 trigger interpolation 226 calibration commands 213 218 calibration condition register 369 370 carrier type 339 carrier selection 339 CCDF measurement 269 CDMA measurements available 38 PN offset number 322 remove the mode 281 understanding measurements 36 CDMA installation 281 CDMA measurement 268 286 324 CDMA standards 343 400 cdma2000 ACP measurement 296 302 312 313 cdma2000 measurement 259 269 286 333 cdmaOne ACP measurement 296 302 310 312 313 cdmaOne measurement 259 center frequency setting 330 center frequency step size 330 changing instrument settings 286 mass storage location 282 channel burst type 321 channel number ARFCN 319 320 channel power measurement See also CHPower channel power measurement 268 324 Choose Option key 43 CHPower number of points 327 sweep time 327 328 trigger source 328 CKOR 343 clear status IEEE command 187 CLS command 78 code updates 43 color printing 243 command complete 189 command keywords 62 commands 185 multiple 64 parameters 62 programming different functions 182 syntax 59 valid commands 60 comments in a program 46 compiling C with VTL 114 computers RS 232 cables 48 condition of instrument 76 condition register 77 CONFigure command use 255 CONFigure commands 256 configuring the instrument 183 connection errors 106 connectio
29. 230 Index
30. 318 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem 512 to 885 for DCS1800 512 to 810 for PCS1900 259 to 293 for GSM450 306 to 340 for GSM480 438 to 511 for GSM700 128 to 251 for GSM850 Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Global to the current mode History Version A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access FREQUENCY Channel ARFCN Select the Lowest ARFCN I SENSel CHANnel ARFCn RFCHannel BOTTom Set the analyzer to the frequency of the lowest ARFCN Absolute RF Channel Number of the selected radio band Factory Preset and RST 975 for E GSM 1 for P GSM 955 for R GSM 512 for DCS1800 512 PCS1900 259 GSM450 306 GSM480 438 GSM700 128 GSM850 Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Global to the current mode History Version A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access FREQUENCY Channel BMT Freq Chapter 5 319 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Select the Middle ARFCN SENSe CHANnel ARFCn RFCHannel MIDDle Set the analyzer to the frequency of the middle ARFCN Absolute RF Channel Number of the selected radio band Factory Preset and RST 38 for E GSM 63 for P GSM 28 for R GSM 699 for DCS1800 661 for PCS1900 276 for GSM450 323 for GSM480 474 for GSM 700 189 for GSM850 Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM mode to use this command Use IN
31. 3GPP mode only the data acquisition is made with the wide channel integration bandwidth and the time domain data is divided into the narrow data to apply FFT This mode is faster than the FFT mode but less accurate in power levels FFT the data acquisition is made with the narrow channel integration bandwidth and apply fast Fourier transform FFT to convert to the frequency doman data Sweep the measurement is made by the swept spectrum method like the traditional swept frequency spectrum analysis to have better correlation to the input signal with a high crest factor peak averatge ratio This mode may take a longer time than the FFT mode See SENSe ACP SWEep DETector FUNCtion Factory Preset and RST FFT Remarks You must be in the cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Trigger Source SENSe ACP TRIGger SOURce Eternal 1 EXTernal2 FRAMe IF IMMediate RFBurst SENSe ACP TRIGger SOURce Select the trigger source used to control the data acquisitions EXTernal 1 front panel external trigger input EXTernal 2 rear panel external trigger input FRAMe internal frame trigger from front panel input IF internal IF envelope video trigger IMMediate the next data acquisition is immediately taken capturing the signal asynchronously also called free run RFBurst wideband RF
32. 6 green Not 4 blue 1 we 5 white blue T white brown 4 8 brown Table 2 4 Cross Over Cable Unshielded twisted pair UTP cable with RJ 45 connectors Cross Over Wiring Connector A Connector B Signal Name RJ 45 Pin RJ 45 Pin Signal Name RX 1 3 TX RX 2 6 TX TX 3 1 RX TX 6 2 RX Not 4 4 Not Used E E Used 7 7 8 8 a Either end of this cable can be used at the analyzer or LAN device The connector names are a convention use ful during cable construction only This cable can be used to cascade hubs or to make point to point connections without a LAN hub Chapter 2 111 NOTE NOTE Figure 2 7 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer A convenient way to make a cross over adapter is to use two RJ 45 jacks wired according to Table 2 4 Standard straight through patch cables can then be used from the analyzer to the adapter and from the adapter to other LAN devices If you use a special purpose adapter you will avoid having a cross over cable mistaken for a standard straight through patch cable Some commercially available cross over cables do not implement the cross over wiring required for your analyzer Please refer to Table 2 4 and verify all connections before using cables not made by Agilent Technologies Cross Over Patch Cable Wiring cross over end Pin 1 Pin 8 To Other Connector sd623c
33. BANDwidth BWIDth 20 0 cece e 297 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST FFTSegment lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt 299 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST FFTSegment AUTO OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OoFkIONTIOI sees enn n RR I 299 SENSe ACP OF FSet LIST FFTSegment AUTO 2 0 eren 299 SENSeLACP OFFSeUCLIST gHETSezment 1 222 4E ene oe cea SE oe wee ERR SS eR 299 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST POINts lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt 302 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST POINts AUTO OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OEF ONTO IL OFF VON 0 T cae ege RENE hh PREM eR 302 SENSekACP OPN Seis KEE Eh RE 302 24 List of Commands SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST POINts ebd 2arERTSUARPRRYTRXRIPRRP ERR ptura Eus 302 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RATTenuation AUTO OPI ON 1011 303 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RATTenuation AUTO eren 303 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RATTenuation rel powr rel powr rel powr rel powr rel pDwrz aa 308 ISENSel ACP OFFSet LIST RATTenuation7 0 ccc eh hn 303 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RCARrier lt rel_power gt lt rel_power gt lt rel_power gt lt rel_power gt lt rel_power gt 0 aaa 304 LSENSe ACPOF Set BH DR NEE EE EE bbws e dd 304 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RPSDensity rel power rel power rel power rel power rel D werz cece ee eeee 305 SENSel ACP OFFSe
34. FOEN Se lid LUM tla bo gee er ee ee ay ee an see sir 322 SENSe CHANnel TSCode lt integer gt x gR Rg RR RR RRR eect een eens 323 SENSe CHANnel TSCode AUTO OFF ON 0 1 324 SEN Se CE N nel R God AUTOS gj z sa re eB iE E ACRRRE RR RO ERROR OE eee RUE ER es 324 GENS ET Se L uweawestisbxbuw e d RS do Rd 323 SENSe CHPower AVERage COUNt integer lle 324 SENSe CHPower AVERage COUNt 2 0 0 0 eer rrr 324 SENSe CHPower AVERage TCONtrol EX Ponential REPeat 0 0 0 cece eee 325 SENSe CHPower AVERage TCONtrol Kag R R KR RR R cee RRR KR hn 325 SENSe CHPower AVERage STATe OFF ONJ0 1 0 0 cece IRR 325 SENSe CHPower AVERage STATe 0 0 ee rn 325 28 List of Commands SENSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration freq aa rars 326 SENSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration ll ee 326 SENSe CHPower FREQuency SPAN freq ehe 326 SENSeLEGHPower FREGQuency SPAN aa sack RC KAR RRR eee RH CR RT RC 326 SENSeLGHPOower POINGS lt imnteger gt Li CSN kx kay XE EORR DR OX NK R EW REESEN a 327 SENSe CHPower POINts AUTO OFFJON JO11 0 00 c cece ee eee eens 327 ESENSe CHPowerPOINts AUTO AE sav ies khe ERE RARE E EEN sds ES EEG aes 327 PeENSelCH Power PH NIE aides cic wot eae dee see Oa Meade ewe ie RO OR e bc eee 32 7 SENSel CHPower SWEep TIME time ENEE EEN eke eee eee eee 327 SENSe CHPower SWEep TIME AUTO OFFJON IOI
35. PTRansition 2 naoa saaana aaaea naana 370 STATus QUEStionable CALibration EVENt l l e 369 STATus QUEStionable CONDWON s ss xx a a Ra KR rb dines eek ed RE x XR ER Edd 367 STATus QUEStionable ENABle number 367 STATusQUESuonableENABle ys sa gees eee es Oe eS PERE Sw RESTEAUCUOLERETS GER Y RH d 367 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency CON Dition 2 0 00 eens 371 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle number 371 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle 0 0 nas 371 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition number 372 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition 0 0 0 0 ccc eee enna 372 STATus QUEStionable F REQuency PTRansition number 372 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency PTRansition 0 0 00 0 cece teenies 372 STATus QUEStionable FREQuencyl EVENt llle 371 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity CONDition llle 372 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity ENABle number eene 373 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity ENABle ssseeeeeeeeeee ehe 373 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity NTRansition number 373 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity NTRansition aere 373 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity PTRansition number 374 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity PTRansition7 0 ccc ees 374 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal CONDition lesse 374 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal ENABle number 0000 cence eee 374 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal ENABle27 eee nes 374 STATus QUE
36. Places the selected marker on the lowest point on the trace that is assigned to that particular marker number The marker must have already been assigned to a trace Use CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe to assign a marker to a particular trace Example CALC SPEC MARK2 MIN Remarks The keyword for the current measurement must be specified in the command Some examples include SPECtrum WAVeform Marker Mode CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 MODE POSition DELTa CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 MODE Selects the type of marker to be a normal position type marker or a delta marker A specific measurement may not have both types of markers For example several measurements only have position markers The marker must have already been assigned to a trace Use CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe to assign a marker to a particular trace Example CALC SPEC MARK MODE DELTA Remarks For the delta mode only markers 1 and 2 are valid The keyword for the current measurement must be specified in the command Some examples include SPECtrum WAVeform Front Panel Access Marker Marker Delta 206 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Marker On Off CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 STATe OFF ON 0 1 CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 STATe Turns the selected marker on or off The marker
37. SENSe ACP OFFSet TEST Basic mode cdmaOne SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST TEST ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST TEST cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST TEST ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST TEST cdmaOne W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n TEST BSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n TEST 310 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Defines the type of testing to be done at any custom offset frequencies The measured powers are tested against the absolute values defined with SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n ABSolute or the relative values defined with SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n RPSDensity and SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n RCARrier You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENS ACP OFFSet n LIST n STATe command Offset n n 1 is base station and 2 is mobiles The default is base station 1 List n cdmaOne mode n 1 is cellular bands and 2 is pcs bands The default is cellular W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode n 1 is ARIB 2 is 3GPP and 3 is Tri
38. Therefore handling large amounts of this type of data will take more time and storage space Real 32 or 64 Binary 32 bit or 64 bit real values in amplitude unit in a definite length block Transfers of real data are done in a binary block format A definite length block of data starts with an ASCII header that begins with and indicates how many additional data points are following in the block Suppose the header is 512320 Chapter 5 239 Language Reference FORMat Subsystem e The first digit in the header 5 tells you how many additional digits bytes there are in the header e The 12320 means 12 thousand 3 hundred 20 data bytes follow the header e Divide this number of bytes by your selected data format bytes point either 8 for real 64 or 4 for real 32 In this example if you are using real 64 then there are 1540 points in the block Factory Preset and RST ASCII 240 Chapter 5 Language Reference HCOPy Subsystem HCOPy Subsystem The HCOPy subsystem controls the setup of printing to an external device Screen Printout Destination HCOPy DESTination FPANel PRINter HCOPy DESTination This command was created to support backward compatibility to early instrument functionality It is used to specify whether the hardcopy printout goes to the printer or to a destination that is specified from the front panel key Print Setup Print To FilelPrinter Example HCOP DEST printer Factory Preset and R
39. ZOOM Selects the viewing format that displays only one window of the current measurement data the current active window Use DISP FORM TILE to return the display to multiple windows Front Panel Access Zoom toggles between Tile and Zoom Spectrum Y Axis Scale Div DISPlay SPECtrum n WINDow m TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision power DISPlay SPECtrum n WINDow m TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision Sets the amplitude reference level for the y axis n selects the view the default is Spectrum n 1 m 1 Spectrum n 1 m 2 I Q Waveform n 1 m 2 I and Q Waveform Basic W CDMA cdma2000 n 1 m 3 numeric data Service mode n 1 m 4 RF envelope Service mode 230 Chapter 5 Language Reference DISPlay Subsystem n 2 m 1 I Waveform Option B7C n 2 m 2 Q Waveform Option B7C n 3 mel UQ Polar Basic W CDMA cdma2000 n 4 m 1 Linear Spectrum Basic W CDMA cdma2000 m selects the window within the view The default is 1 Factory Preset 10 dB per division for Spectrum Range 1 dB to 20 dB per division for Spectrum Default Unit 10 dB per division for Spectrum Remarks May affect input attenuator setting To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Front Panel Access When in Spectrum measurement Amplitude Y Scale Scale Div History Modified revision A 05 00 Spectrum Y Axis Reference Level DISPlay SPECtrum n
40. all on a single line LOAD BIN GPIBS DEV lan analyzer IP address GPIB name TIME 30 ISC 7 Replace analyzer IP address with the IP address of your analyzer GPIP name with the GPIB name given to your analyzer and 7 with the logical unit number For example the following LOAD statement should be added to your AUTOST program for the parameters listed below analyzer IP address 12 22 344 225 analyzer GPIB name instO logical unit number 7 timeout value seconds 30 LOAD statement all on a single line LOAD BIN GPIBS DEV lan 12 22 344 225 instO TIME 30 ISC 7 Consult your BASIC documentation to learn how to load the SICL driver for BASIC After the SICL driver is loaded you control your analyzer using commands such as the following OUTPUT 718 IDN ENTER 718 S where 18 is the device address for the analyzer See the BASIC example program in this chapter for more information Chapter 2 101 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Controlling Your Analyzer with SICL LAN and BASIC for UNIX Rocky Mountain BASIC Before you can use Rocky Mountain Basic HPRMB with SICL LAN you will need to set up the SICL LAN I O drivers for HPRMB Consult your system administrator for details Create a rmbrc file in your root directory of your UNIX workstation with the following entries SELECTIVE OPEN ON Interface 8 lan analyzer IP address GPIB name NORMAL Replace analyzer IP address wit
41. determines the averaging action after the specified number of data acquisitions average count is reached EXPonential Each successive data acquisition after the average count is reached is exponentially weighted and combined with the existing average REPeat After reaching the average count the averaging is reset and a new average is started Factory Preset and RST REPeat for basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib EXPonential for NADC PDC iDEN Remarks Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Type of Carrier Averaging SENSe ACP AVERage TYPE MAXimum RMS SENSe ACP AVERage TYPE Selects the type of averaging to be used for the measurement of the carrier Factory Preset and RST RMS Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Revision A 03 00 or later in cdmaOne revision A 04 00 Front Panel Access Meas Setup Avg Mode Adjacent Channel Power Carrier Channel BW Basic cdmaOne iDEN mode SENSe ACP BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration freq SENSe ACP BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration cdma2000 W CMDA 3GPP mode Chapter 5 287 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem SENSe ACP BANDwidth n BWIDth n INTegration freq SENSe ACP BANDwidth n BWIDth n INTegration cdmaOne W CMDA Trial amp Arib mode SENSe ACP BANDwidth n BWIDth n
42. err vs attenuation and RF flatness err vs frequency The IF gain DAC is not compensated to adjust for prefilter gain but is set to a nominal value Typically used to facilitate troubleshooting Factory Preset and RST ON Front Panel Access System Alignment Corrections Calibration Display Detail CALibration DISPlay LEVel OFF LOW HIGH CALibration DISPlay LEVel Controls the amount of detail shown on the display while the alignment routines are running The routines run faster if the dieplay level is off so they do not have to update the display Off displays no trace points Low displays every 10th trace High displays every trace Factory Preset and RST Low Front Panel Access System Alignments Visible Align Align the Image Filter Circuitry CALibration FILTer IMAGe CALibration FILTer IMAGe Align the eight image filter tuning DACs 216 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Remarks A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending the command Front Panel Access System Diagnostics Align the IF Flatness CALibration FLATness IF CALibration FLATness IF Finds the flatness shape of the current IF setup prefilter mgain natBW This information is then used for compensating measurements that use FFT functionality like the spectrum measurement The alignment is done frequently in
43. key if you wish to cancel the installation process Chapter 1 43 Preparing for Use Installing Optional Measurement Personalities Viewing a License Key Measurement personalities purchased with your instrument have been installed and activated at the factory You will receive a unique License Key number with every measurement personality purchased The license key number is a hexadecimal number that is for your specific measurement personality instrument serial number and host ID It enables you to install or reactivate that particular personality Follow these steps to display the unique license key for a measurement personality that is already installed in your instrument 1 Press System Install Choose Option The Choose Option key accesses the alpha editor Use the alpha editor to enter letters upper case and the front panel numeric keys to enter digits for a personality option that is already installed in the instrument 2 Press the Done key on the alpha editor menu The unique license key number for your instrument will now appear on the License Key softkey You will want to keep a copy of your license key number in a secure location Please enter your license key numbers below for future reference If you should lose your license key number call your nearest Agilent Technologies service or sales office for assistance License Key Numbers for Instrument with Serial For Option the li
44. slope 393 slope IF 396 SPECtrum 357 timeout 391 WAVeform 363 trigger delay alignment 225 226 trigger interpolation alignment 226 trigger measurement 247 248 trigger source ACP 316 trigger IEEE command 192 triggering CHPower 328 triggering commands 184 troubleshooting LAN 105 U uninstall application 281 Uninstall Now 44 uninstalling measurement personalities 41 units 62 63 up down stepping the value 62 Index 405 Index updating firmware 43 URL for product information 36 users lock out 386 using GPIB 56 LAN 55 89 using CONFigure command 256 using FETCh lt meas gt command 257 using MEASure lt meas gt command 255 using READ lt meas gt command 257 V value changing by steps 62 VEE 103 VEE programing socket LAN 103 406 view ACP data 228 view commands 228 VISA library 114 117 voltage units 63 W wait IEEE command 192 WAVeform acquisition packing 357 ADC dithering 358 ADC filter 358 ADC range 358 data decimation 362 sweep time 362 trigger source 363 waveform time domain measurement 278 357 See also WAVeform W CDMA ACP measurement 296 302 312 313 W CDMA 3GPP measurement 259 269 333 W CDMA Trial amp ARIB measurement 259 269 333 W CDMA measurement 286 WMF screen files 284 writing a program 46 www location for information 36 Z zero Span measurement 278 357 zoom the display
45. the FREQ command puts you back at the SENSE level You must specify POW to get to FREQ STAR 30MHz POW MIX RANG 20dBm FREQ STAR 30MHz PON MIX RANG 20dBm MIX and RANG require a colon to separate them POW ATT 40dB TRIG FREQ STAR 2 3GHz PON ATT 40dB FREQ STAR 2 3GHz FREQ STAR is in the SENSE subsystem not the TRIGGER subsystem POW ATT FREQ STAR POW ATT FREQ STAR POW and FREQ are within the same SENSE subsystem but they are two separate commands so they should be separated with a semicolon not a colon POW ATT 5dB FREQ STAR 10MHz POW ATT 5dB FREQ STAR 10MHz Attenuation cannot be a negative value 66 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Improving the Speed of Your Measurements Improving the Speed of Your Measurements There are a number of things you can do in your programs to make them run faster Turn off the display updates on page 67 Use binary data format instead of ASCII on page 67 Minimize the number of GPIB transactions on page 68 Avoid unnecessary use of RST on page 70 Minimize DUT instrument setup changes on page 70 Consider using LAN instead of GPIB on page 70 Avoid automatic attenuator setting on page 70 Optimize your GSM output RF spectrum switching measurement on page 71 Avoid using RFBurst trigger for single burst signals on page 71 When making po
46. 112 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals C Programming Using VTL C Programming Using VTL The programming examples that are provided are written using the C programming language and the HP Agilent VTL VISA transition library This section includes some basic information about programming in the C language Refer to your C programming language documentation for more details This information is taken from the manual VISA Transition Library part number E2090 90026 The following topics are included Typical Example Program Contents on page 113 Linking to VTL Libraries on page 114 Compiling and Linking a VTL Program on page 114 Example Program on page 116 Including the VISA Declarations File on page 117 Opening a Session on page 117 Device Sessions on page 118 Addressing a Session on page 119 Closing a Session on page 121 Typical Example Program Contents The following is a summary of the VTL function calls used in the example programs visa h This file is included at the beginning of the file to provide the function prototypes and constants defined by VTL ViSession The ViSession is a VTL data type Each object that will establish a communication channel must be defined as ViSession viOpenDefaultRM You must first open a session with the default resource manager with the viOpenDefaultRM function This function will initialize the default resource manager and return a pointer to t
47. 123A456B789C Remarks The license key is unique to the specific option installed in a particular instrument Front Panel Access System Install License Key Delete a License Key SYSTem LKEY DELete lt application option license key gt Allows you to delete the license key for the selected application from instrument memory If the license key is deleted you will be unable to reload or update the application in instrument memory without re entering the license key The license key only works with one particular instrument serial number application is a string that is the same as one of the enumerated items used in the INSTrument SELect command license key is a 12 character alphanumeric string given to you with your application Front Panel Access None Chapter 5 387 Language Reference SYSTem Subsystem Remote Message SYSTem MESSage lt string gt Enables remote user to send message that will appear in the Status Bar at bottom of the instrument display New message will overwrite any previous message Message will remain until removed by use of SYSTem MESSage OFF The SYSTem KLOCk command will lock out the front panel keys Example SYSTem MESSage Instrument currently in use remotely by Ted in R D Remarks Message appears as green text against a black background to differentiate it from internally generated messages which appear as white text against a black background
48. 128 plus 8 So the decimal value 136 is returned The STB command does not clear the status register 84 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers In addition to the status byte register the status byte group also contains the service request enable register This register lets you choose which bits in the status byte register will trigger a service request Send the SRE number command where number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable plus the decimal value of bit 6 For example assume that you want to enable bit 7 so that whenever the standard operation status register summary bit is set to 1 it will trigger a service request Send the command SRE 192 because 128 64 You must always add 64 the numeric value of RQS bit 6 to your numeric sum when you enable any bits for a service request The command SRE returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits previously enabled with the SRE number command The service request enable register presets to zeros 0 SRE num SRE Service Request Enable Register ok726a Chapter 2 85 Programming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers Standard Event Status Register 86 Operation Complete Request Bus Control Query Error Device Dependent Error Execution Error Command Error User Request Power On Standard Event Status Register Standard Event Enable Register
49. 140 140 128 8 4 then bit 7 is true bit 3 is true and bit 2 is true Status Register Bit Values numer to ia te e io 9 8 7 6 sa s a o NOTE Bit 15 is not used to report status Using the Service Request SRQ Method Your language bus and programming environment must be able to support SRQ interrupts For example BASIC used with the GPIB When you monitor a condition with the SRQ method you must 1 Determine which bit monitors the condition 2 Determine how that bit reports to the request service RQS bit of the status byte 9 Send GPIB commands to enable the bit that monitors the condition and to enable the summary bits that report the condition to the RQS bit 4 Enable the controller to respond to service requests When the condition changes the instrument sets its RQS bit and the GPIB SRQ line The controller is informed of the change as soon as it occurs As a result the time the controller would otherwise have used to monitor the condition can be used to perform other tasks Your program determines how the controller responds to the SRQ 80 Chapter 2 NOTE NOTE Programming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers Generating a Service Request To use the SRQ method you must understand how service requests are generated Bit 6 of the status byte register is the request service RQS bit The SRE command is used to configure the RQS bit to report changes
50. 220 ZT HG BE Lu opido iq PR Ob a I ODE deb bod E d EE dub Epub da Nba dd 220 Load the Factory Default Calibration Constants eee 220 Align the Narrow LC Pretlter a SCH SEN beens KaR K RR OR REDE RR Re RR ERR RE C 220 Align the Wide LO Pretliet A See EE RKR KRK A PRESSE oo Ss 221 Align the Narrow Crystal Prefilter jua sss e e sae Krane RR ik E 221 Align the Wide Crystal Prefilter je zen senec Ruhe RR RR RR ORCI s 221 Adjust the Level of the 321 4 MHz Alignment Signal 0 0 ce cee eens 222 50 MHz Reference Alignment Signal di e ee ees oo ee Rr RE REPRE 222 Select Finis Corrections vo sssd Cep OQ RpERCHERPRR tasers idee esse PE SEQQ LOC REESE 225 Contents Align the Trigger Delay assesses dead A ed ewe do Rd E db ddp ld qd dcs 226 Align the Trigger Interpelator 0 64 e Rr he RR 9 RR Ren 226 Cabo UU pn AR 226 CON Bre SUDSYSDGEIA sgg 4E K a ERE R NR a GRE RR RT DAE ROGO Gd 4e eX WEEK ORE ES 227 Configure the Selected Measurement 227 Configure aL eist bw esi d oe ka bad ewe ves VR wea so Rex dob Roa M ew dele 227 DISPlay EE e ERR RENE ER EC LRR h S 228 Adjacent Channel Power View Selection eee 228 Date and Time Displdy iaausqe su uat xS E ee 228 Date and Time Display sc sh ene a RE acere ep m ane e Ree PE e e A 229 Display Annotation Title Data xs aas n aa RR RA A K RRR E REOR KEE RAN 229 Toro the Display ONOR ous si K A REGAXWESASAR RAW DX VAR GE Wa RR ERE Wess eens 229 Select Display Form
51. 5 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Questionable Power Negative Transition STATus QUEStionable POWer NTRansition number STATus QUEStionable POWer NTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Power Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Power Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Power Positive Transition STATus QUEStionable POWer PTRansition number STATus QUEStionable POWer PTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Power Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Power Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Temperature Register Questionable Temperature Condition STATus QUEStionable TEMPerature CONDition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Temperature Condition register The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the
52. 5023 The initial telnet connection message will be displayed and then a SCPI gt prompt At the SCPI prompt simply enter the desired SCPI commands On a PC You would type at the dos prompt telnet The telnet gui has the host port setting menu Unix Telnet Example To connect to the instrument with host name my4406 and port number 5023 enter the following command telnet my4406 5023 When you connect to the instrument it will display a welcome message and a command prompt The instrument is now ready to accept your SCPI commands As you type SCPI commands query results appear on the next line When you are done break the telnet connection using the escape character in this case Ctrl and type quit The analyzer responds with the a welcome message and the SCPI prompt You can immediately enter programming SCPI commands Typical commands might be CONF SPECTRUM CALC SPECTRUM MARK TRACE SPECTRUM CALC SPECTRUM MARK MAX CALC SPECTRUM MARK MAX 92 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer The small program above sets the analyzer to measure a signal in the frequency domain places a marker on the maximum point and then queries the analyzer for the amplitude of the marker You need to press Enter after typing in each command After pressing Enter on the last line in the example above the analyzer returns the amplitude level of the marker to your computer and displays
53. 750 kHz 1 98 MHz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz cdmaOne BS cellular 750 kHz 1 98 MHz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz BS pes 885 kHz 1 25625 2 75 MHz 0 Hz 0 Hz MHz MS cellular 885 kHz 1 98 MHz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz MS pcs 885 kHz 1 25625 2 75 MHz 0 Hz 0 Hz MHz cdma2000 BTS 750 kHz 1 98 MHz 0Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz MS 885 kHz 1 98 MHz 0 Hz 0 Hz 0 Hz W CDMA 3GPP 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz 25 MHz W CDMA Trial 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz 25 MHz amp Arib Range 0 Hz to 20 MHz for iDEN Basic 0 Hz to 45 MHz for cdmaOne 0 Hz to 100 MHz for cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib Default Unit Hz Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA Chapter 5 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or iDEN mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode 301 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Adjacent Channel Power Number of Measured Points SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST POINts lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST POINts Selects the number of data points The automatic mode chooses the optimum number of points for the fastest measurement time with acceptable repeatability The minimum number of points that could be used is determined by the sweep time and the sampling rate You can increase the length of the measured time record capture more of the burst by increasing the number of points but the measurement will take longer Use L SENSe ACP POINts to set th
54. 8 8 8 20 9 9 9 22 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB25 DB25 Male Female Female Male Male Female ca813a 52 Chapter 1 Figure 1 12 Instrument DB9 Male Figure 1 13 Instrument DB9 Male Figure 1 14 Instrument DB9 Male Preparing for Use Cables for Connecting to RS 232 HP Agilent 24542U Cable with 5181 6639 Adapter 24542U 5181 6639 Cable Adapter Black 1 1 4 1 SC 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 OJ I 8 8 8 8 9 9 H _ 9 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB9 Female Female Male Male Female ca814a HP Agilent F1047 80002 Cable with 5181 6641 Adapter F1047 80002 5181 6641 Cable Adapter Black 1 1 1 2 2 lt 2 9 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 6 6 6 7 H X 8 8 8 20 H 9 9 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB25 DB25 Female Female Male Female Male ca815a HP Agilent F1047 80002 Cable with 5181 6640 Adapter F1047 80002 5181 6640 Cable Adapter White PC Printer T 1 1 2 1 MM 3 n M 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 6 6 6 7 deum l X 8 8 8 20 H 9 9 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB25 DB25 Female Female Male Male Female Chapter 1 ca816a 53 Preparing for Use Cables for Connecting to RS 232 Figure 1 15 HP Agilent F1047 80002 Cable with 5181 6642 Adapter F1047 80002 5181 6642 Instrument Cable Adapter Gray 1 1 1 2 joe E 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 6 6 6 7 g Des s 8 8 8 20 9 9 9 22 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB25 DB25 Male Female Female Male Male Fema
55. A E ERR E RRR m e ee a ces rem hb EELER E e hec 278 IEADEWAVelorminit as ud d pie RE EG REO pe Jd ue ERE DP Xad ped Dede pague pcs 279 SER Vice P RODucton CALibrate BEGIN uta 24 Seeded ee howe dp Dro TER EE C RE unre 364 SERVice PRODuction CALibrate DEFault cal Pdz llle 364 SERVicel PRODuction CALibrate END 0 0 eee cence eee 364 SERVicel PRODuction CALibrate STORe lt cal_fid gt 0 eee eee 364 STA Dar OR done CON INGO ge s sh ed RW EE SER CUN E E Ae IAE DERE Re Se be 365 STATus OPERation ENABle lt integer gt REES sn 44 a0 be ROR ELE eRe ReaD RRO 365 STATusOPERation ENABIe ose seso edha v r EELER RETE o 365 STATus OPERation NTRansition integer lees 366 GIATusOPERatomnNTBRanstion au EE a ei ase RR e xd EE Ee 366 STATusOPERation PTRanaition lt Tntegers s v es eae ek RAE RE EE RRR KEE NEE 366 DUXTDOSUPEBd p Thana ch etna QI REQUE DNA qe de Rea eu ERR d E Edd 366 STATus OPERationEEVENt e AE este t rn oes Sow Ob EUS LE RON EE A E RE Y E 366 18 List of Commands i pM SN ee 367 STATus QUEStionable CALibration CONDition ees 369 STATus QUEStionable CALibration ENABle snumberz eee 369 STATus QUEStionable CALibration ENABle ee 369 STATus QUEStionable CALibration N TRansition number 00 000 cece eee ees 370 STATus QUEStionable CALibration N TRansition eene 370 STATus QUEStionable CALibration PTRansition number 370 STATus QUEStionable CALibration
56. ACK d unsigned char isQuery char cmd unsigned char q 0 char query BRK KK RK kk KK IK AK FR IK KOK IK IK IK OK KR IR OR OK RK RK IO KK KK KK if the command has a in it use queryInstrument otherwise simply send the command Actually we must a little more specific so that marker value queries are treated as commands Example SENS FREQ CENT CALC1 MARK1 X BRK KK RK kk IK IK IK IK IK IK IK KR IK OK OK IR OR OK RRR Eh KK RK KK if query strchr cmd NULL Chapter 3 161 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN Make sure we don t have a marker value query or any command with a followed by a character This kind of command is not a query from our point of view The analyzer does the query internally and uses the result Er query bump past while query if query attempt to ignore white spc querytt else break return q BRR RK AK RK AK KOK IK AK IK IK KKK KKK AKKA OK IK RK RIOR IO IO AKAN gt Function mains SDescription Read command line arguments and talk to analyzer Send query results to stdout SReturn int non zero if an error occurs KE int main int argc char argv 162 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN SOCKET instSock char charBuf char malloc INPUT BUF SIZE char basen
57. AIS st giel Connect Port 5025 SS Host Name 15 29 239 118 N Timeout 5 X 3 HEWLETT PACKARD 8714E US36100026 E 04 91 WRITE TEXT IDN STR EOL READ TEXT X STR MAXFW 80 Jl Spent Lal I 2008 dBm Connect Port 5025 Host Name 15 29 239 118 Timeout 5 x Trace WRITE TEXT FORM BORD NORM FORM D WRITE TEXT CALC DATA EOL 100 READ BINBLOCK X REAL32 ARRAY Step f fo Auto Scale Frequency Note Pad EI dd To From Socket objects from I O menu and fill in the fields Click on Start and you re talking to the HP 871xE via LAN Note you must enter the hostname or IP address in both To From Socket objects Chapter 2 103 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Using a Java Applet Over Socket LAN The example program Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN on page 171 demonstrates simple socket programming with Java It is written in Java programming language and will compile with Java compilers versions 1 0 and above This program is on your documentation CD ROM that shipped with the product Using a C Program Over Socket LAN The example programs Using C Programming Over Socket LAN on page 148 and Using C Programming Over Socket LAN Windows NT on page 168 demonstrate simple socket programming They are written in C and compile in the HP UX UNIX environment or
58. ASCII File on page 132 e Saving ASCII Trace Data in an ASCII File on page 136 e Saving and Recalling Instrument State Data on page 139 e Performing Alignments and Getting Pass Fail Results on page 143 e Making an ACPR Measurement in cdmaOne Option BAC on page 145 e Using C Programming Over Socket LAN on page 148 e Using C Programming Over Socket LAN Windows NT on page 168 e Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN on page 171 128 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using Markers Using Markers This is the C programming example Markers c JAKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKK ko FOR KOK IK FO FO FOR IK FO AOR FOR FOR IO FOR AOR IK IO IR FOR OK OR OR ROK RR KR RK Markers c Agilent Technologies 2001 E4406A VSA Series Transmitter Tester using VISA for I O The C program does the following Open session to GPIB device at address 18 Check opening session success set the instrument to Basic Mode Preset the instrument Set the input port to the internal 50Mhz reference source Tune the analyzer to 50MHZ Put the analyzer in a single mode Zoom the spectrum display Trigger a spectrum measurement Poll the operation complete query Assign marker 1 to the average trace of the spectrum Put the marker 1 on the signal peak Query the 50 MHz signal amplitude Get the 50 MHz signal amplitude Assign marker 2 to the average trace of the spectrum Assign the marker function NOISE to marker
59. ASCII file Close session RK A AKKA e H Ae e Fe Ae RO IR FO FO FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR IR TOR FOR AOR OK OR OR OK OR KR RR RK KK include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt include lt memory h gt include visa h void main program variable 136 Chapter 3 Saving ASCII Trac ViSession defaultRM viVSA ViStatus viStatus 0 char sTraceInfo 256 0 char sTraceBuffer 1024 100 0 FILE fTraceFile long lComplete 0 unsigned long lBytesRetrieved open session to GPIB device at address 18 viStatus viOpenDefaultRM amp defaultRM Programming Examples e Data in an ASCII File viStatus viOpen defaultRM GPIBO 18 1NSTR VI NULL VI NULL amp viVSA check opening session sucess if viStatus printf Could not open a session to GPIB device at address 18 n exit 0 Set the instrument to basic mode viPrintf viVSA INST BASTC n Reset device viPrintf viVSA RST n set the input port to the internal 50MHz reference source viPrintf viVSA SENS FEED AREF n zoom the spectrum display viPrintf viVSA DISP FORM ZOOM1 n tune the analyzer to 50MHz viPrintf viVSA SENS FREQ CENT 50E6 n print message to the standard output printf Getting the spectrum trace in ASCII format nPlease wait n n set the analyzer in single mode viPrintf viVSA INIT CONT 0 n trigger a spectrum measurement and wait for it
60. Adevice session is used to communicate with a device on an interface A device session must be opened for each device you will be using When you use a device session you can communicate without worrying about the type of interface to which it si connected This insulation makes applications more robust and portable across interfaces Typically a device is an instrument but could be a computer a plotter or a printer Chapter 2 117 NOTE Programming Fundamentals C Programming Using VTL All devices that you will be using need to be connected and in working condition prior to the first VTL function call viopenDefaultRW The system is configured only on the first viOpenDefaultRM per process Therefore if viOpenDefaultRM is called without devices connected and then called again when devices are connected the devices will not be recognized You must close ALL resource manager sessions and re open with all devices connected and in working condition Device Sessions There are two parts to opening a communications session with a specific device First you must open a session to the default resource manager with the viOpenDefaultRM function The first call to this function initializes the default resource manager and returns a session to that resource manager session You only need to open the default manager session once However subsequent calls to viOpenDefaultRM returns a session to a unique session to the same default resource ma
61. Aq RE Rd AE ede dorado 393 Frame Tigger Period cioe sata seee pad revela oe Reale t 393 Frame Trigger Syne EE 394 Frame Trigger Synchronization Offset 394 Teigspr Holdott 2212552 ec Ru RERE QUERER GELDER qu dbi dd Rdurddq dd Ed dr x 395 Video UF Trigger Delay sa sues se em eee Re e o dor Re e d RR OR e RR e 395 Video IF Trigger Level cc escc cease cd ARP AER DRERRUR ERR 396 Video EP Trigger Glope AE EE ER EE REG ene PRESE X ORE 396 EF Borst Trigger Delay d e EE xd x RR RR RO RO d et BOR RR d RR 396 RF Burst Trigger Level ec e wk E e OA rie CRRROR RACER E EORR GR PEOR RC ARR cs 397 RF Borst Trigger Slope cock ceca kde eek RARE RR OR REOR CR RR A ORO RO AUR EURO RA d 397 List of Commands e E ME d ou ders 187 A LO El e eee ee ee ee 187 TESE SME S oh 64h 9 0 E cde R EN OSE eOD LENO S EUR BH VRE EAS RAGUSII Rp e x RO RM 187 NOSE hyo E 187 e o e TT ee 188 IDN d EE TET S I IT I Er es 188 TLENT lt a 6 ee RAS SIEERGUSCRHRRITYUESEEASIXSAEDRGSSA ERE AMATOR PR 188 WOES aepo mds ben ea ati kar adl pan Ce mass Rae dc ve aeg abt septi e a acra eee dpa arp a ai op a 189 NEES aad in posa d E aiia bad req dread iod be du PAGE bp d Kr p wb dedi 189 NI sup tice TE R e Kai dos 190 PRC E Liu aded bee pede d ad Esq ade RE CERT dut REREAD CADE RR dd 190 DOT ee ee er dh 190 POAN ro RETI bie de EH NE LRR PAHS WRAERESSHE NE 191 SOBRE SIDE ek iin hi
62. CHPower SWEep TIME AUTO Selects the automatic sweep time optimizing the measurement Factory Preset and RST ON Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Version A 03 00 and later Channel Power Trigger Source SENSe CHPower TRIGger SOURce Eternal 1 EXTernal2 IMMediate SENSe CHPower TRIGger SOURCe Select the trigger source used to control the data acquisitions This is an Advanced control that normally does not need to be changed EXTernal 1 front panel external trigger input EXTernal 2 rear panel external trigger input IMMediate the next data acquisition is immediately taken also called Free Run Factory Preset and RST IMMediate Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or Basic mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode 328 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Signal Corrections Commands Correction for RF Port External Attenuation SENSe CORRection RF LOSS rel power SENSe CORRection RF LOSS Set the correction equal to the external attenuation used when measuring the device under test Factory Preset and RST 0 dB Range 50 to 450 dB Default Unit dB Remarks You must be in the Basic mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the
63. DUT instrument setup changes e Some instrument setup parameters are common to multiple measurements You should look at your measurement process with an eye toward minimizing setup changes If your test process involves nested loops make sure that the inner most loop is the fastest Also check if the loops could be nested in a different order to reduce the number of parameter changes as you step through the test s Remember that if you have already set your Meas Setup parameters for a measurement and you want to make another one of these measurements later use READ lt meas gt The MEASure lt meas gt command resets all the settings to the defaults while READ changes back to that measurement without changing the setup parameters from the previous use Also remember that Mode Setup parameters remain constant across all the measurements such as center channel frequency amplitude radio standard input selection trigger setup You don t have to re initialize them each time you change to a different measurement Consider using LAN instead of GPIB LAN allows faster I O of data especially if you are moving large blocks of data You will not get this improved throughput if there is excessive LAN traffic i e your test instrument is connected to enterprise LAN You may want to use a private LAN that is only for your test system Avoid automatic attenuator setting The internal process for automatically setting the value of
64. Install Exit Main Firmware Host Identification Query SYSTem HID Returns a string that contains the host identification This ID is required in order to obtain the license key that enables a new application mode or option Example SYST HID Front Panel Access System Show System Keyboard Lock SYSTem KLOCk OFF ON 0 1 SYSTem KLOCk Disables the instrument keyboard to prevent local input when instrument is controlled remotely An annunciator reading Klock alerts the local user that the keyboard is locked Or you can display a system message using SYSTem MESSage Example SYST CONF 386 Chapter 5 NOTE Language Reference SYSTem Subsystem History Added revision A 05 00 License Key for Installing New Applications SYSTem LKEY option license key gt SYSTem LKEY lt option gt Enter the license key required for installing the specified new application mode or option The query returns a string that contains the license key for a specified application or option that is already installed in the instrument The license key will also be returned if the application is not currently in memory but had been installed at some previous time Option is a string that is the 3 character designation for the desired option For example BAC is the option for cdmaOne License key is a 12 character alphanumeric string given to you with your option Example SYST LKEY BAC
65. MEASure commands 255 measurement adjacent channel power 286 adjacent channel power ratio 286 channel power 324 commands used 182 controlling commands 183 making 183 markers 201 mode setup 183 power statistics CCDF measurement 333 power vs time 335 programming example 145 query current 227 selecting modes 183 setting it up 183 spectrum frequency domain 346 waveform time domain 357 measurement modes currently available 252 selecting 252 253 measurement speed increasing 67 measurements adjacent channel power ratio 259 bottom middle top 69 Index Index CCDF 269 channel power 268 CONF FETC MEAS READ commands 255 control of 247 getting results 255 power stat 269 power vs time 271 single continuous 247 spectrum frequency domain 275 waveform time domain 278 measurements available in different modes 38 measurment programming one 46 memory available 282 memory commands 282 memory instrument commands 281 message to other users 388 micro base station 341 minimum value of trace data 196 200 mobile station testing 340 341 mode setting up 183 mode deleting 387 modem handshaking 125 monitoring errors 191 monitoring instrument condition 182 monitoring instrument status 365 monitoring status 191 monitoring the instrument 76 Mouse Adapter typical 51 multiple commands on a line 64 multiple users system message to 388 N NADC limit test
66. Mode measurement key words e ACP no markers e BER no markers e OBW no markers e SPECtrum markers available e WAVeform markers available NADC Mode measurement key words e ACP no markers e EVM markers available e SPECtrum markers available e WAVeform markers available PDC Mode measurement key words ACP no markers EVM markers available OBW no markers SPECtrum markers available WAVeform markers available W CDMA 3GPP Mode measurement key words ACP no markers CDPower markers available CHPower no markers EVMQpsk markers available IM markers available MCPower no markers OBW no markers PSTatistic markers available RHO markers available SEMask markers available SPECtrum markers available WAVeform markers available W CDMA Trial amp Arib Mode measurement key words e ACP no markers e CDPower markers available Chapter 5 203 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem CHPower no markers EVMQpsk markers available PSTatistic markers available RHO markers available SPECtrum markers available WAVeform markers available Example Suppose you are using the Spectrum measurement To position marker 2 at the maximum peak value of the trace that marker 2 is currently on the command is CALCulate SPECtrum MARKer2 MAXimum You must make sure that the measurement is completed before trying to query the marker value Us
67. Mode Variant Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E Basic 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm cdmaOne BS cellular OdBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm BS pcs 0 dBm 13dBm 13 dBm 0dBm 0 dBm MS cellular 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm MS pes 0 dBm 13dBm 13 dBm 0dBm 0 dBm cdma2000 50 dBm 50 dBm 50 dBm 50 dBm 50 dBm W CDMA 50 dBm 50 dBm 50 dBm 50 dBm 50 dBm 3GPP W CDMA Trial 50 dBm 50 dBm 50 dBm 50 dBm 50 dBm amp Arib iDEN 0 dBm n a n a n a n a 296 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Range 200 0 dBm to 50 0 dBm Default Unit dBm Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or iDEN mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Type of Offset Averaging SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST AVERage TYPE MAXimum RMS I SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST AVERage TYPE Selects the type of averaging to be used for the measurement at each offset You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENS ACP OFFSet LIST STATe command Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E Basic amp RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS cdmaOne Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Revision A 03 00 or later in cdmaOne revision A 04 00 Adjacent Channel Power Define Resolution Bandwidth List iD
68. ON 0 1 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth IF FLATness Turns IF flatness corrections on and off Factory Preset and RST ON Front Panel Access Measure Spectrum Meas Setup More Advanced Pre FFT BW Spectrum Pre ADC Bandpass Filter SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth PADC OFF ON 0 1 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth PADC Turn the pre ADC bandpass filter on or off This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Pre FFT BW SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth PFFT SIZE lt freq gt SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth PFFT SIZE Set the pre FFT bandwidth This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Frequency span resolution bandwidth and the pre FFT bandwidth settings are normally coupled If you are not auto coupled there can be 350 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem combinations of these settings that are not valid Factory Preset and RST 1 55 MHz 1 25 MHz for cdmaOne 155 0 kHz for iDEN mode Range 1 Hz to 10 0 MHz Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Pre FFT BW Filter Type SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth PFFT TYPE FLAT GAUSsian SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth PFFT TYPE Select the type of pre FFT filter that is used This is an
69. Power Statistic CCDF Store Reference CALCulate PSTatistic STORe REFerence ON OFF 1 0 Store the current measured trace as the user defined reference trace Remarks You must be in the cdma2000 or W CDMA 3GPP mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode 212 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem CALibration Subsystem These commands control the self alignment and self diagnostic processes Calibration Abort CALibration ABORt Abort any alignment in progress Front Panel Access ESC when alignment is in progress Align the ADC Auto range Threshold CALibration ADC ARANge CALibration ADC ARANge Align the ADC auto range thresholds This same alignment is run as part of the CAL ALL routine The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align ADC Align the ADC Dither Center Frequency CALibration ADC DITHer CALibration ADC DITHer Align the ADC dithering center frequency This same alignment is run as part of the CAL ALL routine The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align ADC Chapter 5 213 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem Align the ADC Offset CALibration ADC OFFSet CALibration ADC OFFSet Align the six ADC offset DACs This same alignment is run as part of t
70. REL ative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABisalite AND OR Rati oa toes ca SERA UN ex e AR ac ORA AV e Vae eec dde eas 310 SENSSLACPIOEPSStInELISTIn TEST c e coe Rio ee eee boas CERE ERE eee 310 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n FREQuency f offset f offset f offset f offset f offset lecce 300 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n FREQuency n x x se R eea RR RRR BRI 300 EN S ACP PON Sn IBEOISS 4 G K REA a ERR EAS REG S T KARE eee ee ee eke 312 SENSe ACP POINts AUTO OFF ONJO 2 2 5 an n b eee ern RR te eee 312 ea e dint bs 20464 Reb Ghee A EP SAAEORRR RE E EE Ed SK 312 LOSENSeIEAOCPOIPULIDNIE suu bo a qoo doa prie e EE 312 SENSe ACP SPECtrum ENABle OFWION 1011 BA 313 GENS EE EE 313 SENSe ACP SWEep BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution reg 313 SENSe ACP SWEep BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution F AUTO OFFJONJOJ1 314 SENSe ACP SWEep BANDwidth BW UDGh L RESolurioni AUTO e 314 SENSe ACP SWEep BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution lesser 313 SENSe ACP SWEep DETector FUNCtion AAVerage POSitive aaa 314 SENSe ACP SWEep DETector FUNCtion x 6 ga Ka R Ra RRR R R RN RR RRR RR e 314 SENSe ACP SWEep TIME seconds 314 SENSe ACP SWEep TIME AUTO OFF ON 0 1 0 0 ee ee eee 315 LSENSe ACP SWEep TIME AUTO EE EEN 315 NR S WEep TIME oss serine d si aes 314 SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE FAST FRTD ISWRE
71. RR EEEESEAO RM EFIEQESS REESE QadesbE S Be 271 Noes ensar ve Ce ERR Soe ure REGE Saad xax eet dE NUR pU ES 274 MEASUPCSPECIr mill 2259ew2x9setupbucsdbU ra PX R SS 275 MEA ite TEF Roguen IT usos iaceo zx OE RESTA Re ed hE ES Bee EES DR A 278 NA ure AVE rrit cauaa ndan besides ke iE seid eget EA ERR Ed E 2E X Rd ee 219 17 List of Commands MEMors INSTalEAPPLication Ben amis 2 e EELER EELER REEL A REEL EELER E 281 MEMory UNINstall APPLication filename ee 281 E EE 282 MME Me SIS AJ IO ous pide Sa Ed EQ REO CRY eee RUE RD eee ee CR Eae oe 282 DIME Dory Loki Eo dos RC OEC A See RUE dU TOR Qe RC AC Ub Cu ccs Da ae wd 282 MMEMory STORe SCReen FILE I TYPE GIF BMP WMF RA 284 MMEMory STORe SCReen IMAGe NORMal INVert nes 284 MMEMory STORe SCReen IMAGe ehh hh 284 MMEMory STORe SCReen IMMediate filename llle 283 READ em asmenea us Loos Tabor hes E Pd bed E E Rad he a aep 285 TEAC 0 6 0 9 aea eu ana esQEE ORE DEP U dE E e QE PERS EE adds 259 READ ARE Perenteln n s cs aeed oeee eR RR S A RES eS 267 EAI HR H Owen sis kaste pd cheese awe cane sean pew sad dp 268 READ PS Tatati a sacer ER CERE DEREN BAG ed ode ee JN CER tes oe RENE PRO es 269 PEAD PME e Gupedessad sat kis ea du e EN Pa Ode Ce a s 271 BEGIRCENSUESIDIS boa eges et adve dd E REA ACE Gu CoA RA Qu A LABNE ER REC EIER Ra 274 ERRA DSP BO trunin bese p RE h REG REA E GN E ERG ERN aes oes 275 BEADCTBERequencyIn A 6 6 6 EE
72. SPECtrum spectrum frequency domain measurement VVAVeform waveform time domain measurement EDGE w GSM Option 202 or EDGE w GSM Option 252 INST SELECT EDGEGSM ORFSpectrum GMSK output RF spectrum measurement PFERror GMSK phase and frequency error measurement PVTime GMSK power versus time measurement TXSPurs GMSK transmit band spurs measurement EEVM EDGE error vector magnitude measurement EPVTime EDGE power versus time measurement EORFspectr EDGE output RF spectrum measurement ETXSpurs EDGE transmit band spurs measurement SPECtrum spectrum frequency domain measurement TXPower transmit power measurement VVAVeform waveform time domain measurement GSM Option BAH INST SELECT GSM ORFSpectrum output RF spectrum measurement PFERror phase and frequency error measurement PVTime power versus time measurement TXSPurs transmit band spurs measurement SPECtrum spectrum frequency domain measurement TXPower transmit power measurement WAVeform waveform time domain measurement Chapter 1 39 Preparing for Use Programming the Transmitter Tester Table 1 1 Available Modes and Measurements Modes Measurement Keywords NADC Option BAE e ACP adjacent channel power measurement INST SELECT NADC e EVM error vector magnitude measurement or e OBWidth occupied bandwidth measurement PDC Option BAE s SPECtrum spectrum frequency domain Measurement INS
73. STATO usuaeuza dena ved ibhakbeu Rino E RE Pc ders 347 SENSe SPECtrum ADC RANGe AUTO APEak APLock M6 PO P6 P12 P18 P24 347 SENSe SPRCUTm ADU RANGE coucou sac swede se RR RAM ERR P RRNAG AREA REN GER P eg 347 GE NSelSPRCObram AVERageCLEat iusrsenatbesek o E ORO eww RR TRO OR De oe QC CR 348 SENSe SPECtrum AVERage COUNt integer AN NEEN EIER hr Er Rr Rh Rh RR RR ee 348 KSENSe l SPEC trum AVE R age 0 QUI ND R EE ENEE ERNEIEREN RR UAR RA RRR RRO 348 SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential REPeat 349 SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TCONtrol uus kasd ec ke ee e RR SR RC ER RO oe Ro 349 SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TYPE LOG MAXimum MINimum RMS SCALar 349 SRN Sel eneen AVERage TYPE a NEE KEE KEEN KEE ESSERE OS 349 SENSe SPECtrum AVERagel STATe OFF ON 0 1 lesse eee eee 348 BENSeESPECirum AVERagepSTATel ios cece uk ed eee we RR RS ERE eee ORE A Re Rn 348 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth IF AUTO OFFJONJOJ 1 i 350 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth IF AUTO ssssseeeeeeeeee eee 350 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth IF FLATness ObFIONTIOIT aa 350 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BVVIDth IF FLAT nese 2 0 00 c eee ee eee 350 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth PADC OFF ON 0 1 ee 350 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth PADC 0 0 0 eee eee 350 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth PFFT TYPE FLAT GAUSsian 351 SENSe SPECtrum BAND
74. SYST COMM GPIB ADDR 18 Factory Preset and RST The factory default is 18 This function is persistent which means that it stays at the setting previously selected even through a power cycle Range Integer 0 to 30 Example SYST COMM GIPB ADDRESS 18 Front Panel Access System Config I O GPIB Addr LAN IP Address with Host Name SYSTem COMMunicate LAN SELF IP lt string gt SYSTem COMMunicate LAN SELF IP Set the IP internet protocol address domain name and node name for the instrument lt string gt is a string that contains lt IP address gt lt host name gt as shown in the following example 141 4 402 222 sigan where 141 4 402 222 is the IP address and sigan is the host name Example SYST COMM LAN IP 22 121 44 45 analyz Front Panel Access System Config I O Config LAN 382 Chapter 5 Language Reference SYSTem Subsystem Options Configuration Query SYSTem CONFigure The query returns the the current options configuration information It will return the following type of information 3764Model Number E4406ASerial Number US38330068 Host Id E566DD69 Firmware Revision A 05 07 Firmware Date 20010327 STD SERVICE A 05 07 Standard ok Installed BAH GSM A 05 07 9C8B6AABF2BE ok Installed BAC CDMA A 05 07 7FA587C8ECC1 ok Installed BAE NADC A 05 07 859981C2E0C7 ok Installed 3764 is the block data header See FORMat DATA for more details ok none is the license key status ok
75. SockOpen SCPI return sockIn SCPI readLine catch IOException e System out println Scpi Read Line Error e getMessage return null Read a byte from SCPI socket public byte ScpiReadByte try if SockOpen SCPI return sockIn SCPI readByte 178 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN catch IOException e System out println Scpi Read Byte Error e getMessage return 0 Chapter 3 179 Programming Examples Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN 180 Chapter 3 Programming Command Cross References 181 Programming Command Cross References Functional Sort of SCP Commands Functional Sort of SCPI Commands Function SCPI Command Subsystems Remarks Averaging SENSe lt measurement gt AVERage Bandwidth SENSe lt measurement gt BWIDth Calibration CALibration Channel SENSe CHANnel setting Commands SYSTem HELP HEADers Lists only the commands in listing of all the current selected mode Data format FORMat DATA Data types include ASCII and real numbers Display Views DISPlay ENABle Different display data Scaling DISPlay SPECtrum WINDow DISPlay WAVeform WINDow views are available for any individual measurement Errors SYSTem ERRors CLS ESE ESE ESR OPC OPC PSC PSC SRE SRE STB STATus Frequency
76. The trigger system is initiated and completes one full trigger cycle It returns to the waiting state on completion of the trigger cycle See the MEASure subsystem for more information about controlling the measurement process The instrument must be in the single measurement mode If INIT CONT ON then the command is ignored Depending upon the measurement and the number of averages there may be multiple data acquisitions with multiple trigger events for one full trigger cycle Remarks See also the INITiate IMMediate command Front Panel Access Restart Self Test Query TST This query performs a full self alignment and returns a number indicating the success of the alignment A zero is returned if the alignment is successful Same as CAL ALL and CAL Front Panel Access System Alignments Align All Now Wait to Continue WAI This command causes the instrument to wait until all pending commands processes are completed before executing any additional commands There is no query form for the command The instrument default is to only wait for completion of the internal self alignment routines You must set the STATus OPERation EVENt resgister if you want to look for the completion of additional processes See the OPC command for more information Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key 192 Chapter 5 Language Reference ABORt Subsystem ABORt Subsystem Abort Command ABORt Stops any sweep
77. Time Measurement Commands for querying the power versus time measurement results and for setting to the default values are found in the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 The equivalent front panel keys for the parameters described in the following commands are found under the Meas Setup key after the Power vs Time measurement has been selected from the MEASURE key menu Power vs Time Number of Bursts Averaged SENSe PVTime AVERage COUNt integer SENSe PVTime AVERage COUNt Set the number of bursts that will be averaged After the specified number of bursts average counts the averaging mode terminal control setting determines the averaging action Factory Preset and RST 15 Range 1 to 10 000 Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM or Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Power vs Time Averaging State SENSe PVTime AVERage STATe OFF ON O 1 SENSe PVTime AVERage STATe 7 Turn averaging on or off Factory Preset and RST OFF Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM or Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Chapter 5 335 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Power vs Time Averaging Mode SENSe PVTime AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential REPeat SENSe PVTime AVERage TCONtro1 Select the type of termination control used for the averaging function This specifies the averaging action after the specifi
78. Total Pwr at UUT Power Statistics CCDF Measurement Commands for querying the statistical power measurement of the complimentary cumulative distribution function CCDF measurement results and for setting to the default values are found in the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 The equivalent front panel keys for the parameters described in the following commands are found under the Meas Setup key after the Power Stat CCDF measurement has been selected from the MEASURE key menu History Added PSTatistic to Basic Mode version A 04 00 Power Statistics CCDF Channel Bandwidth SENSe PSTatistic BANDwidth BWIDth lt freq gt SENSe PSTatistic BANDvvidth BWIDth Set the bandwidth that will be used for acquiring the signal Factory Preset and RST 5 0 MHz Range 10 0 kHz to 6 7 MHz Resolution 0 1 kHz Step 1 0 kHz Default Unit Hz Remarks You must be in the Basic cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Power Statistics CCDF Sample Counts SENSe PSTatistic COUNts lt integer gt SENSe PSTatistic COUNts Set the counts Measurement stops when the sample counts reach this value Factory Preset and RST 10 000 000 Range 1 000 to 2 000 000 000 Unit counts Chapter 5 333 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Remarks You must be in the Basic cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use t
79. Trigger Ext Rear or Ext Front Delay External Trigger Level TRIGger SEQuence EXTernal 1 2 LEVel voltage TRIGger SEQuence EXTernal 1 2 LEVel Set the trigger level when using an external trigger input EXT or EXT lis the front panel trigger input EXT2 is the rear panel trigger input Factory Preset and RST 2 0 V Range 5 0 to 15 0 V Default Unit volts Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger Ext Rear Level Mode Setup Trigger Ext Front Level 392 Chapter 5 Language Reference TRIGger Subsystem External Trigger Slope TRIGger SEQuence EXTernal 1 2 SLOPe NEGative POSitive TRIGger L SEQuence EXTernal 1 2 SLOPe Sets the trigger slope when using an external trigger input EXT or EXT 1is the front panel trigger input EXT2 is the rear panel trigger input Factory Preset and RST Positive Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger Ext Rear or Ext Front Slope Frame Trigger Adjust s TRIGger L SEQuence FRAMe ADJust lt time gt Lets you advance the phase of the frame trigger by the specified amount It does not change the period of the trigger waveform If the command is sent multiple times it advances the phase of the frame trigger more each time it is sent Factory Preset and RST 0 0s Range 0 0 to 10 0 s Default Unit seconds Front Panel Access None Frame Trigger Period TRIGger SEQuence FRAMe PERiod lt time gt TRIGger SEQuence FRAMe PERi
80. Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Integrity Signal Register Questionable Integrity Signal Condition STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal CONDition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Condition register The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Integrity Signal Enable STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal ENABle lt number gt STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal ENABle This command determines what bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Event register which also sets the Integrity Summary bit bit 9 in the Questionable Register The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 374 Chapter 5 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Questionable Integrity Signal Event Query STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal EVENt This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Event register The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a conditi
81. XTAL WIDE 221 CALibrationPPILter XTAL WIDE a 6 X be 05528020 SEELEN AER 221 Liber BEES E e actes wat a b eee hol lea ere wage e eub mele 222 CAlibraton REPI Z pre cee cane boda ebrekd dane coe ps a ERG Red pi A dd gd rade pce 222 GA Dibra E RE Lu Liza RE E K RR KR R KKR RUE GUCR E RUE E EC RR 3 OR ee 222 RE EE 222 CALibration REFDO ANOW qs ke E eee ey RR RR ERE RE NEA EE NEE REESE 223 A Eibraton REN OE ler coca vede Qo E E P 224 labe Gen REPEAT gra AE ee d ERE PP ou RU EAR EA eee RON REA RUE c DR 224 CALibration REF50 LAST ALCDac 2 eee teen eee n teen nn enes 225 CALibration REF50 LAST ALEVel 0 ccc eee tence ence ennes 224 ICALibratipazREFOOEDOLT Au kas AR R A esd ER RARE E RES ROS SOS 223 CALibration D CU AN isossudaahterdtbesa abere ehe e E p obe edi 223 CALibration TCORrections AUTO ON OFF hr 225 CALibration TRIG ger E titter dp Rad i Rd AE ARE t 226 C ALibratiosn TRIG ger TEE EE EE 226 CALibration TRIGger INTerpolator c es esc x ga R e RR R R R R R R RRR R RRR eere hh 226 CALibration DRIGger tN Perpolator iios ko Re ER E Yu RA e ad E E 226 Walshe WAIT ica wet pts Ere ARG REA ECKE d CS VO EAE ERE e eee eo aC RR ede ws 226 LIRIO ALLI kanceri EE 214 i CALibration ALL esse sav od s deve e c r AE EE PN URN ds RR REE ARES EE E S 214 CONPFisure measuremenb cios sd K RR R Ra RE arua a Xr a e Ee s 221 Ea K iouis E sade bet eo dol ec Ie E ao aec D e RR E qc d ol i e e cn 259 EE uui KE AN
82. You can write programs using sockets to control your analyzer by sending SCPI commands to a socket connection you create in your program Refer to Using a Java Applet Over Socket LAN in this chapter for example programs using sockets to control the analyzer Setting Up Your Analyzer for Socket Programming Before you can use socket programming you must identify your analyzer s socket port number The default is 5025 1 Press System Config I O SCPI LAN Socket Port 2 Notice that the port number you will use for your socket connection to the analyzer is 5025 94 Chapter 2 NOTE Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Using SICL LAN to Control the Analyzer SICL LAN is a LAN protocol using the Standard Instrument Control Library SICL It provides control of your analyzer over the LAN using a variety of computing platforms I O interfaces and operating systems With SICL LAN you control your remote analyzer over the LAN with the same methods you use for a local analyzer connected directly to the controller with the GPIB More information about SICL LAN can be found in the HP Standard Instrument Control Library user s guide for HP UX part number E2091 90004 Your analyzer implements a SICL LAN server To control the analyzer you need a SICL LAN client application running on a computer or workstation that is connected to the analyzer over a LAN Typical applications implementing a SICL LAN cli
83. bits you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Frequency Event Query STATus QUEStionable FREQuency EVENt This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Frequency Event register The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register The data in this register is latched until it is queried Once queried the register is cleared Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Chapter 5 371 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Questionable Frequency Negative Transition STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition number STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Frequency Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Frequency Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Frequency Positive Transition STATus QUEStionable FREQuency PTRansition number STATus QUEStionable FREQuency PTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Frequency Condit
84. ce unused i 92325 Sync Error 6 Fe SB Unused 7 ije m Demodulation Error 7 7 frd gt E Unused Je S 2 gx Signal too Noisy ki e 2m Unused s SBI Se Unused ja E Sele Unused 10 SES Unused 10 SIRE g g Unused 11 OH tu Unused 411 Oli tui Unused 42 Unused 12 Unused ja Unused 13 Unused ja Unused Juri Always Zero 0 s 1 Always Zero 0 is H 82 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal o Data Uncalibrated Sum STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal Summary No Result Available Measurement Timeout 4 Measurement Uncal 4 IF ADC Over Range Over Range Under Range Insufficient Data Acquisition Failure Memory Problem Auto Trigger Timeout Trigger Problem Reserved Unidentified Error etting Limited Readjusted Always Zero o Trans Filter Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers Status Byte Register Status Byte Register Unused Request Service RQS MSS Operation Status Summary Bit E c REEE Ep olilajsjajsjejzi Service Request Enable Register ck776a The RQS bit is read and reset by a serial poll MSS the same bit position is read non destructively by the STB command If you serial poll bit 6 it is read as RQS but if you send STB it reads bit 6 as MSS For more information refer to IEEE 488 2 standards section 11 Chapter 2 83 Programming Fundamentals Using the
85. change settings view limits etc Refer to SENSe measurement SENSe CHANnel SENSe CORRection SENSe DEFaults SENSe DEViation SENSe FREQuency SENSe PACKet SENSe POWer SENSe RADio SENSe SYNC CALCulate measurement CALCulate CLIMits DISPlay lt measurement gt TRIGger The INITiate IMMediate or INITiate RESTart commands will initiate the taking of measurement data without resetting any of the measurement settings that you have changed from their defaults Configure the Selected Measurement CONFigure lt measurement gt A CONFigure command must specify the desired measurement It will set the instrument settings for that measurements standard defaults but should not initiate the taking of data The available measurements are described in the MEASure subsystem If CONFigure initiates the the taking of data the data should be ignored Other SCPI commands can be processed immediately after sending CONFigure You do not need to wait for the CONF command to complete this false data acquisition Configure Query CONFigure The CONFigure query returns the name of the current measurement Chapter 5 227 Language Reference DISPlay Subsystem DISPlay Subsystem The DISPlay controls the selection and presentation of textual graphical and TRACe information Within a DISPlay information may be separated into individual WINDows Adjacent Channel Power View Selection DISPlay ACP VIEW BGRaph SPECtrum DI
86. current conditions Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Chapter 5 379 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Questionable Temperature Enable STATus QUEStionable TEMPerature ENABle number STATus QUEStionable TEMPerature ENABle This command determines what bits in the Questionable Temperature Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Temperature Event register which also sets the Temperature Summary bit bit 4 in the Questionable Register The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Temperature Event Query STATus QUEStionable TEMPerature EVENt 2 This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Temperature Event register The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register The data in this register is latched until it is queried Once queried the register is cleared Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Temperature Negative Transition STATus QUEStionable TEMPerature NTRansition number STATus QUEStionable TEMPerature NTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Temperature Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questio
87. dBm T Positive offset frequency 5 relative power dB 2 Positive offset frequency 5 absolute power dBm Chapter 5 259 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Measurement n Results Returned Type not Returns 13 comma separated scalar results in the following specified order or n 1 1 Center frequency relative power dB iDEN 2 Center frequency absolute power dBm mode 3 Lower offset frequency relative power dB 4 Lower offset freq absolute power dBm 5 Upper offset frequency relative power dB 6 Upper offset frequency absolute power dBm 7 Total power dBm 8 Offset frequency Hz 9 Reference BW Hz 10 Offset BW Hz 11 Carrier center frequency Hz 12 Frequency span Hz 13 Average count Total power not Returns 24 comma separated scalar results in the following reference specified order or n 1 1 Upper adjacent chan center frequency relative power dB Basic 2 Upper adjacent chan center frequency absolute power cdmaOne dBm cdma2000 3 Lower adjacent chan center frequency relative power dB W CDMA same as upper 3GPP or 4 Lower adjacent chan center frequency absolute power W CDMA dBm same as upper Trial amp 5 Negative offset frequency 1 relative power dB Arib mode 6 Negative offset frequency 1 absolute power dBm 7 Positive offset frequency 1 relative power dB 8 Positive offset freq
88. decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Positive Transition STATus QUEStionable PTRansition number STATus QUEStionable PTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable 368 Chapter 5 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Calibration Register Questionable Calibration Condition STATus QUEStionable CALibration CONDition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration Condition register The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Calibration Enable STATus QUEStionable CALibration ENABle number STATus QUEStionable CALibration ENABle This command determines what bits in the Questionable Calibration Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Calibration Event register which also sets the Calibration Summary bit bit 8 in the Questionab
89. ele abe bl bot dole power E 214 VAlibratiom ADC ORV Ser oi cpu esses eee eee ESSE DEDEDE DRE Roehm Keowee 214 no AD Bam a Lui TER REE h E S 214 CaALibratip ADO Rami GAIN p06 chee ede diuk ka E E Se REO EY 214 CALPA AT Ten QUIE cu one BORE PPS eRe EN SOS ae SO EGG es REG TE eh Eee REA ES QE E 214 libra N N Tenuta oec xg ess PURGE RA T LEE MC RE RE eer p ada dx QE Rd E 214 ALibraton AUTO e ME E ME EE 215 E dubdbraton AUTO sc es cdot ecterkiaweaacke AE PA s 215 12 List of Commands GQ A EE 215 CAL brationiCOMB cay Ee heed R URRY BOSE AEN RR REE REL T RE ART Y A Se 215 CALibration CORRections 0 1 OFF ON E 216 CAL bration REI Janys vae Eke Nee Oe eee eb eee eae ews 216 iCALibrationm DISPlay LEVel OFF LOW HIGH 0 cab be sae eed ese ee mien 216 xA Liberation DESPIasLEVel co A ence deeds tage ie sa x EE AUR DOR Ra RE C ROPA CR a d DOPO CO es 216 CALibration FILTeCIMAG anes ges e hm RR CEA ORARE RERO STAG ER d ERE EM 216 CAlabration EIL Ter IMAGO e cake eR rec RR ag eR 9 RE Hx dr RS 216 CA Tabratio ELA Dness EE tous ba aped dus 217 C ALabrabau ba nese Loos his EIIE REES PERTE Ice ERN d bcc dud dd awe ae 217 CALibration FREQuency REFerence AADJust ee 217 GA Liban GA DH dm dde i xe P RR EE EREdERREPIEESPEPRREPIY du EY RE x 218 CALD OKEAN T oso oes pe XR E RE SW QE DEAE 218 GR RE HD CS DOT je eRES chen hs EAE ERR ERE RUP ER RE ed RO dura 219 CAT abraldote GAIN CSV Stm cca eegadobesa est s he E CARERE GR DARE
90. fixed gain across the range Manual ranging is best for CW signals Factory Preset and RST APEak Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Average Clear SENSe SPECtrum AVERage CLEar The average data is cleared and the average counter is reset Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Number of Averages SENSe SPECtrum AVERage COUNt integer SENSe SPECtrum AVERage COUNt Set the number of sweeps that will be averaged After the specified number of sweeps average counts the averaging mode terminal control setting determines the averaging action Factory Preset and RST 25 Range 1 to 10 000 Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Averaging State SENSe SPECtrum AVERage STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe SPECtrum AVERage L STATe Turn averaging on or off 348 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Factory Preset and RST ON Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Averaging Mode I SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential REPeat I SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TCONtro1 Select the type of termination control used for the averaging function This determines the averaging action after the specified
91. in instrument status When such a change occurs the RQS bit is set It is cleared when the status byte register is queried using SRE with a serial poll It can be queried without erasing the contents with STB When a register set causes a summary bit in the status byte to change from 0 to 1 the instrument can initiate the service request SRQ process However the process is only initiated if both of the following conditions are true e The corresponding bit of the service request enable register is also set to 1 e The instrument does not have a service request pending A service request is considered to be pending between the time the instrument s SRQ process is initiated and the time the controller reads the status byte register The SRQ process sets the GPIB SRQ line true It also sets the status byte s request service RQS bit to 1 Both actions are necessary to inform the controller that the instrument requires service Setting the SRQ line only informs the controller that some device on the bus requires service Setting the RQS bit allows the controller to determine which instrument requires service If your program enables the controller to detect and respond to service requests it should instruct the controller to perform a serial poll when the GPIB SRQ line is set true Each device on the bus returns the contents of its status byte register in response to this poll The device whose RQS bit is set to 1 is the device
92. invalid measurement results Factory Preset and RST 500 kHz Range 1 kHz to 5 MHz Default Unit Hz Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM or Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Power vs Time RBW Filter Type SENSe PVTime BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE FLATtop GAUSsian I SENSe PVTime BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE Select the type of resolution BW filter This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Setting this to a value other than the factory default may cause invalid measurement results FLATtop a filter with a flat amplitude response which provides the best amplitude accuracy GAUSsian a filter with Gaussian characteristics which provides the best pulse response Factory Preset and RST GAUSsian Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM or Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Power vs Time Sweep Time SENSe PVTime SWEep TIME lt integer gt I SENSe PVTime SWEep TIME Set the number of slots which are used in each data acquisition Each slot is approximately equal to 570 ms The measurement is made for a small additional amount of time about 130 us in order to view the Chapter 5 337 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem burst edges Factory Preset and RST 1 Range 1 to 50 for resolution BW 500 kHz Remarks You must be in the EDGE w G
93. it on the next line For example after typing CALC SPECTRUM MARK MAX and pressing Enter the computer would display 1 71000000000E 002 When you are done close the telnet connection Enter the escape character to get the telnet prompt The escape character Ctrl and in this example does not print At the telnet prompt type quit or close The telnet connection closes and you see your regular prompt Connection closed Figure 2 2 shows a terminal screen using the example commands above Figure 2 2 Example Telnet Session Tryingess Connected to atlO sr hp com Escape character is I Welcome to atit Hewlett Packard E4406A USS84s0092 PROTOTYPE SCPI gt KIDH Hewlett Packard E4406A U5a04350092 PROTOTYPE SCPI gt DPT GSH CIMA NAIC TIEN SCPI gt READ SHELL um 1 007 14661E 002 9 99620006E 008 1095 9 99499207E 000 9 15527 344E 002 t Q A SCPI gt NOTE If your telnet connection is in a mode called line by line there is no local echo This means you will not be able to see the characters you are typing on your computer s display until after you press the Enter key To remedy this you need to change your telnet connection to character by character mode This can be accomplished in most systems by escaping out of telnet to the telnet gt prompt and then typing mode char If this does not work consult your telnet program s documentation for how to change to charac
94. meaning of a break and take appropriate action 126 Chapter2 Programming Examples Programming Examples Types of Examples Types of Examples This section includes examples of how to program the instrument using the instrument SCPI programming commands Most of the examples are written for a PC using GPIB They are written in C using the Agilent VISA transition library The VISA transition library must be installed and the GPIB card configured The Agilent I O libraries contain the latest VISA transition library and is available at www agilent com iolib These examples are available on the Agilent Technologies E4406A documentation CD ROM They are also available at the URL http www agilent com find vsa The section C Programming Using VTL on page 113 includes some basic information about using the C programming language That information can be used with the examples in this chapter to create your own measurement routines Examples are also available showing you how to program the instrument using the VXI plug amp play instrument driver that is provided Examples are included in the on line documentation in the driver itself The driver allows you to use several different programming languages including VEE LabView C C and BASIC The software driver can be found at the URL http www agilent com find vsa The programming examples include e Using Markers on page 129 e Saving Binary Trace Data in an
95. means the license key is in memory See SYST LKEY command The hexadecimal number in the preceding column is the license key itself The option firmware must also be installed in memory Installed Not Installed indicates whether the option is installed stored in the memory of the instrument Use the firmware installation process for this See www agilent com find vsa for more information Example SYST CONF Front Panel Access System Show System Hardware Configuration Default SYSTem CONFigure DEFault Resets all instrument functions to the factory defaults including the persistent functions Persistent functions are system settings that stay at their current settings even through instrument power on such as I O bus addresses and preset preferences Example SYST CONF DEF Front Panel Access System Restore Sys Defaults Chapter 5 383 Language Reference SYSTem Subsystem System Configuration Query SYSTem CONFigure SYSTem 7 Returns a block of data listing the current option configuration information as on the Show System screen For more information about how to use block data see the FORMat DATA command or the Programming Fundamentals SCPI Language Basics discussion on arbitrary length block data The queyr returns the following type of information 3764Model Number E4406ASerial Number US38330068 Host Id E566DD69 Firmware Revision A 05 07 Firmware Date 20010327 STD SERVICE A 05 07 Standard ok Inst
96. must have already been assigned to a trace Use CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe to assign a marker to a particular trace Example CALC SPEC MARK2 on Remarks The keyword for the current measurement must be specified in the command Some examples include SPECtrum AREFerence WAVeform The WAVeform measurement only has two markers available Front Panel Access Marker Select then Marker Normal or Marker On Off Marker to Trace CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe trace name gt CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe Assigns the specified marker to the designated trace Not all types of measurement data can have markers assigned to them Example With the WAVeform measurement selected a valid command is CALC SPEC MARK2 TRACE rfenvelope Range The names of valid traces are dependent upon the selected measurement See the following table for the available trace names The trace name assignment is independent of the marker number Remarks The keyword for the current measurement must be specified in the command Some examples include SPECtrum WAVeform Front PanelAccess Marker Marker Trace Chapter 5 207 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Measurement Available Traces Markers Available ACP adjacent channel power no traces no markers Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib iDEN NADC PDC m
97. not very interested in the FFT data e Auto Peak APEak automatically peak the range For CW signals the default of auto peak ranging can be used but a better FFT measurement of the signal can be made by selecting one of the manual ranges that are available M6 PO P24 Auto peaking can cause the ADC range gain to move monotonically down during the data capture This movement should have negligible effect on the FF T spectrum but selecting a manual range removes this possibility Note that if the CW signal being measured is close to the auto ranging threshold the noise floor may shift as much as 6 dB from sweep to sweep Auto Peak Lock APLock automatically peak lock the range For CW signals auto peak lock ranging may be used It will find the best ADC measurement range for this particular signal and will not move the range as auto peak can Note that if the CW signal being measured is close to the auto ranging threshold the noise floor may shift as much as 6 dB from sweep to sweep Chapter 5 347 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem For bursty signals auto peak lock ranging should not be used The measurement will fail to operate since the wrong locked ADC range will be chosen often and overloads will occur in the ADC e M6 manually selects an ADC range that subtracts 6 dB of fixed gain across the range Manual ranging is best for CW signals e PO to 24 manually selects ADC ranges that add 0 to 24 dB of
98. number of sweeps average count is reached EXPonential Each successive data acquisition after the average count is reached is exponentially weighted and combined with the existing average REPeat After reaching the average count the averaging is reset and a new average is started Factory Preset and RST EXPonential Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Averaging Type SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TYPE LOG MAXimum MINimum RMS SCALar SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TYPE Select the type of averaging LOG The log of the power is averaged This is also known as video averaging MAXimum The maximum values are retained MINimum The minimum values are retained RMS The power is averaged providing the rms of the voltage SCALar The voltage is averaged Factory Preset and RST LOG Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Chapter 5 349 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Spectrum Select Pre FFT Bandwidth I SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth IF AUTO OFFJONJOJ1 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth IF AUTO Select auto or manual control of the pre FFT BW Factory Preset and RST AUTO 1 55 MHz Front Panel Access Measure Spectrum Meas Setup More Advanced Pre FFT BW Spectrum IF Flatness Corrections SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth IF FLATness OFF
99. of the time domain trace used for the FFT The total scan time time spacing X time domain points 1 11 Current average count is the current number of data measurements that have already been combined in the averaging calculation 2 Service mode only Returns the trace data of the log magnitude versus time That is the RF envelope 3 Returns the I and Q trace data It is represented by I and Q pairs in volts versus time 4 Returns spectrum trace data That is the trace of log magnitude versus frequency The trace is computed using a FFT 5 Service mode only Returns the averaged trace data of log magnitude versus time That is the RF envelope 6 Not used 7 Returns the averaged spectrum trace data That is the trace of the averaged log magnitude versus frequency 8 Not used 9 Service mode only Returns a trace containing the shape of the FFT window 276 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands n Results Returned 10 Service mode only Returns trace data of the phase of the FFT versus frequency 11 cdma2000 W CDMA Basic modes only Returns comma separated linear spectrum trace data in Volts RMS 12 cdma2000 W CDMA Basic modes only Returns comma separated averaged linear spectrum trace data in Volts RMS Chapter 5 277 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Timebase Frequency Measu
100. on off the measurement of the spectrum trace data when the spectrum view is selected Select the view with DISPlay ACP VIEW You may want to disable the spectrum trace data part of the measurement so you can increase the speed of the rest of the measurement data Factory Preset and RST ON Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne iDEN mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Revision A 03 27 or later in cdmaOne revision A 04 00 Adjacent Channel Power Sweep Mode Resolution Bandwidth SENSe ACP SWEep BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution freq I SENSe ACP SWEep BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution Sets the resolution bandwidth when using the spectrum analyzer type sweep mode See SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE Factory Preset and RST Auto coupled Range 1 0 kHz to 1 0 MHz Resolution 1 0 kHz Step Size 1 0 kHz Default Unit Hz Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA SGPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Chapter 5 313 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Adjacent Channel Power Sweep Mode Resolution BW Control I SENSe ACP SWEep BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO OFF ON 011 SENSe ACP SWEep BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO Sets the resolution bandwidth to automatic when using the spectrum analyzer type sweep mode See SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE Factory Preset and RS
101. only port used is 5025 for the SCPI port class Socks extends java applet Applet Socket Info To add a new socket add a constant here change MAX NUM OF SOCKETS then edit the constructor for the new socket public final int SCPI 0 private final int MAX NUM OF SOCKETS 1 Port number 5025 is the dedicated port number for E4406A Scpi Port private final int SCPI PORT 5025 Socket info private URL appletBase private Socket sock new Socket MAX NUM OF SOCKETS private DatalnputStream sockIn new DataInputStream MAX NUM OF SOCKETS private PrintStream sockOut new PrintStream MAX NUM OF SOCKETS private int port new int MAX NUM OF SOCKETS private boolean sockOpen new boolean MAX NUM OF SOCKETS Constructor Chapter 3 175 Programming Examples Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN Socks URL appletB appletBase appletB Set up for port array port SCPI SCPI PORT Initialize the sock array for int i 0 i lt MAX NUM OF SOCKETS i sock i null sockIn i null sockOut i null sockOpen i false Sockects open close routines Open the socket s if not already opened public void OpenSockets try Open each socket if possible for int i 0 i lt MAX NUM OF SOCKETS i if sockOpen i sock i new Socket appletBase getHost port il sockinlil new DataInputStream sock i getInputStr
102. or measurement in progress and resets the sweep or trigger system A measurement refers to any of the measurements found in the MEASURE menu If INITiate CONTinuous is off single measure then INITiate IMMediate will start a new single measurement If INITiate CONTinuous is on continuous measure a new continuous measurement begins immediately The INITiate and or TRIGger subsystems contain additional related commands Front Panel Access For the continuous measurement mode the Restart key is equivalent to ABORt Chapter 5 193 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate Subsystem This subsystem is used to perform post acquisition data processing In effect the collection of new data triggers the CALCulate subsystem In this instrument the primary functions in this subsystem are markers and limits The SCPI default for data output format is ASCII The format can be changed to binary with FORMat DATA which transports faster over the bus ACP Limits Adjacent Channel Power Limit Test CALCulate ACP LIMit STATe OFF ON 0 1 s CALCulate ACP LIMit STATe Turn limit test on or off Factory Preset and RST On Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne iDEN mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Limit Test CALCulate ACP LIMit TEST OFF ON 0 1 CALCulate ACP LIMit TEST Turn limit test on or off Factory Preset and RST On Remarks You must
103. output RF RFEMod n 22 yes only for cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP modes spectrum NM a single RFESwitching offset EDGE mode n 3 8 SPEMod n 4 yes only for multiple LIMMod n 5 offsets EPVTime EDGE power versus time RFENvelope n 2 Yes LMASk n 4 ETSPur EDGE transmit band spurs SPECtrum n 2 yes EDGE mode ULIMit n 3 EVM error vector magnitude EVM n 2 yes NADC PDC modes MERRor n 3 PERRor n 4 EVMQpsk QPSK error vector EVM n 2 2 yes magnitude _9 a cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP modes MERRor n 3 PERRor n 4 IM intermodulation SPECtrum n 2 yes MCPower multi carrier power no traces no markers W CDMA 3GPP mode 198 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Measurement Markers Available Available Traces OBW occupied bandwidth cdmaOne cdma2000 iDEN PDC W CDMA 3GPP modes no traces no markers ORFSpectrum output RF spectrum RFEMod n 2 yes only for a single GSM EDGE mode RFESwitching e n 3 SPEMod n24 yes only for multiple LIMMod n 5 offsets PFERror phase and frequency error PERRor n 2 yes GSM EDGE mode PFERror n 3 RFENvelope 124 PSTatistic power statistics CCDF Basic cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP modes MEASured n 2 yes GAUSian n 3 REFerence n24 PVTime power versus time GSM EDGE Service modes RFENvelope n 2 Yes UMA
104. programming 94 span CHPower 326 SPECtrum 355 SPECtrum acquisition packing 346 Index Index ADC range 347 data decimation 352 FFT length 353 FFT resolution BW 354 FFT window 354 355 FFT window delay 354 frequency span 355 sweep time 356 trigger source 357 Spectrum frequency domain measurement 275 346 See also SPECtrum Spectrum measurement display 230 231 235 236 spectrum measurement IF flatness 217 speeding up your measurements Spread rate setting 342 343 SRE command 78 SRQ 76 191 SRQ command 80 standard deviation of trace data 196 200 standard event status 86 enable register 88 standard event status byte enable and read event status byte enable and read 187 standard event status register IEEE command 188 standard selecting for CDMA 343 standard selecting for GSM 344 start measurement 183 192 247 248 state changing 286 get data 188 recalling 190 saving 191 states programming example 139 saving recalling 184 status preset 367 temperature measurement 274 status byte clearing 187 register system 76 82 status byte register 83 status byte IEEE command 191 status enable register 88 status of instrument 182 status register operation 88 questionable 88 status registers 82 setting and querying 78 status subsystem 365 STB command 78 stepping values up down incrementing values up down 62 stop command 193 stop measurement 18
105. provide access to mass storage devices such as internal or external disk drives Any part of memory that is treated as a device will be in the MMEMory subsystem If mass storage is not specified in the filename the default mass storage specified in the MSIS command will be used Memory Available or In Use MMEMory FREE Queries the memory for optional application modes like option BAH GSM mode or option BAE NADC PDC mode The query returns two values the memory currently in use and the free memory The sum of the two values is the total instrument memory History Revision A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access System File System Select a Memory Device MMEMory MSIS A C MMEMory MSIS Selects a default mass storage device which is used by all MMEMory commands The query returns the default mass storage device A is the 3 5 inch floppy disk C is the internal memory Example MMEM MSIS C History Added in version A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Print Setup Print To File File Location 282 Chapter 5 Language Reference MMEMory Subsystem Store a Screen Image in a Graphic File MMEMory STORe SCReen IMMediate filename The MMEMory STORe SCReen IMMediate command will write the screen image to a file regardless of what the front panel Print Setup Print To key function is set to Screen files are always saved in color with an orientation of portrait The lt filename gt variable is compos
106. sets input impedance to 1 M ohm Range 1 to 10 000 000 Default Units ohm Remarks You must be in the Basic W CDMA cdma2000 mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Added revision A 05 00 Chapter 5 249 Language Reference INPut Subsystem Baseband I Q Activate IQ Alignment INPut IQ ALIGn OFF ON 0 1 INPut IQ ALIGn Activates or deactivates IQ alignment Factory Preset and RST Off Remarks You must be in the Basic W CDMA cdma2000 mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Added revision A 05 00 Baseband I Q I Input DC Offset INPut OFFSet I level INPut OFFSet I Sets adjustment to compensate for I voltage bias on signals when the I input portis selected Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 2 5 0 or 42 5 volts Default Units V Remarks You must be in the Basic W CDMA cdma2000 mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Added revision A 05 00 Baseband I Q Q Input DC Offset INPut OFFSet Q level INPut OFFSet Q Sets adjustment to compensate Q voltage bias on signals when the Q input portis selected Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 2 5 0 or 42 5 volts Default Units V 250 Chapter 5 Remarks History Chapter 5 Language Reference INPut Subsystem You must be in the Basic W CDMA cdma2000 mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode
107. the bits which are enabled set to 1 For example if bit number 7 and bit number 3 are enabled the decimal sum of the 2 bits is 128 plus 8 So the decimal value 136 is returned Chapter 2 87 Programming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers In addition to the standard event status register the standard event status group also contains a standard event status enable register This register lets you choose which bits in the standard event status register will set the summary bit bit 5 of the status byte register to 1 Send the ESE number command where number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable For example to enable bit 7 and bit 6 so that whenever either of those bits is set to 1 the standard event status summary bit of the status byte register will be set to 1 send the command ESE 192 128 64 The command ESE returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits previously enabled with the ESE number command The standard event status enable register presets to zeros 0 ESE num ESE Standard Event Status Enable Register ok728a Operation and Questionable Status Registers The operation and questionable status registers are registers that monitor the overall instrument condition They are accessed with the STATus OPERation and STATus QUEStionable commands in the STATus command subsystem Operation Status Register The operation status register monitors the c
108. the data setting specified by the FORMat DATA command and can return real 32 bit real 64 bit or ASCII data The default data format is ASCII History Added in revision A 03 00 and later CALCulate MARKers Subsystem Markers can be put on your displayed measurement data to supply information about specific points on the data Some of the things that markers can be used to measure include precise frequency at a point minimum or maximum amplitude and the difference in amplitude or frequency between two points When using the marker commands you must specify the measurement in the SCPI command We recommend that you use the marker commands only on the current measurement Many marker commands will return invalid results when used on a measurement that is not current This is true for commands that do more than simply setting or querying an instrument parameter No error is reported for these invalid results You must make sure that the measurement is completed before trying to query the marker value Using the MEASure or READ command before the marker command forces the measurement to complete before allowing the next command to be executed Each measurement has its own instrument state for marker parameters Therefore if you exit the measurement the marker settings in each measurement are saved and are then recalled when you change back to that measurement Chapter 5 201 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Basic Mode
109. to 32768 in a 2 sequence Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or Basic mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Channel Power Data Points Auto SENSe CHPower POINts AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe CHPower POINts AUTO Select auto or manual control of the data points This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Setting this to a value other than the factory default may cause invalid measurement results OFF the Data Points is uncoupled from the Integration BW ON couples the Data Points to the Integration BW Factory Preset and RST ON Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or Basic mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Channel Power Sweep Time SENSe CHPower SWEep TIME lt time gt I SENSe CHPower SWEep TIME Sets the sweep time when using the sweep mode Factory Preset and RST 68 27 us 17 07 us for W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib Chapter 5 327 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Range 1 us to 50 ms Default Unit seconds Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Version A 03 00 and later Channel Power Sweep Time SENSe CHPower SWEep TIME AUTO OFF ON 0 1 L SENSe
110. to GPIB device at address 18 viStatus viOpenDefaultRM amp defaultRM viStatus viOpen defaultRM GPIBO 18 INSTR VI MOLE VI NULL amp viVSA check opening session sucess if viStatus printf Could not open a session to GPIB device at address 18 n exit 0 set the instrument to basic mode viPrintf viVSA INST BASICWin reset the instrument viPrintf viVSA RST n set the input port to the internal 50Mhz reference source viPrintf viVSA SENS FEED AREF n zoom the spectrum display viPrintf viVSA DISP FORM ZOOM1 n tune the analyzer to 50MHZ viPrintf viVSA SENS FREQ CENT 50E6 n change the resolution bandwidth viPrintf viVSA SENS SPEC BAND RES 100E3 n change the Y Axis Scale Div viPrintf viVSA DISP SPEC WIND TRAC Y SCAL PDIV 5 n Change the display refernece level viPrintf viVSA DISP SPEC WIND TRAC Y SCAL RLEV 15 n trigger the instrument 140 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Saving and Recalling Instrument State Data viPrintf viVSA INIT IMM WAI n save this state in register 10 Carefull this will overwrite register 10 viPrintf viVSA SAV 10 n display message printf HPE4406A Programming example showing SAV RCL SCPI commands n printf used to save instrument state n t t printf n nThe instrument state has been saved to an internal register n
111. to complete viPrintf viVSA INIT IMM WAI n query the spectrum trace information viPrintf viVSA FETCH SPEC1 n save the info trace to buffer viRead viVSA ViBuf sTraceInfo 256 amp lBytesRetrieved Chapter 3 137 Programming Examples Saving ASCII Trace Data in an ASCII File query the spectrum trace data viPrintf viVSA FETCH SPEC7 n save the spectrum trace data to buffer viRead viVSA ViBuf sTraceBuffer 1024 100 amp lBytesRetrieved set the analyzer back to continuous mode viPrintf viVSA INIT CONT 1 n save trace data to an ASCII file fTraceFile fopen C TraceASC txt w fprintf fTraceFile TraceASC exe Output nAgilent Techonologies 2001 n n fprintf fTraceFile Please refer to the PROGRAMMER S GUIDE to read about FETCH SPEC n n n fprintf fTraceFile The trace information n 1 n Nin fprintf fTraceFile sTraceInfo fprintf fTraceFile n nThe averaged spectrum trace data eTM n n fprintf fTraceFile sTraceBuffer fprintf fTraceFile H nEnd of the trace data fclose fTraceFile print message to the standard output printf The spectrum information was saved to C TraceASC txt file n n Close session viClose viVSA viClose defaultRM 138 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Saving and Recalling Instrument State Data Saving and Recalling Instrument State Data This is the C
112. volts The I values are listed first in each pair using the 0 through even indexed values The Q values are the odd indexed values Chapter 5 275 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands n Results Returned not specified or n 1 Returns the following comma separated scalar results 1 FFT peak is the FFT peak amplitude 2 FFT frequency is the FFT frequency of the peak amplitude 3 FFT points is the Number of points in the FFT spectrum 4 First FFT frequency is the frequency of the first FFT point of the spectrum 5 FFT spacing is the frequency spacing between the FFT points of the spectrum 6 Time domain points is the number of points in the time domain trace used for the FFT The number of points doubles if the data is complex instead of real See the time domain scaler description below 7 First time point is the time of the first time domain point where time zero is the trigger event 8 Time spacing is the time spacing between the time domain points The time spacing value doubles if the data is complex instead of real See the time domain scaler description below 9 Time domain returns a 1 if time domain is complex I Q and complex data will be returned It returns a 0 if the data is real raw ADC samples When this value is 1 rather than 0 complex vs real data the time domain points and the time spacing scalers both increase by a factor of two 10 Scan time is the total scan time
113. we hit a newline stop if ptr n ptr err 0 break ptr ptr N0 if err return NULL else return result telse BRK RIK IK IK KK RK RK RK KK KKK KK KK IK IK IR KOR FOR FOR FOR AOR AOR KKK KAKA KAAKA Simpler UNIX version using file I O recv version works too This demonstrates how to use file I O on sockets in UNIX FR RK KK EE IK IK KOK FO IK IK AK IK IK AR IK KK IK KK AKKA d FILE instFile instFile fdopen sock r if instFile NULL fprintf stderr Unable to create FILE structure s n strerror errno exit 2 return fgets result maxLength instFile endif 156 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN BRR KK RK KK KK RK IK KR IK FOR KOK IK FO FOR FOR IO FO FOR FOR FOR IO FOR AOR IO IO IK AOR OK OR IO ROK RR KK RK gt Function queryInstrument SDescription send a SCPI command to the instrument return a response X SParameters FILE file pointer associated with TCP IP socket const char command SCPI command string char result where to put the result size t maxLength maximum size of result array in bytes SReturn long The number of bytes in result buffer SErrors returns 0 if anything goes wrong KAKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK FO AK IK FO AOR IK IK IK FOR OK IK IK OR OK RR KR RK RO ROR IO I
114. 0 or later Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio Carrier Radio Carrier Multiple I SENSe RADio CARRier NUMBer SINGle MULTiple SENSe RADio CARRier NUMBer Select if single or multiple carriers are present on the output of the base station under test This enables disables a software filter for the rho and code domain power measurements Factory Preset and RST SINGle Remarks You must be in the iDEN mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Front Panel Access Mode Setup Demod RF Carrier Radio Carrier Burst SENSe RADio CARRier TYPE BURSt CONTinuous SENSe RADio CARRier TYPE Select the type of RF carrier on the device to be tested Factory Preset and RST BURSt Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM mode to use Chapter 5 339 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Global to the current mode History Version A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio Carrier Radio Device Under Test SENSe RADio DEVice BS MS SENSe RADio DEVice Select the type of radio device to be tested BS Base station transmitter test MS Mobile station transmitter test Factory Preset and RST BS Remarks You must be in the NADC or PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Global to current mode Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio Device Radio Device Under Test
115. 00 with no units Is a series of alpha numeric characters Specifies a series of bits rather than a numeric value The bit series is the binary representation of a numeric value There are no units Bit patterns are most often specified as hexadecimal numbers though octal binary or decimal numbers may also be used In the SCPI language these numbers are Specified as e Hexadecimal Hdddd or hdddd where d represents a hexadecimal digit 0 to 9 and a to P So h14 can be used instead of the decimal number 20 e Octal Odddddd or odddddd where d represents an octal digit 0 to 7 So 024 can be used instead of the decimal number 20 Binary Bdddddddddddddddd or bdddddddddddddddd where d represents a 1 or 0 So b10100 can be used instead of the decimal number 20 63 Programming Fundamentals SCPI Language Basics Block Program Data Some parameters consist of a block of data There are a few standard types of block data Arbitrary blocks of program data can also be used trace Is an array of rational numbers corresponding to displayed trace data See FORMat DATA for information about available data formats A SCPI command often refers to a block of current trace data with a variable name such as Trace1 TRACE2 or trace3 depending on which trace is being accessed arbitrary block data Consists of a block of data bytes The first information sent in the block is an ASCII header be
116. 04 00 and later Chapter 5 245 Language Reference HCOPy Subsystem Screen Dump to a Printer HCOPy SDUMp IMMediate The entire screen image is output to the printer remote interface The image is always inverted History Revision A 04 00 and later 246 Chapter 5 Language Reference INITiate Subsystem INITiate Subsystem The INITiate subsystem is used to control the initiation of the trigger Refer to the TRIGger and ABORt subsystems for related commands Take New Data Acquisition for Selected Measurement INITiate measurement name gt This command initiates a trigger cycle for the measurement specified The available measurement names are described in the MEASure subsystem It also holds off additional commands on GPIB until the acquisition is complete So if it is followed by a FETCh command valid data will be returned If your selected measurement is currently active in the idle state it triggers the measurement assuming the trigger conditions are met Then it completes one trigger cycle Depending upon the measurement and the number of averages there may be multiple data acquisitions with multiple trigger events for one full trigger cycle If your selected measurement is not currently active it will change to the measurement in your INIT meas name command and initiate a trigger cycle Example INIT ACP Continuous or Single Measurements INITiate CONTinuous OFFJONJOJ1 INITiate CONTinuous
117. 1 I SENSe CHANnel SLOT AUTO Select auto or manual control for slot searching The feature is only supported in external and frame trigger source modes In external trigger mode when timeslot is set on the demodulation measurement is made on the nth timeslot specified by the external trigger point n timeslots where n is the selected timeslot value 0 to 7 In frame trigger mode when timeslot is set on then demodulation measurement is only made on the nth timeslot specified by bit 0 of frame reference burst n timeslots where n is the selected timeslot value 0 to 7 and where the frame reference burst is specified by Ref Burst and Ref TSC Std combination Factory Preset and RST ON for NADC PDC mode OFF for GSM mode Remarks The command is only applicable for mobile station testing device MS You must be in EDGE w GSM GSM NADC PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SE Lect to set the mode History Added GSM mode version A 03 00 or later Training Sequence Code TSC SENSe CHANnel TSCode lt integer gt SENSe CHANnel TSCode Set the training sequence code to search for with normal burst selected and TSC auto set to off Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 7 Remarks Global to the current mode You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Chapter 5 323 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem History Version A 03 00 or l
118. 1 0 The sample commands below are identical e INIT CONT ON init continuous 1 60 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals SCPI Language Basics Special Characters in Commands Special Meaning Example Character A vertical stroke between Command parameters indicates TRIGger SOURce alternative choices The EXTernal INTernal LINE effect of the command is different depending on The choices are external internal and line which parameter is selected E TH is one possible command choice A vertical stroke between Command keywords indicates SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth identical effects exist for OFFSet WG E ife Two identical commands are Same for either keyword Ex1 SENSE BWIDTH OFFSET Oniy oani E ke morie Ex2 SENSE BAND OFFSET is used at a time LI keywords in square Command brackets are optional SENSe BANDwidth RESolu when composing the tion AUTO Dees S d The following commands are i ee a all valid and have identical y i effects Exl bandwidth auto Ex2 band resolution auto Ex3 sense bandwidth auto lt gt Angle brackets around a Command word or words indicates they are not to be used literally in the command They represent the needed item SENS FREQ lt freq gt In this command example the word lt freq gt should be replaced by an actual frequency Ex SENS FREQ 9 7MHz Parameters in braces can optionally be used in the command either not
119. 195 Calculate Compress Trace Data Query 196 Calculate Peaks of Trace Data 200 CALCulate MARKers Subsystem 201 Power Statistic CCDF Store Reference 212 CALibration Subsystem iui eue EX kore doe Dee SRA RARER DEORE CEDAR RR e A 213 Calibration ADOTE st ooucsesa des vba ER xu RH V S obs AUR ead e RO canes on 213 Align the ADC Auto range Threshold 0 c ccc ene nee 213 Align the ADC Dither Center Frequency eene 213 Alon the RR i esce sop bre op do dobbab adire dol o ed OE dub dol up ba ded 214 Align the ADC RAM Gain x lt ergs a Y RR CRI eR Ro doleo Roe ded dede eo 214 Align All Instrument Assemblies nn 214 Calibrate the Attenuator zs xK a eR dm PR XR ENSR P EE Que P RR A De SE EX E 214 Automatic Alignment ao e dd bab e edo RUE ede b dO Rb eub aa uda bul fe dun 215 Calibration Comb Alignment ss R v qe sd EIERE EIER hee Reque Re c ER 215 Turn Background Calibration Corrections Of 216 Calibration Display Detail uve mU PEE S 216 Align the Image Filter Circuitry idus 0 6 R e E EROR OR ac o abo OE d duas 216 Align the IF FINES aod avadppex tres ditate ware pde ope e Rcs sadip dead 217 Auto Adjust the Internal 10 MHz Frequency Reference 217 Pig Cee Sk Gees Swede whose Syed ahaa ta Ee AR Sa NEE edonPxs 218 Alon the IP CTS uou ade S bo abba bred Es ee are qi EE 218 Baseband VQ Commande anh EEN ed ek R RR R R EELER RR Rl o ek ee Ro 218 Calibrate the Nominal System Gain eee 219 rolls cel T esc pL PUTET
120. 2 Position marker 2 on the noise floor Query NOISE marker Get the NOISE marker reading Put the analyzer back to continuous mode Calculate the difference between the marker peak and the NOISE marker Print result to the standard output Close session EA include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt Chapter 3 129 Programming Examples Using Markers include lt math h gt include visa h void main program variables ViSession defaultRM viVSA ViStatus viStatus 0 double dPeakPower 0 double dNoiseMarker 0 double dResult 0 long lComplete 0 open session to GPIB device at address 18 viStatus viOpenDefaultRM amp defaultRM viStatus viOpen defaultRM GPIBO 18 INSTR VI MOLE VI NULL amp viVSA check opening session sucess if viStatus printf Could not open a session to GPIB device at address 18 n exit 0 set the instrument to Basic Mode viPrintf viVSA INST BASTC n Preset the instrument viPrintf viVSA RST n set the input port to the internal 50Mhz reference source viPrintf viVSA SENS FEED AREF n tune the analyzer to 50MHZ viPrintf viVSA SENS FREQ CENT 50E6 n put the analyzer in a single mode viPrintf viVSA INIT CONT 0 n zoom the spectrum display viPrintf viVSA DISP FORM ZOOM1 n trigger a spectrum measurement viPrintf viVSA INIT IMM OPC n
121. 2 or higher Run I O configuration Select LAN Client from the available interface types Press Configure Enter an interface name such as lan1 Enter a logical unit number such as 7 Select Okay Nana oco a 96 Chapter 2 NOTE Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer 8 Select VISA LAN Client from the available interface types 9 Press Configure 10 Enter a VISA interface name such as GPIB1 11 Enter the hostname or IP address of your analyzer in the hostname field such as my4406a companyname com 12 Enter a Remote SICL address such as GPIB1 13 Set the LAN interface to match the defined LAN client lan1 in this example 14 Select OK 15 Close I O Configuration by selecting OK Controlling Your Analyzer with SICL LAN and HP Agilent VEE Before you can use SICL LAN with VEE you need to set up VISA SICL LAN I O drivers for use with your VEE application Consult your VEE documentation for information how to do this If you are using HP Agilent VEE and SICL LAN the logical unit number is limited to the range of 0 8 The logical unit number is the same as the interface select code ISC VEE reserves ISC values 9 18 and does not allow you to use them for SICL LAN communications with your analyzer VEE also does not allow any ISC values higher than 18 Chapter 2 97 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer After you have the VISA SICL LAN I O dr
122. 2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use these commands Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode The general functionality of CONFigure FETCh MEASure and READ are described at the beginning of this section See the SENSe PSTat commands for more measurement related commands gt CONFigure PSTatistic s FETCh PSTatistic n READ PSTatastic n MEASure PSTatastic n History Version A 03 00 or later added in Basic A 04 00 Front Panel Access Measure Power Stat CCDF After the measurement is selected press Restore Meas Defaults to restore factory defaults Measurement Results Available Returns unprocessed I Q trace data as a series of comma separated trace points in volts The I values are listed first in each pair using the 0 through even indexed values The Q values are the odd indexed values not specified or n 1 Returns 10 comma separated scalar results l Average input power in dBm 2 Probability at the average input power level in 96 3 Power level that has 1046 of the power 4 Power level that has 196 of the power 5 Power level that has 0 1 of the power 6 Power level that has 0 01 of the power 7 Power level that has 0 001 of the power 8 Power level that has 0 0001 of the power 9 Peak power in dB 10 Count Chapter 5 269 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands 1 2 3 1 2 Probability at 0 0 dB power Probabil
123. 3 Sis Tann CON Pene E MN E KEE 384 SYSTem DATE lt year gt lt month gt lt day gt en anash is p R ARR E 384 SiO De DATE sa e geese seed Rd sabe ES Edu iR t 384 iYSTem ERBor VERBose OFF JON IO JU zs eua re d EIER E d EE RARE ees xx T 385 E EE 385 XS ene RRO NMA pars oni e PESCA RR ARE ARR SN Ru da 385 dor dedii H perm c A AR LRE E RRR cT 386 YO TSM anevesani ed dese tAos EROTS AEON AIER ARRA RE dd Ead or RRGG dE RA E ERE EE 386 bYSTer KLOCk OFFION EI ses tesekese e har ERR RESO RR REY GR hrs 386 Eo et RIAN Cm 386 SYSTem LKEY option tt license key gt 4025 A RUE NEE EUREN SIN dena besonaenane ce 387 ISYSTem LKEY DELete lt application option gt lt license ke 387 blen LE e balon pass EREE ROS dh 387 SYS Pom R GELD oa acy kid S 388 er 22 6 ick pA E EQUO CUARENTA RR GC eee 388 SYSTem PASSword CENable lt integer gt een 388 Mo Tem PRESS ases eA ERROR EE EE EE EE REELS GENERE REREXARE S RON SS EH 388 YS rem TIME hoitt emit S860 6 e baad ou RR YR ev x RN ea cR eq E eRe RR aO 389 SYSTem TIME ADJust seconds eee hr hh 389 XS Toni TIME cosse ee PRp4hidddoerauw qud nii ab eq boca bd d 389 len V EDU as seque EE nea ep pO CEDE AERE dad Ed Sa eq es Ee 390 TRIGger SEQuence AUTO STATe QOFbION 1011 BIB 391 21 List of Commands TRIGger SEQuence AUTO STATe c5cckccceeeb0aeeee00 04a Ree e RR 391 TRIGger SEQuence AUTO TIME me 391 TRiGger SEQuence AUTOPTIMED e 4 6 R R ses eev
124. 3 stop other local users 386 store reference power statistic CCDF 212 storing screens 283 284 string variable 63 sweep time PVTime 337 SPECtrum 356 WAVeform 362 synchronization 189 192 system configuration 382 system gain calibration 219 system message 388 system options configuration 383 384 T talker 122 telnet using 92 temperature condition register 379 380 381 temperature sensor measurement 2774 test limits 195 NADC 194 PDC 194 test IEEE command 192 throughput improving 67 tile the display 230 time setting 389 time display 229 time domain measurement 278 357 time slot auto 323 time slot number 322 time units 63 timebase frequency accuracy measurement 278 timeout errors 106 timing control 189 192 title display 229 trace averaging 376 377 trace data processing 196 200 trace data format 64 trace display 232 trace format 239 trace names for markers 207 traces programming example 132 136 saving recalling 184 training sequence code TSC 323 training sequence code TSC auto 324 training sequence code channel 321 training sequence code selection 323 324 transmit band spurs averaging state 250 317 318 359 trigger auto time 391 burst level 397 commands 391 delay 392 delay IF 395 external 392 393 frame adjustment 393 394 frame period 393 frame sync mode 394 holdoff 395 level 392 level IF 396 on off 391 power vs time 338
125. 4 IP address 382 402 IP instrument preset 388 IQ port selection 329 IS 95A 343 IS 95B 343 IS 95C 343 J Java program 104 Java program example 171 Java programing socket LAN 104 JSTD8 343 K keyboard lock out 386 L LAN bus 55 89 C program 104 C program example 148 168 cable 111 IP address 382 Java program 104 Java program example 171 SICL 95 Socket programming 94 telnet 92 using 55 89 VEE program 103 LAN defaults 55 106 LAN troubleshooting 105 landscape printing 243 language reference 185 license key 387 license key ID 386 limit line testing 195 limit testing ACP 194 293 294 NADC 194 PDC 194 linking C C with VTL 114 listener 122 loading modes application 281 loading an application personality 41 local echo lack of 93 lock out front panel 386 LRN IEEE command 188 M M16QAM 343 M64QAM 343 making measurements 255 making reasurements CONFigure commands 256 FETCh commands 257 MEASure commands 255 READ commands 257 markers 183 201 assigning them to traces 207 bandpower 204 maximum 205 minimum 206 noise 204 off 204 207 programming example 129 trace assignment 211 turn off 204 type 206 valid measurement 201 value 212 value of 205 x axis location 211 y axis 212 mass storage selecting 282 mass storage commands 282 maximum value of trace data 196 200 mean value of trace data 196 200 MEASure command use 255
126. 49 HP BASIC 95 HP C2913A C2914A Cable 51 HP F1047 80002 Cable 49 53 54 HP VEE 103 HP IB 56 HP IB See GPIB I iDEN ACP measurement 296 302 312 313 iDEN limit testing 294 Index 401 Index iDEN offset frequencies 294 295 297 310 iDEN trigger source 316 identity IEEE command options query model number query 188 IEEE common commands commands IEEE 187 IF flatness adjustment 217 IF trigger delay 395 IF trigger level 396 IF trigger slope 396 image filter calibration 216 increasing measurement speed 67 initiate measurement 192 247 248 input attenuation 331 INPut commands 249 input configuration 249 input port selection 329 input power maximum 332 range 332 input output 183 inputs configuration 382 install application 281 387 Install Now key 43 installing measurement personalities 41 instrument memory functions 281 instrument configuration 252 instrument firmware updates 43 instrument memory 282 instrument preset 184 190 388 instrument states programming example 139 instrument status 76 365 monitoring 191 monitoring status monitoring 191 integer variable 63 integrity condition register 372 373 374 integrity signal condition register 374 375 internal reference 345 346 internal reference selection 329 internet location for information 36 internet protocol address 382 invert display printout 245 invert screen background 284 IP 18
127. 900 Primary GSM in the 900 MHz band RGSM900 Railway GSM in the 900 MHz band DCS1800 DSC1800 band also known as GSM 1800 PCS PCS1900 band also known as GSM 1900 GSM450 GSM450 band GSM480 GSM480 band GSM850 GSM850 band for IS 136HS Factory Preset and RST EGSM 900 Remarks Global to the current mode You must be in EDGE w GSM GSM mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History More standards added A 02 00 A 03 00 Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio Band Radio Traffic Rate SENSe RADio TRATe FULL HALF SENSe RADio TRATe Select the traffic rate FULL full traffic rate a slot is every 20 ms HALF half traffic rate a slot is every 40 ms Factory Preset and RST FULL 344 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Remarks You must be in the NADC or PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Reference Oscillator Commands Reference Oscillator External Frequency SENSe ROSCillator EXTernal FREQuency frequency SENSe ROSCillator EXTernal FREQuency Specify to the frequency of the external reference being supplied to the instrument Switch to the external reference with ROSC SOUR Preset and RST Value remains at last user selected value persistent Factory default 10 MHz Range 1 MHz to 30 MHz with 1 Hz steps Default Unit Hz Remarks Global to system Front Panel Access System Reference Ref Oscillator
128. Baseband UQ Commands Baseband I Q Align the Baseband IQ CALibration GIQ s CALibration GIQ Performs the IQ group of alignments The query performs the alignment and returns a 0 if the alignment is succesful Remarks You must be in the Basic W CDMA cdma2000 mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Added revision A 05 00 Baseband I Q IQ Common Mode Response Null CALibration IQ CMR CALibration IQ CMR Forces a common mode response null on I Q inputs 218 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem Remarks You must be in the Basic W CDMA cdma2000 mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Added revision A 05 00 Baseband I Q IQ Flatness Calibration CALibration IQ FLATness CALibration IQ FLATness Activates a flatness calibration for all I Q ranges and impedance settings Remarks You must be in the Basic W CDMA cdma2000 mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Added revision A 05 00 Baseband I Q IQ Offset Calibration CALibration IQ OFFSet CALibration IQ OFFSet Activates a calibration of the I Q input offset DAC Remarks You must be in the Basic W CDMA cdma2000 mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Added revision A 05 00 Calibrate the Nominal System Gain CALibration GAIN CSYStem CALibration GAIN CSYStem Calculate the current system gain corr
129. Bytes atol result if numBytes 158 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN resultBytes 0 Loop until we get all the bytes we requested Each call seems to return up to 1457 bytes on HP UX 9 05 do int rcount recount recv sock result int numBytes 0 resultBytes recount result rcount Advance pointer while resultBytes lt numBytes BRR KK RK RK RK RK IK IK IK IK IR IK FOR IK AOR IO FOR AOR IK IK IK OK OK OK OK KK KR KK For LAN dumps there is always an extra trailing newline Since there is no EOI line For ASCII dumps this is great but for binary dumps it is not needed ARR RR RR IR RR RO IO RO RO FO FOR FOR TOR FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR AOR IO FO FO k k k k if resultBytes numBytes char junk count recv sock amp junk 1 0 else indefinite block dump til we can an extra line feed do if recv_line sock result maxLength NULL break if strlen result 1 amp amp result n break resultBytes strlen result result strlen result while 1 else ASCII response not a binary block Chapter 3 159 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN result char ch if recv line sock result 1 maxLength 1 NULL return 0 REMOVE trailing newline if present And terminate string resultBytes strlen result if result resultBytes 1 Mil resultBytes
130. Ch measurement n A FETCh command must specify the desired measurement It will return the valid results that are currently available but will not initiate the taking of any new data You can only fetch results from the measurement that is currently selected The code number n selects the kind of results that will be returned The available measurements and data results are described in the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 238 Chapter 5 Language Reference FORMat Subsystem FORMat Subsystem The FORMat subsystem sets a data format for transferring numeric and array information Byte Order FORMat BORDer NORMal SWAPped FORMat BORDer Selects the binary data byte order for numeric data transfer In normal mode the most significant byte is sent first In swapped mode the least significant byte is first PCs use the swapped order Binary data byte order functionality does not apply to ASCII Factory Preset and RST Normal Numeric Data format FORMat DATA ASCii REAL 32 REAL 64 FORMat DATA This command controls the format of data output that is data transfer across any remote port The REAL and ASCII formats will format trace data in the current amplitude units The format of state data cannot be changed It is always in a machine readable format only ASCII Amplitude values are in ASCII in amplitude units separated by commas ASCII format requires more memory than the binary formats
131. Ch MEASure and READ are described at the beginning of this section See the SENSe WAVeform commands for more measurement related commands CONFigure WAVeform FETCh WAVeform n 2 READ WAVeform n MEASure WAVeform n Front Panel Access Measure Waveform Time Domain After the measurement is selected press Restore Meas Defaults to restore factory defaults Measurement Results Available Results Returned Returns unprocessed I Q trace data as a series of comma separated trace points in volts The I values are listed first in each pair using the 0 through even indexed values The Q values are the odd indexed values Chapter 5 279 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands n Results Returned not specified or Returns the following comma separated scalar results n 1 1 Sample time is a floating point number representing the time between samples when using the trace queries n 0 2 etc 2 Mean power is the mean power in dBm This is either the power across the entire trace or the power between markers if the markers are enabled If averaging is on the power is for the latest acquisition 3 Mean power averaged is the power in dBm for N averages if averaging is on This is either the power across the entire trace or the power between markers if the markers are enabled If averaging is on the power is for the latest acquisition If averaging is off the value of the mean
132. DGE 806 0 MHz for iDEN Range 1 0 kHz to 4 3214 GHz Default Unit Hz Front Panel Access FREQUENCY Channel Center Freq Center Frequency Step Size SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement freq I SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement 7 Specifies the center frequency step size Factory Preset and RST 5 0 MHz 1 25 MHz for cdma2000 Range 1 0 kHz to 1 0 GHz in 10 kHz steps Default Unit Hz 330 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem History Version A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access FREQUENCY Channel CF Stepl RF Power Commands RF Port Input Attenuation SENSe POWer RF ATTenuation rel power SENSe POWer RF ATTenuation Set the RF input attenuator This value is set at its auto value if input attenuation is set to auto Factory Preset and RST 0 dB 12 dB for iDEN Range 0 to 40 dB Default Unit dB Front Panel Access Input Input Atten RF Port Input Attenuator Auto SENSe POWer RF ATTenuation AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe POWer RF ATTenuation AUTO Select the RF input attenuator range to be set either automatically or manually ON Input attenuation is automatically set as determined by the reference level setting OFF Input attenuation is manually set Front Panel Access Input Output or Input Input Atten Chapter 5 331 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem RF Port Power Range Auto SENSe POWer RF RANGe AUTO OFF ON 0 1
133. E REN RAL EORR eee EROR Ra RR 289 SENSe ACP FAST OFFSet ADC RANGe 2 0 eee eee eens 290 SENSe ACP FAST OFFSet ADC RANGe AUTO APEak APLock M6 PO P6 PI2 P18 P24 nen peeks E XR n RSS 290 SENSe ACP FAST OFFSet RATTenuation lt float gt lees 290 SENSe ACP FAST OFFSet RATTenuation 0 0 0 0 eee cee teens 290 LSENSel ACP FFT segment lt integer gt 64 aed eco eek eed Pda eda ee eae eH Re e eR e OS 291 SENSe ACP FFTSegment AUTO OFF ON 0 1 0 ee ene 292 SENS ACP FF TsepmentAUTO EELER EELER deer RR RR eae kaw ene RE 292 SENBeLAGP EETSermnl occa acca detakad ead GREE SS ERd R ERG d EGRE Gr RE e DERE RR SS 291 SENSe ACP FILTer RRC ALPHa lt numeric gt K 291 SENSeE ACP EILTer BBOLFALPEAT KE NEEN da RN eet mex Wa vertex ike eee E 291 SENSe ACP FILTer RRC STATe OFFJONJOJA ue EA NK ENEE E ENKEN E EK EN 291 L SENSeLEAGCP FILTer RBOIESTATSI te RERR REX RA ORARE E RO Red en 291 LSENSe ACP FREQuency SPAN 2 4 c4sc0nec KEIER ER AE SINN RRAR DERE RARE RE AR E XA 292 SENSe ACP LIST ALIMit abs powr abs powr abs powr abs powr abs powr 293 PoP ET T E 293 238 List of Commands SENSe ACP LIST PO Wer INTeg PEAK INTeg PEAK INTeg PEAK INTeg PEAK IN da D S eh 294 SENS ET e NK RE ped els pe du a p RR Qd E Etage 294 SENSe ACP LIST RLIMit rel powr rel powr rel p
134. EE 116 Including the VISA Declarations le 117 Cerny da OSEE ok on gah ENS WH ARRE NE ksosa NAGE SH ERREN GOR SHADE E deep Se 117 ege A ee ene dc SEG ee ee ee ee er ee eee eee eae eee ree ee eee 118 Addressing a Begin lt 0 EELER ather a dor ddce qd px eee s 119 Cloguy a DESIGN is ck hen zad edad ceed eben CE ESFERA ees Edd add 121 Overview of the GPIB Bie d x RR 0 decd N KA doi shenoi saten quse Pubs qe xa 122 GPIB Instrument Nomenclature e ui ia sesi ei s ss s s a e raa ER EO RRR RRR RERO S OR eo 122 GPIB Command Statements i4 Ae saa a R Ra ea Qe oec OR e ca e d Re eo t d 122 Overview of the R3 232 BnS EELER RR RA 124 Settings Tor the Serial Interface Ae g r e a r9 REO R ERR E AO KES P E WO Qoa 124 Handshake and Baud Rate SEELEN du acepto ador ok e ans 124 Character Format Parameter css lt rg eure re ee exa t eR ey RR s 125 Modem Line Handshaking ss a s a aae 006 x x aaa 0000 R RRR eR s 125 Data E EE 126 3 Programming Examples Types of Examples pk t Rude dci rape edes 128 RT 4G co on AN 129 Saving Binary Trace Data in an ASCII bie 132 Saving ASCII Trace Data in an ASCII Pile eee 136 Saving and Recalling Instrument State Data eee 139 Performing Alignments and Getting Pass Fail Results 143 Making an ACPR Measurement in cdmaOne Option BAC 145 Using C Programming Over Socket LAN 148 Using C Programming Over Socket LAN Windows NI 168 Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN 171 4 Progr
135. EN mode SENSe ACP OFFSet BANDwidth BWIDth res bw SENSe ACP OFFSet BANDwidth BWIDth Basic mode SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST BANDwidth BWIDth res bw gt lt res bw res bw res bw res bw SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST BANDwidth BWIDth cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST BANDwidth BWIDth res bw gt lt res bw gt lt res bw res bw res bw SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST BANDwidth BWIDth Chapter 5 297 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem cdmaOne W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n BANDwidth BNIDth res bw gt lt res bw gt lt res bw res bw res bw SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n BANDwidth BWIDth Define the custom resolution bandwidth s for the adjacent channel power testing If there is more than one bandwidth the list must contain five 5 entries Each resolution bandwidth in the list corresponds to an offset frequency in the list defined by SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n FREQuency You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n S TATe command Offset n n 1 is base station and 2 is mobiles The default is base station 1 List n cdmaOne mode n 1 is cellular bands and 2 is pcs bands The default is cellular W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode n 1 is ARIB 2 is 3GPP and 3 is Trial The default is
136. GIF History Added in version A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Print Setup Print To File File Type Screen Image Background MMEMory STORe SCReen IMAGe NORMal INVert MMEMory STORe SCReen IMAGe Selects the background color of trace data windows when writing to a file NORMal background is black INVert background is white Factory Preset and RST The image setting is persistant It stays at the last user selected setting even through a power cycle Default Invert History Added in version A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Print Setup Print To File Image 284 Chapter 5 Language Reference READ Subsystem READ Subsystem The READ commands are used with several other commands and are documented in the section on the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 Initiate and Read Measurement Data READ measurement n A READ query must specify the desired measurement It will cause a measurement to occur without changing any of the current settings and will return any valid results The code number n selects the kind of results that will be returned The available measurements and data results are described in the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 Chapter 5 285 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem SENSe Subsystem Sets the instrument state parameters so that you can measure the input signal The SCPI default for data output format is ASCII The format can be changed to bi
137. Gger SEQuence RFBurst LEVel rel power 397 TRIGger SEQuence RFBurst LEVel 0 0 eee hn 397 TRIGger SEQuence RFBurst SLOPe NEGative POSitive aaa 397 TRiGgerLSHQuencel RFBurst SLOPe EE NEE REEL MIEL RR REOR SLL sarta 397 SENSe ACP AVERage COUNt lt integer gt x g RR RRR eee teen eens 286 22 List of Commands SENSBeLACP AVERage GOIINI 2640 cscaeetad bx Ra RR ERROR GR RR RO REC X RA ORO RR RR 286 SENSe ACP AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential REPeat aa aaa aaa 287 ESENSerACP AV R Rae CONT a A dE ees ER RE CES ES RR EE ER SHEER ERE NHS 287 SENSe ACP AVERage TYPE MAXimum RMS 0 0 ccc eee eens 287 SEN Se ACP AN Base TYPE orere kran STEFEN EELDE CR CX VAR boss DR ee RR ROCA A 287 SENSe ACP AVERagel STATe ObTIONTOIT 0 0 eee eee een ee 286 SENSeEAGCP AVERage STATelT areeiro are ker 206658055 0086 EE ede wR EES E Gd 286 SENSe ACP BANDwidth n BWIDth n INTegration freu 288 SENSe ACP BANDwidth n BWIDth n INTegration aaa eee 288 SENSe ACP BANDwidth n BWIDth n INTegration m freq 288 SENSe ACP BANDwidth n BWIDth n NTegration m aa 288 SENSe ACP BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration freq aa 287 SENSe ACP BANDwidth BVVIDth INTegration7 000 ce eens 287 SENSe ACP DYNamic n RANGe m HIGH NORMal MODified 289 L SENSeEACP DYNamic nl RANGeRnl ua AEN E
138. HAMMing HANNing KB70 KB90 KB110 UNIForm 355 SENSe SPECtrum FREQuency SPAN reg 355 SENSe SPECtrum FREQuency SPAN ha 355 SENSe SPECtrum SWEep TIME AUTO OFFJON JO 1 II 356 SENSel SPECtrum SW Ren TIME AUTO 356 LSEN Se SPECtrum SN Bep TIME asni nd ENG EE Sx 356 SENSe SPECtrum SWEep TIME VALue lt time gt ene 356 LSENSelLSPECirum TEEGrger OURGe cocus tes e rk Woes edad Xx RR RE ARR PER EG A 357 SENSe SPECtrum TRIGger SOURce EX Ternal 1 EXTernal2 FRAMe IF LINE IMMediate RFBurst ii iaiac 357 SENSe VOLTage IQ RANGe UPPer lt level gt 0 cence nena 318 LRN ael YOL Tape IO RANGEEUPP Ot oun ENEE kone ede DE 6S a ee X AE SAE RC ORE EGY N 318 SENSe WAVeform AC Quistion PACKing AUTO LONG MEDium SHORt 357 SENSe WAVeform AC Quistion PACKing 0 0 0 0 0c ee ea 357 SENSe WAVeform ADC DITHer STATe TObkkIONTOIT aa 358 SENSe WAVeform ADC DITHer STATe 0 ccc eee eee eens 358 SENSe WAVeform ADC FILTer STATe OFF ON O 1 e 358 SENS WAVetormoxDE PILTGSDSEATSIT god eR Redes ERR RD Y NR RPEE RR RERE PS D EE 358 SENSe WAVeform ADC RANGe AUTO APEak APLock GROund M6 PO P6 P12 P18 P24 358 SENS WAV rt ADE RANGE e ea r 358 PORN Sel WAVetarm EE detec es eqs ETLER at ess 359 SENSe WAVeform AVERage COUNt integer lees 359 33 List of Commands ISENSel VVAVeform AVERa
139. Hz Flat 4 1 6 usec 15 329 360 575 300 kHz Gaussian 1 0 2667 usec 90 1972 2163 1 300 kHz Gaussian 4 1 07 usec 22 492 539 16 Chapter 3 000 0 00 78 Programming Fundamentals Improving the Speed of Your Measurements Table 2 1 GSM Parameters for 1 Slot Frame Measurement Requirements Resolution Filter Decimation Aperture Start Length Repeat Bandwidth Type 300 kHz Flat 1 0 6667 usec 36 789 865 31 300 kHz Flat 4 2 667 usec 9 197 216 33 a The use of time values is only allowed in firmware versions of A 05 00 and later 74 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Preventing Local or Remote Interference While Programming Preventing Local or Remote Interference While Programming The following SCPI commands can help prevent interference from other users while you are programming the instrument remotely See the SYSTem subsystem section of the Language Reference chapter for a full description of these commands e SYSTem KLOCk 0 1 OFF ON locks the transmitter tester s keyboard e SYSTem MESSage lt string gt enables you to send a message that will appear in status bar at the bottom of the instrument display Chapter 2 75 Programming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers Using the Instrument Status Registers When you are programming the instrument you may need to monitor instrument status to check for error conditions or monitor changes You can determine the state o
140. INTegration m freq SENSe ACP BANDwidth n BWIDth n INTegration m Set the Integration bandwidth that will be used for the main carrier channel BANDwidth n BWIDth n m 1 is base station and 2 is mobiles The default is base station 1 INTegrationini cdmaOne mode m 1 is cellular bands and 2 is pcs bands The default is cellular W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode n 1 is ARIB 2 is 3GPP and 3 is Trial The default is ARIB 1 Factory Preset and RST Mode Format Modulation Standard Basic 1 23 MHz cdmaOne 1 23 MHz iDEN 18 kHz cdma2000 1 23 MHz W CDMA 3GPP 3 84 MHz W CDMA Trial amp ARIB n 1 3GPP n 2 Trial n 3 AH 4 069 MHz 3 84 MHz 4 096 MHz Range 300 Hz to 20 MHz for Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode 1 kHz to 5 MHz for iDEN Default Unit Hz 288 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Remarks With measurement type set at TPR total power reference 1 40 MHz is sometimes used Using 1 23 MHz will give a power that is very nearly identical to the 1 40 MHz value and using 1 23 MHz will also yield the correct power spectral density with measurement type set at PSD reference However a setting of 1 40 MHz will not give the correct results with measurement type set at PSD reference You must be in Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib iDEN mode to u
141. Instrument Status Registers B STB Status Byte Register ok725a Bit Description 0 1 These bits are always set to 0 2 A 1 in this bit position indicates that the SCPI error queue is not empty which means that it contains at least one error message 3 A lin this bit position indicates that the data questionable summary bit has been set The data questionable event register can then be read to determine the specific condition that caused this bit to be set 4 A lin this bit position indicates that the instrument has data ready in the output queue There are no lower status groups that provide input to this bit 5 A lin this bit position indicates that the standard event summary bit has been set The standard event status register can then be read to determine the specific event that caused this bit to be set 6 A lin this bit position indicates that the instrument has at least one reason to report a status change This bit is also called the master summary status bit MSS 7 A 1 in this bit position indicates that the standard operation summary bit has been set The standard operation event register can then be read to determine the specific condition that caused this bit to be set To query the status byte register send the command STB The response will be the decimal sum of the bits which are set to 1 For example if bit number 7 and bit number 3 are set to 1 the decimal sum of the 2 bits is
142. K reak ARR EX Re XQ dd K K daa Eg dar b da A d Ea e eames 267 CON ipore E PONBE 22a cue eee RR ER xq RE XE RR Rae eR bd e d d Rd 268 One P STAN vinit 269 14 List of Commands CONF pore E TROC s c pip E e pO REV Ede cde aed duod d dun d db dr ipd d 271 CONF rore CENDO ie AER EAE REPRE EAXSEXEERRRRRREEKPECREFEWE E EERE A 274 Unioni lis NR ERNEUT EE 275 E e e CR e D 278 EE Ed ENEE EE SEENEN EEN ENEE AD C 279 CONFIGS occu cane aei RR eta Ti proa EEE H RR CEDAR RO Eb EEERA Ed dRR E EQ ee 227 DISPlay ACP VIEW BGRaph SPECUr m s 0 08 6 6000 rari RR ss 228 DISPEROOAL VIEW e a E 228 DISPlay ANNotation CLOCk DATE FORMat MDY DMY eese 228 DISPlay ANNotation CLOCk DATE FORMat2 ehh 228 DISPlay ANNotation CLOCk E STATe OFF ON 0 1 aa an ann ann RRR cece RR RI 229 DISPlay AN Notation CLOCEESTATel n ec SN RRR A ees RR RR EXER RERO RE E SD 229 DISPlay ANNotation TITLe DATA stung 229 DIS Plava Nota TIIT Le DATA orres rrira kes donee REE ead bo eRe EE ee hese ew 229 DP BABI ORF TON JO T1 ng qu ke tenes sae ceeded nx Rm CX RENE da ke 229 JDISPISENABI e ritti iri REE A RRR ER ERROR EURO EX BH AR at de 229 IDISPHGOPOBRBNISETILE geg radhes REA ERE EX SP SR ERU RA RR a UE E REPR GE AUS 230 DISP FOBRNMSESODDE isa qbr ve e RR CO eee dorm eel oo que ead nh 230 DISPlay SPECtrum n WINDow m TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision power 230 DISPlay SPECtrum n WINDow m TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision
143. L Program 32 bit Applications The following is a summary of important compiler specific considerations for several C C compiler products when developing WIN32 applications For Microsoft Visual C version 2 0 compilers 114 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals C Programming Using VTL e Select Project Update All Dependencies from the menu e Select Project Settings from the menu Click on the C C button Select Code Generation from the Use Run Time Libraries list box VTL requires these definitions for WIN32 Click on OK to close the dialog boxes Select Project Settings from the menu Click on the Link button and add visa32 lib tothe Object Library Modules list box Optionally you may add the library directly to your project file Click on OK to close the dialog boxes e You may wish to add the include file and library file search paths They are set by doing the following 1 Select Tools Options from the menu 2 Click on the Directories button to set the include file path 3 Select Include Files from the Show Directories For list box 4 Click on the Add button and type in the following C NVXIPNPNWIN95NINCLUDE 5 Select Library Files from the Show Directories For list box 6 Click on the Add button and type in the following C NVXIPNPNWIN95NLIBMMSC For Borland C version 4 0 compilers e You may wish to add the include file and library file search paths They are set under the Options Pro
144. Libration AUTO Turns the automatic alignment routines on and off When turned on they are run once every 5 minutes or if the ambient temperature changes by 3 degrees If alignment is turned off the instrument may drift out of specification The alert mode allows you to turn off the automatic alignment but reminds you to when to run the alignment again You will get a warning message if 24 hours has expired or the temperature has change by 3 degrees since the last alignment Factory Preset and RST Alert Your setting for the auto alignment is persistent and will remain the same even through an instrument power cycle Front Panel Access System Alignments Auto Align Calibration Comb Alignment s CALibration COMB s CALibration COMB Aligns the comb frequencies by measuring them relative to the internal 50 MHz reference signal The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Remarks A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending the command Chapter 5 215 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem Front Panel Access System Alignments Align Subsystem RF Turn Background Calibration Corrections Off CALibration CORRections 0 1 OFF ON CALibration CORRections When set to OFF deactivates background flatness and IF gain alignments for which nominal values are substituted Several video shift gain corrections are set to zero including absolute gain err gain
145. Loading an Optional Measurement Personality 00 000 c cece ene eens 42 Tostalling a License E EROR ER GR 43 Viewing a License be 44 Using the Uninstal ew eege ARA EE h Rx ea o OS AR EE EEN cha EE R eae 44 EIDE Your Firsb Gra voce 9 9 09 R s EA PPIAGUG P RAPI RENE NER ER EEAGEEPDPI E 46 Three Basic Steps in a Measurement 2 hat EIERE EIERE EELER E EELER ELE A 46 Programming a Measurement 2 e X os K w R e 9 gero RR rees p acr e Ro 46 Pile Nudus Riles q dd RR eed EA ARRE RR AUR RON SRL 47 Cables for Connecting to EE EE EE 48 Connecting to a LAN Server E E d dede E 55 Connecting bo a GPIB Server i sca e e 56 Programming Fundamentals E Linens DESEE oro REIR EGCSEG RENE RANA Ed DEDERE REN Va RE RE RR 59 Command Keywords and Syntax e cass sake x R RR R R WE Y GRE ER RARO Age EA RC 59 Creating Valid Commands 5 lt a arg KRN NL AR K KARR Ric3 reddi SERED RRL CORE E Rd 60 Special Characters i Commands caua c gg RRR rasti RR e RR 61 Parameters in Commands Eh pr dA E ERO CHE e aH SR EU Op D ERR 62 Putting Multiple Commands on the Same Line elles 64 Improving the Speed of Your Measurements eee 67 Tain ol the cisplay updates a xe xo RO Ud EE RAR OER Se CREAR Red Rd 67 Use binary data format instead of ASCH da 400040000 iR ee eee be ee 67 Minimize the number of GPIB transactions 0 00 c cece eee eee eee 68 Avoid unnecessary Wee Of REM 2 ies sed cree ead noe Ea EK se SOR OCA RS eRe 70 Minimize DUTAnstrum
146. O k k E AO KK ACK d long queryInstrument SOCKET sock const char command char result size_t maxLength long ch char tmp buf 8 long resultBytes 0 int command_err int count BRK RK RR IK IK KK IK IO IK IK IK IK OK IK OK KR RR OK Ek e He E IO RK KR RK KK Send command to analyzer HK KR RK KK RK IO FOR IO IO FOR FOR FOR AT command err commandInstrument sock command if command err return COMMAND ERROR BRK RK RK IK AK KK IK AOR IK IK IK IK OK IK OK KR OR RK e e RR RIK KK RK RK KK Read response from analyzer RK RR RK RRR RR RRO IO IO RO IO IO IO IO IO FOR IO AOR AOR k k IK d Chapter 3 157 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN count recv sock tmp buf 1 0 read 1 char ch tmp buf 0 if count lt 1 ch EOF ch n result N0 null terminate result for ascii return 0 use a do while so we can break out do binary data encountered figure out what it is long numDigits long numBytes 0 char length 10 count recv sock tmp buf 1 0 read 1 char ch tmp buf 0 if count lt 1 ch EOF break End of file if ch lt 0 ch gt 9 break unexpected char numDigits ch 0 if numDigits read numDigits bytes into result string count recv sock result int numDigits 0 result count 0 null terminate num
147. ONFigure FETCh MEASure and READ are described at the beginning of this section See the SENSe CH Power commands for more measurement related commands CONFigure CHPower FETCh CHPower n READ CHPower n MEASure CHPower n History Added to Basic mode version A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access Measure Channel Power After the measurement is selected press Restore Meas Defaults to restore factory defaults Measurement Results Available Results Returned Returns unprocessed I Q trace data as a series of comma separated trace points in volts The I values are listed first in each pair using the 0 through even indexed values The Q values are the odd indexed values not specified or n 1 Returns 2 comma separated scalar results 1 Channel Power is a floating point number representing the total channel power in the specified integration bandwidth 2 PSD Power Spectral Density is the power in dBm Hz in the specified integration bandwidth Returns comma separated floating point numbers that are the captured trace data of the power in dBm resolution BW of the signal The frequency span of the captured trace data is specified by the Span key 268 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Power Statistics CCDF Measurement This is a statistical power measurement of the complimentary cumulative distribution function CCDF You must be in the Basic cdma
148. PIB bn e 382 LAN IP Address with Host Name hh 382 Options Configuration Query suce anus ditari iken P EGO OG wes NR Ais qx xa 383 Hardware Configuration Default 383 System Configuration Query xx ga a eee ue e koa EEN ELE E Ree deo RR e a as 384 pel DG e Ee E OSCAR d 384 Error nformatign Query Lusso RAN AR KL see ae apes one N RR E ELS ES 385 Locate SCPI Command Bregen ade 385 Exit Main Firmware for Upgrade 386 Host Identification Query SNE K Ka 0 ER i Re s 386 Bevboned Lok ose s T S EK PESE POR EE 386 License Key for Installing New Applications ees 387 Delete a License Key RE EE RE ERR EIERE EE NEE ER EN SE EE 387 EE cte WS RAS Rad UE QE REB 388 Remote Message Turned Off coils x 44i sem x E APR R vdek se RX RR RE WEG ritar 388 vidi Bro lg T MC geg E e eg 388 io d I 388 Preset Type op e VE dd E Re CE NE NEUE EE RAS E 389 pur PO 389 P dpt Wo qe PITT 389 SCPI Version QUEI 1i ieee Ganka d eor oe e op aO ol olea ple EE Re Eee ERR e e RS 390 TEIGSGFDUDSVR IGH gadi cer ii he hued EAE RR RR RENE ER ERAS ER RES 391 Automatic Trigser onbrel unanim eden SA ard dh E 391 Antomatic Trigger Time 2 gccca i cece ae ead betdeeetdear dee Rd Re E REG RR R E Rad 391 Exteroal Trigger EE 392 External Trigger Level so qi ve Ge Ra RR ede E Do RE e sodas ea ans 392 Extpmal Trigger Slopes A osa ede TREE Swen eS SESW Nd E 393 Frame Trigger Adjust de ERR
149. Programmer s Guide Agilent Technologies E4406A VSA Series Transmitter Tester ES Agilent Technologies Manufacturing Part Number E4406 90176 Supersedes E4406 90135 Printed in USA September 2001 Copyright 1999 2001 Agilent Technologies Inc WARNING CAUTION WARNING WARNING WARNING The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice Agilent Technologies makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose Agilent Technologies shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material Safety Information The following safety notes are used throughout this manual Familiarize yourself with each of the notes and its meaning before operating this instrument Warning denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in injury or loss of life Do not proceed beyond a warning note until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met Caution denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure that if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of the instrument Do not proceed beyond a caution sign until the indicated conditions are
150. Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Communications Not Established If you have just installed and configured the LAN interface and you have never been able to access the analyzer via ftp or telnet go directly to Pinging the Analyzer from Your Computer or Workstation on page 109 If you have previously been able to access the analyzer via ftp or telnet and now cannot do so check the following m Has any hardware been added or moved on your network This includes adding or removing any workstations or peripherals or changing any cabling LI Have software applications been added to the network 1 Has the functionality been turned off from the front panel Press System Config I O SCPI LAN 1 Have any configuration files been modified Pressing System Restore Sys Defaults restores the original factory defaults and you will have to re set the instrument IP address and hostname 1 Is the upper and lower case character usage in your hostname consistent 1 Have any of the following files been deleted or overwritten UNIX etc hosts etc inetd conf etc services PCs dependent network files If you know or suspect that something has changed on your network consult with your network administrator Timeout Errors Timeout errors such as Device Timeout File Timeout and Operation Timeout are symptoms of one or both of the following problems The currently confi
151. RARO EAR RENE Ru de 219 A Tab ROC ccc dL RL cus tops ed Gt RE RE CES CLER RR ESQ RAE ACA au d 218 GALibranori UNSER Ae EE EE RERO ER RETE e PERO ES sawed hese da 218 SLIDE HE Tr a nade R ER cane RR EA EEE RLE ARE REEE EEE E KRE E 220 iE liil TTT 220 CAL SDPO S s danses qose gps RRA ORES ARRAS AES ERA EGER RE ORE qued ad eS 218 CALIFO RE 218 LALibrabom GRE ees cae seme sux ek a ERR RARE TESS SEELEN AE dee see eka dew A Se 220 le EE Ia AREE OO Cree Eee ER DERE 220 ST ET TES IO CMR oaa A ER NU ERA OSAP V 218 CTR EE ere dda RABE pe CERA ROPA Howe eA EEN OS 218 CAL avon OR HESS os kb anonte Mud REG PRETI ARTS 219 LC ALlabration DO 0 Thess ida oasis eder aee v sod SR EE d Pen Vor RC e e EROR RR ae e n 219 CALibrationc RRE 444004005044 0440 ate wd heh a TEE RUP e Toe ol Ke a on 219 GA ER a sur NEEN ENTREE s XC PX d RE EE Pa ER YE RE AU e RE d pap aod 219 CALIBraLIDIULOGXB DEPUI 422a ed bee Redi Rae RR RR De RES RE dE E Rde ss 220 CALibration PFPiLter LU NARROW cire sc086 esiet ese RR RE RR EE es R NEEN RR E Eus 220 13 List of Commands E Abibra omPEIBGCLUNABBRON dus ct skandene ciao keer aden beeen Pbag edd cu bead 220 CaALibration PFILter LO WIDE ee EEN xu ERE RRR REY ESAE dE EWES TAE RE 221 RES TRID PFILter LO WIDE sisse e RE 9b EE 221 CAlibration PF ter x TALINAR ROW ANEREN RR ERU RR eee baa wee LORD 221 CAlibration P liter x TALINARROW e sw We Ssk0 AR RANDE RR TRO Re eh dae wee ERO os 221 CALibration PFILter
152. RK IK IK IK KOK IK IK IK IK IK IK IK IK OK RK IK IK KR IK KR RK IO IO I RR IO IK RK ke e gt Function commandInstrument SDescription send a SCPI command to the instrument X SParameters FILE file pointer associated with TCP IP socket const char command SCPI command string SReturn char a pointer to the result string SErrors returns 0 if send fails KA int commandInstrument SOCKET sock const char command int count 154 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN fprintf stderr Sending s n command if strchr command Nn NULL fprintf stderr Warning missing newline on command s n command count send sock command strlen command 0 if count SOCKET ERROR return COMMAND ERROR return NO CMD ERROR BR RK RK KK KK KK IK IK IK IK KOK IK FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR AOR KAKAK re eh E RK RR KR KK recv line similar to fgets but uses recv KT char recv line SOCKET sock char result int maxLength tifdef WINSOCK int cur length 0 int count char ptr result int err 1 while cur length maxLength Get a byte into ptr count recv sock ptr 1 0 If no chars to read stop if count 1 break cur_length count Chapter 3 155 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN If
153. RR RR EEG VES E SEE es 332 SENSe PSTatistic BANDwidth BWIDth freq ees 333 SENSSFPSTatatie BAND width BWIDIA NEE 0 94 R R ex RE ERR ERR ERR RR n 333 SENSo Ps TatsteCOUNte TALOSOES LL rousse Rar ee wh Ke we eh ew eK KEN 333 SEN Sel PS Tansee GUN Dal 4 auus ede COE ERE ERR RC PETRO EROR D ee eh ee 333 SENSe PSTatistic SWEep TIME time err 334 GENS PSTatistic eng TIME o 2 06 sso odie RE REG RR Re RE EE EHE RR E e 334 SENSe PSTatistic TRIGger SOURce EXTernal 1 EXTernal2 FRAMe IF IMMediate RFBurst 334 SENSekPsTatistie TRiGser SOURCE s RR Si d N 334 SENSe PVTime AVERage COUNt integer ee hn 335 SENSe PVTime AVERage COUNT 2 0 0c err rh 335 SENSe PVTime AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential REPeat aaa aa aaa 336 LSR NSel PV TimeAVE Rage DON dP e es os 336 SENSe PVTime AVERage TYPE LOG MAXimum MINimum MXMinimum RMS 336 SENSE PY Time AVE Rage TYPE soci esca E y ee d RR Rd awe y PRG E S erP xx 336 SENSe PVTime AVERagel STATe OFFTIONTIOITL esee 335 SENSo Ev Dame AV ER aje l STATe ENN rna E EELER dh EROR N 335 SENSe PVTime BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution reg 337 SENSe PVTime BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE FLATtop GAUSsian 337 SENSe PVTime BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE 0 0 0 0 eee ee 337 SENSe PVTime BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution 0 0 0 cece 337 SENSe PVTime SWEep TIME lt int
154. SENSe POWer RF RANGe AUTO Select the RF port power range to be set either automatically or manually ON power range is automatically set as determined by the actual measured power level at the start of a measurement OFF power range is manually set Factory Preset and RST ON Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne EDGE w GSM GSM NADC PDC cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Front Panel Access Input Max Total Pwr at UUT RF Port Power Range Maximum Total Power SENSe POWer RF RANGe UPPer power I SENSe POWer I RF RANGe UPPer Set the maximum expected total power level at the radio unit under test This value is ignored if RF port power range is set to auto External attenuation required above 30 dBm Factory Preset and RST 15 0 dBm Range 100 0 to 80 0 dBm for EDGE GSM 100 0 to 27 7 dBm for cdmaOne iDEN 200 0 to 50 0 dBm for NADC PDC 200 0 to 100 0 dBm for cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib Default Unit dBm Remarks Global to the current mode This is coupled to the RF input attenuation You must be in the Service cdmaOne EDGE w GSM GSM NADC PDC cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode 332 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Front Panel Access Input Max
155. SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE SWEep the number of trace points returned is 601 for cdma2000 or W CDMA for any span With bar graph display selected one point of 999 0 will be returned 5 Returns 4 comma separated relative power values for the iDEN reference and offset channels mode 1 Reference channel relative power 2 Reference channel relative power duplicate of above 3 Lower offset channel relative power 4 Upper offset channel relative power Total power 5 Returns 12 comma separated scalar values in dBm of the reference Basic absolute power of the center and the offset frequencies cdmaOne 1 Upper adjacent chan center frequency cdma2000 2 Lower adjacent chan center frequency W CDMA 3 Negative offset frequency 1 3GPP or 4 Positive offset frequency 1 W CDMA Trial amp Aribi node 1 Negative offset frequency 5 2 Positive offset frequency 5 Power spectral 5 Returns 12 comma separated scalar values in dBm Hz of the density Basic absolute power of the center and the offset frequencies reference l cdmaOne 1 Upper adjacent chan center frequency cdma2000 2 Lower adjacent chan center frequency W CDMA 3 Negative offset frequency 1 3GPP or 4 Positive offset frequency 1 W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode E Negative offset frequency 5 2 Positive offset frequency 5 Chapter 5 263 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Measurem
156. SENSe FREQuency File type DISPlay IMAGe Image file types include GIF and WMF 182 Chapter 4 Programming Command Cross References Functional Sort of SCPI Commands Function SCPI Command Subsystems Remarks Input Output INPut IMPedance Configuration SYSTem CONFigure SYStem COMMunicate Markers CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer Not all measurements 1 have markers available 2 have all the documented markers or all the marker functions Measurements ABORt control INITiate IMMediate INITiate CONTinuous INItiate RES Tart Measurements INSTrument SELect Modes include Basic select mode Service GSM and CDMA Measurements SENSe CHANnel TSCode Mode setup parameters are mode setup SENSe CORRection BTS used for all the SENSe CORRection BS measurements available SENSe FREQuency CENTer within that mode Se Mode setup parameters SENSe RADio CARRier Si esa AM SENSe RADio STANdard vu deli uM SENSe SYNC ifferent mode and then return to a previous mode Measurements CONFigure lt measurement gt Information about the select FETCh lt measurement gt types of data available for a measurement MEASure lt measurement gt measurement is in READ lt measurement gt MEASure description Measurements SENSe AVERage measurement SENSe BANDwidth setup SENSe FREQuency SENSe SWEep SENSe TRIGger TRIGger Chapter 4 183 Program
157. SIZE strlen charBuf if quiet fwrite 2 1 stdout fwrite charBuf strlen charBuf 1 bufBytes 1 stdout fwrite n 1 1 stdout fflush stdout 166 Chapter 3 else commandInstrument instSock charBuf if number number if show errs showErrors instSock ifdef WINSOCK closesocket instSock close winsock telse close instSock Hendif WINSOCK return 0 End of lanio c Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN 167 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN Windows NT Using C Programming Over Socket LAN Windows NT This is the C programming example getopt c that demonstrates simple socket programming It is written in C and compiles in the Windows NT environment In Windows the routines send and recv must be used since fread and fwrite may not work on sockets The program reads the analyzer s host name from the command line followed by the SCPI command It then opens a socket to the analyzer using port 5025 and sends the command If the command appears to be a query the program queries the analyzer for a response and prints the response This example program can also be used as a utility to talk to your analyzer from the command prompt on your Windows NT PC or from within a script BRK RK RK RK IK IK IK IK IK IK IK IK AK OK IK IK IK KK IK KR RK RK RR KR KK Eh KOR I RK I KK RK OK
158. SM GSM or Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Power vs Time Trigger Source SENSe PVTime TRIGger SOURce EXTernal 1 EXTernal2 FRAMe IF IMMediate RFBurst SENSe PVTime TRIGger SOURCe Select the trigger source used to control the data acquisitions EXTernal 1 front panel external trigger input EXTernal 2 rear panel external trigger input FRAMe uses the internal frame timer which has been synchronized to the selected burst sync IF internal IF envelope video trigger IMMediate the next data acquisition is immediately taken capturing the signal asynchronously also called Free Run RFBurst wideband RF burst envelope trigger that has automatic level control for periodic burst signals Factory Preset and RST RFBurst if the RF Burst Hardware option B7E has been installed EXTernal if option B7E has not been installed Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM or Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode 338 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Radio Standards Commands Radio Carrier Hopping SENSe RADio CARRier HOP OFF ON 0 1 SENSe RADio CARRier HOP Turns the carrier hopping mode on and off Factory Preset and RST OFF Remarks Global to the current mode You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Version A 03 0
159. SPlay ACP VIEW Select the adjacent channel power measurement display of bar graph or spectrum You may want to disable the spectrum trace data part of the measurement so you can increase the speed of the rest of the measurement display Use SENSe ACP SPECtrum ENABle to turn on or off the spectrum trace Basic and cdmaOne modes only Factory Preset and RST Bar Graph BGRaph Remarks You must be in the Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp ARIB NADC or PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Front Panel Access ACP View Trace Date and Time Display DISPlay ANNotation CLOCk DATE FORMat MDY DMY DISPlay ANNotation CLOCk DATE FORMat Allows you to set the format for displaying the real time clock To set the date time use SYSTem DATE year month day Factory Preset and RST MDY Remarks This parameter is persistent which means that it retains the setting previously selected even through a power cycle Front Panel Access System Time Date Date Format MDY DMY 228 Chapter 5 Language Reference DISPlay Subsystem Date and Time Display DISPlay ANNotation CLOCk STATe OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay ANNotation CLOCk STATe Turns on and off the display of the date and time on the spectrum analyzer screen The time and date pertain to all windows Factory Preset and RST On This parameter is persistent which means that it retains the setting previ
160. ST 0 0 s Range 0 0 to 10 0 s Default Unit seconds 394 Chapter 5 Language Reference TRIGger Subsystem Remarks You must be in the Basic cdmaOne EDGE w GSM GSM iDEN NADC PDC Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Revision A 03 27 or later Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger Frame Timer Offset Trigger Holdoff TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff lt time gt TRIGger SEQuence HOLDof f Set the holdoff time between triggers After a trigger another trigger will not be allowed until the holdoff time expires This parameter affects all trigger sources Factory Preset and RST 0 0 s 20 0 ms for iDEN 10 0 ms for NADC or PDC Range 0 0 to 500 0 ms Default Unit seconds Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger Trig Holdoff Video IF Trigger Delay TRIGger SEQuence IF DELay time TRIGger SEQuence IF DELay Set the trigger delay when using the IF video trigger after the Resolution BW filter Factory Preset and RST 0 0 s Range 500 0 ms to 500 0 ms 100 0 ms to 500 0 ms for cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp ARIB Default Unit seconds Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger Video IF Envlp Delay Chapter 5 395 Language Reference TRIGger Subsystem Video IF Trigger Level TRIGger SEQuence IF LEVel power TRIGger SEQuence IF LEVel Set the trigger level when using the IF video trigger F
161. ST Front panel This parameter is persistent which means it retains the value previously selected even through a power cycle History Revision A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Print Setup Print To Custom Printer Color Capability HCOPy DEVice COLor NO YES HCOPy DEVice COLor Specifies whether the printer is color capable not whether you want to print in color HCOPY DEVICE TYPE CUSTOM must be selected Example HCOP DEV COLOR YES Factory Preset and RST Yes This parameter is persistent which means it retains the value previously selected even through a power cycle History Revision A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Print Setup select Print To Printer and Printer Type Custom Define Custom Chapter 5 241 Language Reference HCOPy Subsystem Custom Printer Language HCOPy DEVice LANGuage PCL3 PCL5 HCOPy DEVice LANGuage Specifies the type of printer control language that your custom printer uses HCOPY DEVICE TYPE CUSTOM must be selected Example HCOP DEV LANG pcl3 Factory Preset and RST PCL3 This parameter is persistent which means it retains the value previously selected even through a power cycle History Revision A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Print Setup select Print To Printer and Printer Type Custom Define Custom Printer Type HCOPy DEVice TYPE CUSTom NONE HCOPy DEVice TYPE Set up the printer by selecting the type of printer CUSTom allo
162. STrument SELect to set the mode Global to the current mode History Version A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access FREQUENCY Channel BMT Freq Select the Highest ARFCN SENSe CHANnel ARFCn RFCHannel TOP Set the analyzer to the frequency of the highest ARFCN Absolute RF Channel Number of the selected radio band Factory Preset and RST 124 for E GSM 124 for P GSM 124 for R GSM 885 for DCS1800 810 for PCS1900 293 for GSM450 340 for GSM480 320 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem 511 for GSM700 251 for GSM850 Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Global to the current mode History Version A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access FREQUENCY Channel BMT Freq Burst Type SENSe CHANnel BURSt TCH CCH SENSe CHANnel BURSt Set the burst type for mobile station testing Traffic Channel TCH burst for traffic channel Control Channel CCH burst for control channel Factory Preset and RST TCH Remarks The command is only applicable for mobile station testing device MS You must be in the NADC or PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Channel Burst Type SENSe CHANnel BURSt NORMal SYNC ACCess SENSe CHANnel BURSt Set the burst type that the analyzer will search for and to which it will sync This only applies with normal burst selected NORMal Traffic Channel TCH a
163. Selects whether a trigger is continuously initiated or not Each trigger initiates a single complete measurement operation When set to ON another trigger cycle is initiated at the completion of each measurement When set to OFF the trigger system remains in the idle state until an INITiate IMMediate command is received On receiving the INITiate IMMediate command it will go through a single trigger measurement cycle and then return to the idle state Example INIT CONT ON Factory Preset On RST Off recommended for remote operation Front Panel Chapter 5 247 Language Reference INITiate Subsystem Access Meas Control Measure Cont Single Take New Data Acquisitions INITiate IMMediate The instrument must be in the single measurement mode If INIT CONT is ON then the command is ignored The desired measurement must be selected and waiting The command causes the system to exit the waiting state and go to the initiated state The trigger system is initiated and completes one full trigger cycle It returns to the waiting state on completion of the trigger cycle Depending upon the measurement and the number of averages there may be multiple data acquisitions with multiple trigger events for one full trigger cycle This command triggers the instrument if external triggering is the type of trigger event selected Otherwise the command is ignored Use the TRIGer SEQuence SOURce EXT comm
164. Sk n 3 LMASk n 4 RHO modulation quality cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP mode EVM nz 2 yes MERRor n23 PERRor nz4 SEMask spectrum emissions mask cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP mode SPECtrum n 2 yes TSPur transmit band spurs GSM EDGE mode SPECtrum n 2 yes ULIMit n23 TXPower transmit power GSM EDGE mode RFENvelope n22 Yes IQ n 8 Chapter 5 199 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Measurement Available Traces Markers Available SPECtrum frequency domain RFENvelope n 2 yes all modes for Service mode IQ n23 SPECtrum n24 ASPectrum n 7 WAVEform time domain RFENvelope n 2 yes all modes IQ n 8 a The n number indicates the sub opcode that corresponds to this trace Detailed descriptions of the trace data can be found in the MEASure subsystem documentation by looking up the sub opcode for the appropriate measurement Calculate Peaks of Trace Data CALCulate DATA n PEAKS lt threshold gt lt excursion gt AMPLitude FREQuency TIME Returns a list of peaks for the designated trace data n for the currently selected measurement The peaks must meet the requirements of the peak threshold and excursion values The command can be used with sub opcodes n for any measurement results that are trace data See the table above Subopcode n 0 raw trace data cannot be searched fo
165. Stionable INTegrity SIGNal NTRansition number 375 19 List of Commands STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal NTRansition 0 0 ccc eee 375 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal PTRansition number 375 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal PTRansition 0 c cece eens 375 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal EVENt 0 0 0 ee eens 375 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated CONDition aa cece 376 ISTATus QUEStionable IN Tegrity UNCalibrated ENABle 0 ccc eens 376 ISTATus QUEStionable IN Tegrity UNCalibrated ENABle2 nnnan nnana aae 376 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated NTRansition number 377 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated NTRansition aaa aaa 377 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated PTRansition lt number gt 4 aT STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated PTRansition llle en 377 STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated EVENt 0 0 eens 376 SSTATus QUEStionable INTegrity EVENt ccc ce een eee nee eeee 373 STATus QUEStionable NTRansition number 368 rLATusQUEStonableNTRansiton 2a2 ac or beads kn dea we debe edad ERR EN aR 368 STATus QUEStionable POWer CONDition llle 378 STATus QUEStionable POWer ENABle number 378 SSTATus QUEStionable POWer ENABle 0 00 cee rn 378 STATus QUEStionable POWer NTRansition numb
166. T FREQuency 7 cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST FREQuencyl f offset f offset gt lt f offset gt lt f offset f offset SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST FREQuency cdmaOne W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n FREQuency f offset f offset f offset gt lt f offset f offset SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n FREQuency Define the custom set of offset frequencies at which the switching transient spectrum part of the ACP measurement will be made The list contains five 5 entries for offset frequencies Each offset frequency in the list corresponds to a reference bandwidth in the bandwidth list An offset frequency of zero turns the display of the measurement for that offset off but the measurement is still made and reported You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST STATe command Offset n n 1 is base station and 2 is mobiles The default is base station 1 300 Chapter 5 List n Language Reference SENSe Subsystem cdmaOne mode n 1 is cellular bands and 2 is pcs bands The default is cellular W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode n 1 is ARIB 2 is 3GPP and 3 is Trial The default is ARIB 1 Factory Preset and RST Mode Variant Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E iDEN 25 kHz n a n a n a n a Basic
167. T ON Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Sweep Mode Detection SENSe ACP SWEep DETector FUNCtion AAVerage POSitive SENSe ACP SWEep DETector FUNCtion Selects the detector type when using the sweep mode See I SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE Absolute average AAVerage the absolute average power in each frequency is measured across the spectrum Positive the positive peak power in each frequency is measured across the spectrum Factory Preset and RST POSitive Remarks You must be in the cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Sweep Time SENSe ACP SWEep TIME seconds SENSe ACP SWEep TIME Selects a specific sweep time used to measure the reference carrier channel If you increase the sweep time you increase the length of the time data captured and the number of points measured You might need to specify a specific sweep speed to accommodate a specific condition in your transmitter For example you may have a burst signal and need to measure an exact portion of the burst 314 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Selecting a specific sweep time may result in a long measurement time since the resulting number of data points my not be the
168. T SELECT PDC e WAVeform waveform time domain measurement iDEN Option HN1 e ACP adjacent channel power measurement INST SELECT IDEN e BER bit error rate measurement e OBWidth occupied bandwidth measurement s SPECtrum spectrum frequency domain Measurement e WAVeform waveform time domain measurement Service standard e AREFerence internal 50 MHz amplitude reference measurement INST SELECT SERVICE e PVTime power versus time measurement e SENSors internal temperature sensors measurement e SPECtrum spectrum frequency domain measurement e TBFRequency internal timebase frequency measurement e WAVeform waveform time domain measurement 40 Chapter 1 Preparing for Use Installing Optional Measurement Personalities Installing Optional Measurement Personalities When you install a measurement personality you follow a two step process 1 Install the measurement personality firmware into the instrument memory See Loading an Optional Measurement Personality on page 42 2 Enter a license key number that activates the measurement personality See Installing a License Key on page 43 Adding additional measurement personalities requires purchasing a retrofit kit for the desired option The retrofit kit contains the measurement personality firmware and a license key certificate It documents the license key number that is for your specific option and instrument serial num
169. TRIal I 342 SENSe RADio FORMat M16QAM M64QAM DJSMR eee 343 SENSO BR PORN e AE NEAR ERE RUP Gg da NE Cua NS 342 LSENG RH EA h EE dE AE ceded dd ee eek shod een ERE AN da 343 SENSe RADio STANdard BAND ARIBTS53 C95B CKOR IS95A JSTD8 P95B PROR CUS Wt e A A gjitar TET EE PLAY IRA A PV RR RG PE be p da a de ucq Rab qu e qd ETS 343 SENSe RADio STANdard BAND PGSM900 EGSM900 RGSM900 DCS1800 PCS1900 GSM450 GSM480 GSM850 344 SENSe A Dana TANG and BAND EN NET ede dae dcer RR EE EN NEE REN 343 LSENSe RADOSTAN rd BAND vcccuwst vee hes e ERIE Ge ee etd dee 344 SENSe RADio TRATe FULL HALF 2 0 0 cece teen hs 344 SENSeERADiGTRATe 66 s0c066c540 EE bane RUSSERT EOE ERR RO E oH 344 SENSe ROSCillator EXTernal FREQuency lt frequency gt lese eens 345 SENSe ROSCillator EXTernal FREQuency 0 0 0 0 ee e 345 SEN Sel BOSUHIBterOLU A Auer dE KEEN ENEE dea EEN IG RE E Rb da 345 SENSeLEROSCIllater OUTPutE STATe OFFJON OJ ERR RR ERR EEG ERR 345 SENSe ROSCillator SOURce INTernal EXTernal lese 346 RD REI E P Ree anag t ndin X RYE ER VERUEEXS Ser Seen ae Ua PE RN 346 SENSe SPECtrum ACQuisition PACKing AUTO LONG MEDium SHORt 346 SENSe SPECtrum AC Quisition PACKing 0 0 0 0 cect e nee nas 346 SENSe SPECtrum ADC DITHer STATe AUTO JONJOFFI211 O i iin 347 31 List of Commands SENSeESPECurumuADCDITHerb
170. To Status Byte Register Bit 5 f 6 5 d CA LL dA wa L T T dA 4 3 2 ON 4 5 43 2 1 0 ck777a Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers The standard event status register contains the following bits ESR Standard Event Status Register ok727a Bit Description 0 A lin this bit position indicates that all pending operations were completed following execution of the OPC command 1 This bit is always set to 0 The instrument does not request control 2 A lin this bit position indicates that a query error has occurred Query errors have SCPI error numbers from 499 to 400 3 A lin this bit position indicates that a device dependent error has occurred Device dependent errors have SCPI error numbers from 399 to 300 and 1 to 32767 4 A lin this bit position indicates that an execution error has occurred Execution errors have SCPI error numbers from 299 to 200 5 A lin this bit position indicates that a command error has occurred Command errors have SCPI error numbers from 199 to 100 6 Currently not used 7 A lin this bit position indicates that the instrument has been turned off and then on The standard event status register is used to determine the specific event that set bit 5 in the status byte register To query the standard event status register send the command ESR The response will be the decimal sum of
171. Trument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Reference Channel FFT Segments SENSe ACP FFTSegment integer SENSe ACP FFTSegment Selects the number of FFT segments used in making the measurement of the reference channel carrier In automatic mode the measurement optimizes the number of FFT segments required for the shortest measurement time The minimum number of segments required to make a measurement is set by your desired measurement bandwidth Chapter 5 291 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Selecting more than the minimum number of segments will give you more dynamic range for making the measurement but the measurement will take longer to execute To use this command you must first set SENSe ACP FFTS AUTO to off Factory Preset and RST 1 Range 1 to 12 Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Revision A 03 00 or later in cdmaOne revision A 04 00 Adjacent Channel Power Reference Channel FFT Segments State SENSe ACP FFTSegment AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP FFTSegment AUTO The automatic mode selects the optimum number of FFT segments to measure the reference channel carrier while making the fastest possible measurement Factory Preset and RST ON Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Revision A 03 00 or later in cdmaOne rev
172. WAVeform 359 360 averaging state power vs time 335 B B M T measurements 69 background alignment 215 bandpower marker 204 bandwidth ACPR 288 CHPower 326 power vs time 337 PVTime 337 SPECtrum 351 352 WAVeform 360 361 base station loss correction 329 base station testing 340 341 type 341 baseband I Q 249 CALCulate commands 195 CALibrate commands 218 SENSe commands 317 basic mode measurements available 38 BASIC programming 95 binary data 63 binary data order 239 bit patterns 63 block data 64 BMP screen files 284 boolean settings 62 bottom middle top measurements 69 burst carriers 339 burst trigger level 397 bus GPIB 56 LAN 55 89 LAN cable 111 bus configuration 183 382 byte order of data 239 C C language addressing sessions 119 closing sessions 121 Index 399 Index compiling and linking 114 creating 113 example 116 opening session 117 sessions 118 using VISA library 113 using VISA transition library 114 117 C programing socket LAN 104 C programming socket LAN 148 168 cable LAN 111 cables RS 232 48 calibrate immediately align now 187 calibrate IEEE command 187 calibration 214 abort 213 ADC 213 214 218 220 ADC RAM 214 all 214 amount displayed 216 attenuator 214 automatic 215 corrections on off 215 defaults 220 IF flatness 217 image filter 216 internal reference 217 222 223 224 225 pause 226 pre filter
173. WINDow m TRACe Y L SCALe RLEVel power DISPlay SPECtrum n WINDow m TRACe Y L SCALe RLEVel Sets the amplitude reference level for the y axis n selects the view the default is Spectrum n 1 m 1 Spectrum n 1 m 2 I Q Waveform n 1 m 2 I and Q Waveform Basic W CDMA cdma2000 n 1 m 3 numeric data Service mode n 1 m 4 RF envelope Service mode n 2 m 1 I Waveform Option B7C n 2 m 2 Q Waveform Option B7C n 3 mel UQ Polar Basic W CDMA cdma2000 n 4 m 1 Linear Spectrum Basic W CDMA cdma2000 m selects the window within the view The default is 1 Factory Preset 0 dBm for Spectrum Range 250 to 250 dBm for Spectrum Chapter 5 231 Language Reference DISPlay Subsystem Default Unit Remarks Front Panel Access dBm for Spectrum May affect input attenuator setting To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect When in Spectrum measurement Amplitude Y Scale Ref Level Turn a Trace Display On Off DISPlay TRACe n STATe OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay TRACe n STATe Controls whether the specified trace is visible or not n is a sub opcode that is valid for the current measurement See the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 for more information about sub opcodes Factory Preset and RST Range Remarks Front Panel On The valid traces and their sub opcodes are d
174. a ad pa ak ware Kod d OR EDR DERE REDE E Ae OO 331 Power Statistics CCDF Measurement eee 333 Power ve Time Measurement da dd dk CRURA RUE X GUT A REG X RR RR e xS 335 Radio Standards Commands i i ed used ee a XR a RR R ae R Rol o Rok eo RO 8 339 Reference Oscillator Commands nan no sen RARE RR ORARE NR RARO ARN RR TR CR 345 Spectrum Frequency Domain Measurement eee 346 Waveform Time Domain Measurement 35 7 obRVice Subs SEM Ee EELER EELER EEE Ee GP iode ol edo do de aee uk 364 Prepare Calibration Files for Access ene 364 Load Default Calibration Data to NRAM NEE EEN NEE NN he RC EORR EG RR e 364 Unlock Calibration Files ce s i suae ak dda RR RR ORARE Rap s 364 Store Calibration Data in EEROM 364 STATUS pe qosiseduwstisasaucg dX sad bed REO Rd cats RU Rd d dE M d d eg 365 Operatigi eR 4 6 8 N hhh AR LE NE K RE RE GE Perm XE A eec PEU Re DER ICA 365 Preset the Status Byte deeg ei duae dh da dd dad ERR Reb ar RR RU dec add 367 Contents 10 Questionable Register 2 e EE tke RR DER EAR OR RC UR dE Ro d e a n 367 Questionable Calibration Register ees 369 Questionable Frequency Register eee 371 Questionable Integrity Register na dp 6640468 uus OR ERR NR EIN E EE EE E E Rs 372 Questionable Integrity Signal Register 374 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Register 376 Questionable Power Register 378 Questionable Temperature Register eee 379 OY oem SullitysEemi s rose x esti E daas 382 G
175. actory Preset and RST 6 0 dBm for cdmaOne GSM Basic Service cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp ARIB 20 0 dBm for iDEN 80 0 dBm for NADC PDC Range 200 0 to 50 0 dBm Default Unit dBm Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger Video IF Envlp Level Video IF Trigger Slope TRIGger SEQuence IF SLOPe NEGative POSitive TRIGger SEQuence IF SLOPe Sets the trigger slope when using the IF video trigger Factory Preset and RST Positive Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger Video IF Envip Slope RF Burst Trigger Delay TRIGger L SEQuence RFBurst DELay lt time gt TRIGger L SEQuence RFBurst DELay Set the trigger delay when using the RF burst wideband trigger Factory Preset and RST 0 0s Range 500 0 ms to 500 0 ms 100 0 ms to 500 0 ms for cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp ARIB Default Unit seconds 396 Chapter 5 Language Reference TRIGger Subsystem Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger RF Burst Delay RF Burst Trigger Level TRIGger SEQuence RFBurst LEVel rel power TRIGger SEQuence RFBurst LEVel Set the trigger level when using the RF Burst wideband Trigger The value is relative to the peak of the signal RF Burst is also known as RF Envelope Factory Preset and RST 6 0 dB Range 25 0 to 0 0 dB 200 0 to 0 0 dB for NADC PDC Default Unit dB Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger RF B
176. advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Flat top FLAT a filter with a flat amplitude response which provides the best amplitude accuracy GAUSsian a filter with Gaussian characteristics which provides the best pulse response Factory Preset and RST FLAT Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Resolution BW SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution freq SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution Set the resolution bandwidth for the FFT This is the bandwidth used for resolving the FFT measurement It is not the pre FFT bandwidth This value is ignored if the function is auto coupled Frequency span resolution bandwidth and the pre FF T bandwidth settings are normally coupled If you are not auto coupled there can be combinations of these settings that are not valid Factory Preset and RST 20 0 kHz 250 0 Hz for iDEN mode Range 0 10 Hz to 3 0 MHz Chapter 5 351 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Resolution BW Auto L SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO OFF oN 0 1 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO Select auto or manual control of the resolution BW The automatic mode couples the resolution bandwidth setting to the frequency span Factory Preset an
177. al The default is ARIB 1 The types of testing that can be done for each offset include Absolute Test the absolute power measurement If it fails then return a failure for the measurement at this offset e And Test both the absolute power measurement and the power relative to the carrier If they both fail then return a failure for the measurement at this offset e Or Test both the absolute power measurement and the power relative to the carrier If either one fails then return a failure for the measurement at this offset Relative Test the power relative to the carrier If it fails then return a failure for the measurement at this offset e OFF Turns the power test off Factory Preset and RST Mode Variant Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E iDEN REL n a n a n a n a Basic REL REL REL REL REL cdmaOne BS cellular REL REL REL REL REL BS pes REL ABS ABS REL REL MS cellular REL REL REL REL REL MS pes REL ABS ABS REL REL cdma2000 REL REL REL REL REL Chapter 5 311 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Mode Variant Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E W CDMA REL REL REL REL REL 3GPP W CDMA Trial REL REL REL REL REL amp Arib You must be in Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or iDEN mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Remark
178. alled BAH GSM A 05 07 9C8BGAABF2BE ok Installed BAC CDMA A 05 07 7FA587C8ECCI ok Installed BAE NADC A 05 07 859981C2E0C7 ok Installed 3764 is the block data header See FORMat DATA for more details ok none is the license key status ok means the license key is in memory See SYST LKEY command The hexadecimal number in the preceding column is the license key itself The option firmware must also be installed in memory Installed Not Installed indicates whether the option is installed stored in the memory of the instrument Use the firmware installation process for this See www agilent com find vsa for more information Example SYST CONF Front Panel Access System Show System Set Date SYSTem DATE lt year gt lt month gt lt day gt SYSTem DATE Sets the date of the real time clock of the instrument Year is a 4 digit integer Month is an integer from 1 to 12 384 Chapter 5 Language Reference SYSTem Subsystem Day is an integer from 1 to 31 depending on the month Example SYST DAT 2001 4 15 Front Panel Access System Time Date Set Date Error Information Query SYSTem ERRor NEXT This command queries the earliest entry in the error queue and then deletes that entry It can be used to continuously monitor the error queue for the occurrence of an error CLS clears the entire error queue Example SYST ERR Front Panel Access System Show Errors Locate SCPI Command Error
179. ally a computer capable of managing the various GPIB activities Only one device at a time can be an active controller GPIB Command Statements Command statements form the nucleus of GPIB programming They are understood by all instruments in the network When combined with the programming language codes they provide all management and data communication instructions for the system Refer to the your programming language manual and your computers I O programming manual for more information The seven fundamental command functions are as follows An abort function that stops all listener talker activity on the interface bus and prepares all instruments to receive a new command from the controller Typically this is an initialization command used to place the bus in a known starting condition sometimes called abort abortio reset halt Aremote function that causes an instrument to change from local control to remote control In remote control the front panel keys are disabled except for the Local key and the line power switch sometimes called remote resume e A local lockout function that can be used with the remote function to disable the front panel Local key With the Local key disabled only the controller or a hard reset by the line power switch can restore local control sometimes called local 122 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Overview of the GPIB Bus e A local function that is the complement to th
180. als Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Command Description ls remote directory Lists the contents of the specified remote directory If the remote directory is unspecified the contents of the current remote directory are listed mget remote file local file Copy remote file to the local system If local file is unspecified ftp uses the remote file name as the local file name mput local file remote file Copies local file to remote file If remote file is unspecified ftp uses the local file name as the remote file name put local file remote file Copies local file to remote file If remote file is unspecified ftp uses the ocal file name as the remote file name quit Closes the connection to the host and exits ftp Chapter 2 91 NOTE Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Using Telnet to Send Commands Using telnet to send commands to your analyzer works in a similar way to communicating over GPIB You establish a connection with the analyzer and then send or receive information using SCPI commands If you need to control the GPIB using device clear or SRQ s you can use SICL LAN SICL LAN provides control of your analyzer via IEEE 488 2 GPIB over the LAN See Using SICL LAN to Control the Analyzer on page 95 On unix The syntax of the telnet command is telnet vsa hostname 5023 Or telnet IP address
181. alue of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity Event register The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register The data in this register is latched until it is queried Once queried the register is cleared Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Integrity Negative Transition STATus QUEStionable INTegrity NTRansition number STATus QUEStionable INTegrity NTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Integrity Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 32767 Chapter 5 373 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Questionable Integrity Positive Transition STATus QUEStionable INTegrity PTRansition number STATus QUEStionable INTegrity PTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Integrity Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key
182. ame int chr char command 1024 char destination unsigned char quiet 0 unsigned char show_errs 0 int number 0 basename strrchr argv 0 if basename NULL basename else basename argv 0 while chr getopt argc argv qune EOF switch chr case q quiet 1 break case n number 1 break case ei show errs 1 break case u case usage basename exit 1 now look for hostname and optional command if optind argc destination argv optind strcpy command if optind lt argc while optind lt argc lt hostname gt lt command gt provided only one command string strcat command argv optind 4 Chapter 3 163 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN if optind argc strcat command else strcat command n else Only lt hostname gt provided input on lt stdin gt strcpy command if optind gt argc usage basename exit 1 else no hostname usage basename exit 1 BRR KR k e IKK KR IK RK KR KR RK IK RR ke k IK IK k k RK IK OK IK d open a socket connection to the instrument BRK RAK IKK KR KR RK RR RR RK KK KR IK IK IK IK OK IK RK IK d tifdef WINSOCK if init winsock 0 exit 1 endif WINSOCK instSock openSocket destination SCPI PORT 164 Chapter 3
183. amming Command Cross References Functional Sort of SCPI Commands EE RE 68 SO We BSE OS SE Ss ONES BARE A ARO SAS 182 5 Language Reference SCPI Command Subsystems zm ica K a K R I s 186 Common IEEE Comanda sc kk AE ER REOR d 187 Calibralon OUR os ev PRORA E RC SOLA E NR PP RES 187 CIC PIs ana sd vo QUOS E DU ENDE R 187 Standard Event Status Enable E SINN er hn RR RR ERR eee 187 Standard Event Status Register Query ees 188 eni CUI cisco R4 9 K L RREREPGPSeSEREG NT AN 188 Ingtroment State QUEry iuda dab pc E od 188 Operation Complete Command eee 189 Operation Complete Query cick Ae peu ccd bine ee OR ACDORA RC EA RO ZO R OR RC OR GT AC 189 Contents Query Instrument Options ee EELER EELER XR ARR ORE CR CREER ROCA RC RC e 190 Era e adage eia quie or gU pariendi eon dup ququbrsuteqrdutus aid edid qd 190 e VR 190 DOR et eee RANA ere Ret E eee re REED RES 191 Service Request Enable 1i sca cassa cade ceded Gp e eae 191 Read Status Byte QUEEN a AN owes Gk vor o EORR OR le ORO oe Rodeo ec Rock Oe o d 191 THSSOP RA eens ES 192 GU IRSE HERES S oL eee eee E eee 192 bo cero Me PCR E HT 192 ABORI DIDSSSEQTE a 64 e dob SHEA EEE EE COE Ree dO E An ET ER deb Rd 193 it ll e V R CERRAR es 193 RE RR EE E PR EE Eee ROE ESS 194 e e SA did da 194 Baseband IQ Commands sz de e vd s oie e RR RE RA REX CHR na RR dX Re Yr Roe HER e doe 195 Test Current Results Against all Limite AN ena ke eee wend RRR RRR RRR 195 E Ve A
184. amming Fundamentals Improving the Speed of Your Measurements These two commands are repeated until the condition is set so we know that the trigger is armed and ready Trigger your DUT to send the burst Return the measurement data to your computer This process cannot be done by using with the current VXI plug n play driver implementation You will need to use the above SCPI commands When making power measurements on multiple bursts or slots use CALCulate DATA n COMPress The CALC DATA COMP query is the fastest way to measure power data for multiple bursts slots There are two reasons for this 1 it can be used to measure data across multiple consecutive slots frames with just one measurement instead of a separate measurement on each slot and 2 it can pre process and or decimate the data so that you only return the information that you need which minimizes data transfer to the computer For example let s say you want to do a power measurement for a GSM base station where you generate a repeating frame with 8 different power levels You can gather all the data with a single CALC DATA COMP acquisition using the waveform measurement With CALC DATA2 COMP MEAN 9 197 1730 you can measure the mean power in those bursts This single command will measure the data across all 8 frames locate the first slot burst in each of the frames calculate the mean power of those bursts then return the resulting 8 values For later v
185. amp Arib mode n 1 is ARIB 2 is 3GPP and 3 is Trial The default is ARIB 1 Factory Preset and RST Mode Variant Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E Basic On On On On On cdmaOne BS cellular On On On On On BS pcs On On On On On MS cellular On On On On On MS pcs On On On On On cdma2000 On On Off Off Off 308 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Mode Variant Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E W CDMA On On Off Off Off 3GPP W CDMA Trial On On Off Off Off amp Arib Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA SGPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Sweep Time SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST SWEep TIME lt seconds gt lt seconds gt lt seconds gt lt seconds gt lt seconds gt SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST SWEep TIME Selects a specific sweep time If you increase the sweep time you increase the length of the time data captured and the number of points measured You might need to specify a specific sweep speed to accommodate a specific condition in your transmitter For example you may have a burst signal and need to measure an exact portion of the burst Selecting a specific sweep time may result in a long measurement time since the resulting number of data points my not be the optimum 2 U
186. analyzer earlier in this section You cannot telnet to the command parser port e f you get a connection refused message Check the telnet port number from the front panel keys e f you get a connection timed out or no response from host message Verify the LAN connection between your computer and the analyzer Refer to If you cannot connect to the analyzer earlier in this section e f you get a connection refused or no response from host message Ifthe analyzer was just turned on make sure that you wait about 25 seconds before attempting the connection You get an operation timed out message e Check the LAN connection between the computer and the analyzer Refer to If you cannot connect to the analyzer in this section e Increase the file time out value on your PC or workstation You cannot access internal web pages or import graphic images when using a point to point connection Disable the use of proxy servers You may have to specify this in a number of locations depending on the operating system and software you are using e Disable the use of cached copies of web pages to ensure that you always get a new copy of the analyzer s screen image If all else fails e Contact your network administrator e f you still cannot solve the problem contact an Agilent Service Center for repair information 108 Chapter2 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Pin
187. and to select the external trigger Example INIT IMM Remarks See also the TRG command and the TRIGger subsystem Front Panel Access Meas Control Measure Cont Single Restart the Measurement INITiate RESTart It restarts the current measurement from the idle state regardless of its current operating state It is equivalent to INITiate IMMediate ABORt for continuous measurement mode Example INIT REST Front Panel Access Restart or Meas Control Restart 248 Chapter 5 Language Reference INPut Subsystem INPut Subsystem The INPut subsystem controls the characteristics of all the instrument input ports The INPut subsystem controls the characteristics of all the instrument input ports Baseband I Q Select Input Impedance INPut IMPedance IQ U50 B600 U1M B1M INPut IMPedance IQ Selects the characteristic input impedance when input port is set to I or Q This is the impedance value as well as the unbalanced U or balanced B impedence mode 1000000 or 1E6 sets input impedance to 1 M ohm Factory Preset and RST U1M Remarks You must be in the Basic W CDMA cdma2000 mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Added revision A 05 00 Baseband I Q Select Input Impedance Reference INPut IMPedance REFerence integer INPut IMPedance REFerence Sets the value of the input impedance reference when input port is set to I or Q 1000000 or 1E6
188. are using a LAN connection The Exit Main Firmware key halts the operation of the instrument firmware so you can install an updated version of firmware using a LAN connection Instructions for loading future firmware updates are available at the following URL www agilent com find vsa Installing a License Key To install a license key number for the selected option use the following procedure You can also use this to reinstall a license key number that has been deleted during an uninstall process or lost due to a memory failure 1 Press System Install Choose Option The Choose Option key accesses the alpha editor menu Use the alpha editor to enter letters upper case and the front panel numeric keys to enter numbers for the option designation Then press the Done key As you enter the option you will see your entry in the active function area of the display You must already have entered the license key for the GSM option BAH before you can enter the license key for the EDGE retrofit option 252 2 Press License Key Enter the letters digits of your license key You will see your entry in the active function area of the display When you have completed entering the license key number press the Donekey 9 Press the Install Now key The message New option keys become active after reboot will appear If you want to proceed with the installation press the Yes key and cycle the instrument power off and then on Press the No
189. asure Sensors Measurement Results Available n Results Returned 0 Not valid not specified or n 1 Returns the following comma separated scalar results 1 IF signal amplitude is the ADC value for the detected 21 4 MHz IF signal at the input to the analog IF 2 Calibration Oscillator Level is a floating point number is not implemented currently returns a zero 3 RF temperature is a floating point number for the current temperature in the RF section in degrees Celsius 274 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Spectrum Frequency Domain Measurement This measures the amplitude of your input signal with respect to the frequency It provides spectrum analysis capability using FFT fast Fourier transform measurement techniques You must select the appropriate mode using INSTrument SELect to use these commands The general functionality of CONFigure FETCh MEASure and READ are described at the beginning of this section See the SENSe SPECtrum commands for more measurement related commands CONFigure SPECtrum FETCh SPECtrum n READ SPECtrum n MEASure SPECtrum n Front Panel Access Measure Spectrum Freq Domain After the measurement is selected press Restore Meas Defaults to restore factory defaults Measurement Results Available Results Returned Returns unprocessed I Q trace data as a series of comma separated trace points in
190. at Select the format that testing will be compliant with when measurements are made M16QAM is a standard iDEN format defined by Motorola M64QAM is a standard iDEN format defined by Motorola DJSMR is Japanese standard format that is based on the ARIB RCR 32A standard Factory Preset and RST M16QAM Remarks You must be in the iDEN mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Version A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio Format Radio Standard Band L SENSe RADio STANdard BAND ARIBT53 C95B CKOR IS95A JSTD8 P95B PKOR CUSTom SENSe RADio STANdard BAND Select the standard variant that applies to the radio to be tested ARIBT53 ARIB STD T53 C95B EIA TIA 95B Cellular CKOR TTA KO 06 0003 Korea Cell IS95A IS 95A Cellular JSTDS J STD 008 PCS P95B EIA TIA 95B PCS PKOR TTA KO 06 0013 Korea PCS Factory Preset and RST IS 95A Cellular Remarks Global to the current mode You must be in the cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Chapter 5 343 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio Band Radio Standard Band SENSe RADio STANdard BAND PGSM900 EGSM900 RGSM900 DCS1800 PCS1900 GSM450 GSM480 GSM850 SENSe RADio STANdard BAND Select the standard variant that applies to the radio to be tested EGSM900 Extended GSM in the 900 MHz band PGSM
191. at 2224423 d dE ated DOR d doe E OR Ru e di dr RUE EUR o e dico 230 Geleet Display Formal Ai cake eee eR RO ORE EORR RE RR Ro ER e e oe ao eO eel en 230 Spectrom Y Axis Seale Div sas s aac aaa E Ra Ra EE EA REOR DOR CR CR CORO CR N 230 Spectrum Y Axis Reference Level a Re uk ween RENE EE RENE E WW Oa VO aca 231 Turn a Trace Display EH uasa xd apad xd d xad DAR ERROR SAGES SERRE 232 Waveform Y Axis Scale Div sc ss c en a n Ka eee n enn eene 235 Waveform Y Axis Reference Level nunana 236 EBRTCRSUbSUSLONL E Cubes aes WE ENSE dia 238 Fetch the Current Measurement Results eee 238 FORMAt OSSETI A A ARA EEN eee eee Rok OR ERROR RERO ead Roe eR acl o KR RR N 239 Byle EE 239 Namere Data TOFU pasna tand or WO RAS XGCGSRV PIENO QR 239 REEL Ae eg 241 Sereen Printout Destination sc sa a e ere ker ye s 241 Custom Printer Color Capability e ve a EIERE RR REOR RR i 241 Custom Printer Langune x 6 6 AR A 0 eed ens AN ENERO QR HERS Qu EE 242 Punime e e Abba ddnde Us abba qu Wee dpa ee ead dad dd 242 Calor Hard Opr aaadace ves qaia ws a esc wie eed abro rc agian sgacegereadgeeneete s 243 PrudaBaunltoDyainiisxasawwRea E EA dE d RR de 243 Form Need the Prink efi ping RR REPE EE RE GP RN eR RR E A WO BR 243 Pae Orionin 2255 eade pd ER ROG RR ERE dd apad dade dde dd paces 243 Number of Items Printed ona Page ees 244 Reprint the Last Image esa 4 cx Ra ede K K RRR A A SE AE SE SEAN 244 pereen Dimp Qe qinda TOXA E
192. at all once or several times Command MEASure BW lt freq gt level A valid command is meas BW 6 MHz 3dB 60dB Chapter 2 61 Programming Fundamentals SCPI Language Basics Parameters in Commands There are four basic types of parameters booleans keywords variables and arbitrary block program data OFF ON 0 1 Boolean keyword Units Variable 62 This is a two state boolean type parameter The numeric value 0 is equivalent to OFF Any numeric value other than 0 is equivalent to ON The numeric values of 0 or 1 are commonly used in the command instead of OFF or ON Queries of the parameter always return a numeric value of 0 or 1 The keywords that are allowed for a particular command are defined in the command syntax description Numeric variables may include units The valid units for a command depend on the variable type being used See the following variable descriptions The indicated default units will be used if no units are sent Units can follow the numerical value with or without a space A variable can be entered in exponential format as well as standard numeric format The appropriate range of the variable and its optional units are defined in the command description The following keywords may also be used in commands but not all commands allow keyword variables s DEFault resets the parameter to its default value e UP increments the parameter s DOWN decrements th
193. at the beginning of this section See the SENSe PVTime commands for more measurement related commands CONFigure PVTime FETCh PVTime n READ PVTime n MEASure PVTime n Front Panel Access Measure Power vs Time After the measurement is selected press Restore Meas Defaults to restore factory defaults History Modified in version A 05 00 Measurement Results Available Results Returned Returns unprocessed I Q trace data as a series of comma separated trace points in volts The I values are listed first in each pair using the 0 through even indexed values The Q values are the odd indexed values Chapter 5 271 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands n Results Returned not specified or Returns the following comma separated scalar results n 1 1 Sample time is a floating point number that represents the time between samples when using the trace queries n 0 2 etc 2 Power of single burst is the mean power in dBm across the useful part of the selected burst in the most recently acquired data or in the last data acquired at the end of a set of averages If averaging is on the power is for the last burst 3 Power averaged is the power in dBm of N averaged bursts if averaging is on The power is averaged across the useful part of the burst Average m is a single burst from the acquired trace If there are multiple bursts in the acquired trace only one burst is u
194. ater Front Panel Access FREQUENCY Channel TSC Std Training Sequence Code TSC Auto SENSe CHANne1 TSCode AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe CHANnel TSCode AUTO Select auto or manual control for training sequence code TSC search With auto on the measurement is made on the first burst found to have one of the valid TSCs in the range 0 to 7 i e normal bursts only With auto off the measurement is made on the 1st burst found to have the selected TSC Factory Preset and RST AUTO Remarks Global to the current mode You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Front Panel Access FREQUENCY Channel TSC Std Channel Power Measurement Commands for querying the channel power measurement results and for setting to the default values are found in the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 The equivalent front panel keys for the parameters described in the following commands are found under the Meas Setup key after the Channel Power measurement has been selected from the MEASURE key menu CHPower used instead of the more std compliant CPOWer as that syntax was already used for Carrier Power measurement but has since been renamed Channel Power Average Count SENSe CHPower AVERage COUNt integer SENSe CHPower AVERage COUNt Set the number of data acquisitions that will be averaged After the specified number of average counts the avera
195. be in the NADC cdmaOne or PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode 194 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Baseband IQ Commands BbIQ in Spectrum UQ Marker Query CALCulate SPECtrum MARKer IQ 1 2 3 4 Reads out current I and Q marker values when spectrum mode is selected Remarks Implemented for BASIC and W CDMA modes History Version A 05 00 or later Baseband IQ in Waveform I Q Marker Query CALCulate WAVeform MARKer IQ 1 2 3 4 Reads out current I and Q marker values when waveform is selected Remarks Implemented for BASIC and W CDMA modes History Version A 05 00 or later Test Current Results Against all Limits CALCulate CLIMits FAIL Queries the status of the current measurement limit testing It returns a 0 if the measured results pass when compared with the current limits It returns a 1 if the measured results fail any limit tests Data Query s CALCulate DATA n Returns the designated measurement data for the currently selected measurement and sub opcode n any valid sub opcode for the current measurement See the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 for information on the data that can be returned for each measurement For sub opcodes that return trace data use the CALCulate DATA n COMPress command below Chapter 5 195 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Calculate Compress Trace Data Query CALCulate DATA n COMPre
196. ber Available Measurement Personality Options Available Personality Options Option GSM measurement personality BAH EDGE with GSM measurement personality 202 cdmaOne measurement personality BAC NADC PDC measurement personalities BAE iDEN measurement personality HN1 W CDMA measurement personality BAF cdma2000 measurement personality B78 a Available as of the print date of this guide b For instruments that already have Option BAH licensed order E4406AU Option 252 to add EDGE with GSM You need two pieces of information about your instrument to order a retrofit kit adding an option You need the Host ID and the instrument serial number You may also want need to add optional memory Required Information Key Path Host ID System Show System Chapter 1 41 NOTE Preparing for Use Installing Optional Measurement Personalities Required Information Key Path Instrument System Show System Serial Number Loading an Optional Measurement Personality You must load the desired option into your instrument memory Loading can be done from a CD ROM or a www location The automated loading program runs from your PC and comes with the firmware When you add a new option or update an existing option you will get the updated version of all your current options since they are reloaded simultaneously This process may also require you to upda
197. burst envelope trigger that has automatic level control for periodic burst signals Factory Preset and RST IMMediate for BS 316 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem RFBurst for MS Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne iDEN NADC or PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode In Basic mode for offset frequencies 12 5 MHz the external triggers will be a more reliable trigger source than RF burst Also you can use the Waveform measurement to set up trigger delay Adjacent Channel Power Power Reference SENSe ACP TYPE PSDRef TPRef SENSe ACP TYPE Selects the measurement type This allows you to make absolute and relative power measurements of either total power or the power normalized to the measurement bandwidth Power Spectral Density Reference PSDRef the power spectral density is used as the power reference Total Power Reference TPRef the total power is used as the power reference Factory Preset and RST Total power reference TPRef Remarks You must be in the Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib NADC or PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Baseband IQ Commands Baseband I Q Select I Q Power Range SENSe POWer IQ RANGe UPPer power DBM DBMV W SENSe POWer IQ RANGe L UPPer Selects maximum total power expected from unit under test at test port when I or Q port is sele
198. cal_fid corresponds to the calibration data file ID Remarks No query 364 Chapter 5 NOTE NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem STATus Subsystem The STATus subsystem controls the SCPI defined instrument status reporting structures Each status register has a set of five commands used for querying or masking that particular register Numeric values for bit patterns can be entered using decimal or hexidecimal representations i e 0 to 32767 is equivalent to HO to H7FFF See the SCPI Basics information about using bit patterns for variable parameters Operation Register Operation Condition Query STATus OPERation CONDition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Status Operation Condition register The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Operation Enable STATus OPERation ENABle lt integer gt s STATus OPERation ENABle This command determines what bits in the Operation Event register will set the Operation Status Summary bit bit 7 in the Status Byte Register The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable The preset condition is to have all bits in this enable register set to 0 To have any Operation Events reported to the Status Byte Register one or more bits need to be set to 1 Key Type There is no equivalent fr
199. ce at primary address23 ViSession defaultRM vi viOpenDefaultRM amp defaultRM viOpen defaultRM GPIBO 23 INSTR VI NULL VI NULL amp vi viClose vi viClose defaultRM 120 Chapter2 Programming Fundamentals C Programming Using VTL Closing a Session The viClose function must be used to close each session You can close the specific device session which will free all data structures that had been allocated for the session If you close the default resource manager session all sessions opened using that resource manager will be closed Since system resources are also used when searching for resources viFindRsrc or waiting for events viWaitOnEvent the viClose function needs to be called to free up find lists and event contexts Chapter 2 121 Programming Fundamentals Overview of the GPIB Bus Overview of the GPIB Bus GPIB Instrument Nomenclature An instrument that is part of an GPIB network is categorized as a listener talker or controller depending on its current function in the network Listener A listener is a device capable of receiving data or commands from other instruments Any number of instruments in the GPIB network can be listeners simultaneously Talker A talker is a device capable of transmitting data or commands to other instruments To avoid confusion an GPIB system allows only one device at a time to be an active talker Controller A controller is an instrument typic
200. ce channel relative power pass fail 2 Reference channel relative power pass fail duplicate of above 3 Lower offset channel relative power pass fail 4 Upper offset channel relative power pass fail 264 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Measurement n Results Returned Type Total power 7 Returns 12 comma separated scalar values of the pass fail reference i O passed or 1 failed results determined by testing the Basic SE h absolute povver limit of the center and offset frequencies cdmaOne cdma2000 measured as total power in dB W CDMA 1 Upper adjacent chan center frequency 3GPP or 2 Lower adjacent chan center frequency W CDMA 3 Negative offset frequency 1 Trial amp 4 Positive offset frequency 1 Arib mode 1 Negative offset frequency 5 2 Positive offset frequency 5 Power spectral 7 Returns 12 comma separated scalar values of the pass fail density i O passed or 1 failed results determined by testing the reference Basic absolute power limit of the center and offset frequencies cdmaOne 1 density in dB cdma2000 measured as power spectral density in dB W CDMA 1 Upper adjacent chan center frequency 3GPP or 2 Lower adjacent chan center frequency W CDMA 3 Negative offset frequency 1 Trial amp 4 Positive offset frequency 1 Arib mode 1 Negative offset frequency 5 2 Positive offset frequency 5 Total power 8 Returns 12 comma separated scalar va
201. cense key number is For Option the license key number is For Option the license key number is For Option the license key number is For Option the license key number is For Option the license key number is Using the Uninstall Key The following procedure removes the license key number for the selected option This will make the option unavailable for use and the message Application Not Licensed will appear in the Status Info bar at the bottom of the display Please write down the 12 digit license key number for the option before proceeding If that measurement personality is to be used at a later date you will need the license key number to reactivate the personality firmware 44 Chapter 1 NOTE Preparing for Use Installing Optional Measurement Personalities Using the Uninstall key does not remove the personality from the instrument memory and does not free memory to be available to install another option If you need to free memory to install another option refer to the instructions for loading firmware updates located at the URL www agilent com find vsa 1 Press System More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 Uninstall Choose Option Pressing the Choose Option key will activate the alpha editor menu Use the alpha editor to enter the letters upper case and the front panel numeric keyboard to enter the digits if required for the option then press the Done key As you enter the option you will see your entry in th
202. cified measurement The type of data returned may be defined by an n value that is sent with the command The scalar measurement results will be returned if the optional n value is not included or is set to 1 If the n value is set to a value other than 1 the selected trace data results will be returned See each command for details of what types of scalar results or trace data results are available ASCII is the default format for the data output The binary data formats should be used for handling large blocks of data since they are smaller and faster then the ASCII format Refer to the FORMat DATA command for more information If you need to change some of the measurement parameters from the factory default settings you can set up the measurement with the CONFigure command Use the commands in the SENSe lt measurement gt and CALCulate measurement subsystems to change the settings Then you can use the READ command to Chapter 5 255 Figure 5 1 Start from Any Inst State NOTE Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands initiate the measurement and query the results See Figure 5 1 If you need to repeatedly make a given measurement with settings other than the factory defaults you can use the commands in the SENSe lt measurement gt and CALCulate measurement subsystems to set up the measurement Then use the READ command to initiate the measurement and query results Measurement settings p
203. ckman Harris with 4 taps BLACkman Blackman FLATtop flat top the default for high amplitude accuracy GAUSsian Gaussian with alpha of 3 5 HAMMing Hamming HANNing Hanning KB70 90 and 110 Kaiser Bessel with sidelobes at 70 90 or 110 dBe UNIForm no window is used This is the unity response Factory Preset and RST FLATtop Remarks This selection affects the acquisition point quantity and the FFT size based on the resolution bandwidth selected To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Frequency Span SENSe SPECtrum FREQuency SPAN lt freq gt L SENSel SPECtrum FREQuency SPAN Set the frequency span to be measured Factory Preset and RST 1 0 MHz 100 0 kHz for iDEN mode Chapter 5 355 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Range 10 Hz to 10 0 MHz 15 MHz when Service mode is selected Default Unit Hz Remarks The actual measured span will generally be slightly wider due to the finite resolution of the FFT To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Sweep Acquisition Time SENSe SPECtrum SWEep TIME VALue time SENSe SPECtrum SWEep TIME Set the sweep measurement acquisition time It is used to specify the length of the time capture record If the specified value is less than the capture time required for the specified span and resolution bandwidt
204. commands 185 programming errors debug information 385 programming example ACPR measurement 145 alignments 143 saving instrument state 139 saving traces 132 136 using markers 129 programming guidelines 46 programming socket LAN 103 104 programming socket 94 PVTime bandwidth 337 sweep time 337 Q query data 195 196 200 questionable condition register 367 368 questionable status register 88 quit command 193 R radio format setting 342 343 READ command use 255 READ commands 257 real number data format 239 rear panel external trigger delay 392 slope 393 recall display 184 recall states 184 404 recall traces 184 recall IEEE command 190 reference external 345 346 internal 345 346 reference adjustment 217 222 223 224 225 reference selecting internal 329 register calibration condition 369 370 frequency condition 371 372 integrity condition 372 373 374 integrity signal condition 374 375 operation 88 operation condition 365 366 power condition 378 379 questionable 88 questionable condition 367 368 temperature condition 379 380 381 registers 80 condition 77 event 77 event enable 77 service request enable 85 standard event status 86 status byte 84 relative limit ACP 294 reprint 244 reset persistent functions 383 reset IEEE command 190 restart measurement 248 results data identifying block size 64 return data 195 196 200 RF ga
205. commands Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode The general functionality of CONFigure FETCh MEASure and READ are described at the beginning of this section See the SENSe ACP commands for more measurement related commands CONFigure ACP FETCh ACP n READ ACP n MEASure ACP n For Basic mode a channel frequency and power level can be defined in the command statement to override the default standard setting A comma must precede the power value as a place holder for the frequency when no frequency is sent History Added to Basic mode version A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access Measure ACP or ACPR After the measurement is selected press Restore Meas Defaults to restore factory defaults Measurement Results Available Measurement Type n Results Returned 0 Returns unprocessed I Q trace data as a series of comma separated trace points in volts The I values are listed first in each pair using the 0 through even indexed values The Q values are the odd indexed values not Returns 22 comma separated scalar results in the following specified order or n 1 1 Center frequency absolute power dBm NADCand 2 Center frequency absolute power W PDC mode 3 Negative offset frequency 1 relative power dB 4 Negative offset frequency 1 absolute power dBm 5 Positive offset frequency 1 relative power dB 6 Positive offset frequency 1 absolute power
206. cted Range For 50 Ohms 13 0 7 0 1 0 or 5 1 dBm 60 0 54 0 48 0 or 41 9 dBmV 0 02 0 005 0 0013 or 0 00031 W Chapter 5 317 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem For 600 Ohms 2 2 3 8 9 8 or 15 8 dBm 60 0 54 0 48 0 or 41 9 dBmV 0 0017 0 00042 0 0001 or 0 000026 W For 1 M Ohm Values for 1 M Ohm vary according to selected reference impedance Default Units DBM Remarks You must be in the Basic W CDMA cdma2000 mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Added revision A 05 00 Baseband I Q Select UQ Voltage Range SENSe VOLTage IQ RANGe UPPer lt level gt SENSe VOLTage IQ RANGe UPPer Selects upper voltage range when I or Q port is selected This setting helps set the gain which is generated in the variable gain block of the baseband IQ board to improve dynamic range Range 1 0 0 5 025 or 0 125 volts Default Units V Remarks You must be in the Basic W CDMA cdma2000 mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Added revision A 05 00 Channel Commands Select the ARFCN Absolute RF Channel Number SENSe CHANnel ARFCn RFCHannel integer SENSe CHANnel ARFCn RFCHannel Set the analyzer to a frequency that corresponds to the ARFCN Absolute RF Channel Number Factory Preset and RST 38 Range 0 to 124 and 975 to 1023 for E GSM 1 to 124 for P GSM 0 to 124 and 955 to 1023 for R GSM
207. cted 244 Chapter 5 Language Reference HCOPy Subsystem Screen Dump Query HCOPy SDUMp DATA GIF BMP WMF The query returns the current screen image as a file If the optional file type is not specified it returns GIF type graphic data The orientation is always portrait and the image is always in color The data is formatted as block data where the block of data starts with an ASCII header that indicates how many additional binary data bytes are following in the block e g DNNN binary data The binary data is the actual graphics file To process the block of data you would e Read the first header byte The tells you to read the next digit D That digit tells you how many additional digits there are in the header In the above example D 3 lhen read the next D that is 3 bytes The digits NNN tell you the number of bytes of data there are following the header Those final data bytes are the screen image in the requested format They can be saved as a separate file with a gif bmp or wmf suffix to use in other applications Factory Preset and RST GIF History Firmware revision A 03 28 and later changed A 04 00 Screen Dump Image Inverting HCOPy SDUMp IMAGe NORMal INVert HCOPy SDUMp IMAGe Controls the trace background color when using the HCOPy SDUMp DATA query Normal is black trace background Invert is white trace background Factory Preset and RST Invert History Revision A
208. d RST ON OFF for iDEN mode Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Decimation of Spectrum Display SENSe SPECtrum DECimate FACTor lt integer gt SENSe SPECtrum DECimate FACTor Sets the amount of data decimation done by the hardware and or the software Decimation by n keeps every nth sample throwing away each of the remaining samples in the group of n For example decimation by 3 keeps every third sample throwing away the two in between Similarly decimation by 5 keeps every fifth sample throwing away the four in between Using zero 0 decimation selects the automatic mode The measurement will then automatically choose decimation by 1 or 2 as is appropriate for the bandwidth being used This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 1 000 where 0 sets the function to automatic Remarks History Version A 02 00 or later 352 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Spectrum FFT Length SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth integer SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth Set the FFT length This value is only used if length control is set to manual The value must be greater than or equal to the window length value Any amount greater than the window length is implemented by zero padding This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Factory Prese
209. data is in a machine readable format only Sending the query returns the following format 188 Chapter 5 Language Reference Common IEEE Commands SYST SET NMMMM lt state data The following example is a response to LRN The actual sizes will vary depending on the instrument state data size Example SYST SET 42016 lt state data Where 4 the N in the preceding query response example represents the number of digits to follow Where 2016 the MMMM in the preceding query response example represents the number of bytes that follow in the state data The state can be changed by sending this block of data to the instrument after removing the size information SYST SET state data Operation Complete Command OPC Sets bit 0 in the standard event status register to 1 when pending operations have finished The instrument default is to only wait for completion of the internal self alignment routines You must set the STATus OPERation EVENt resgister if you want to look for the completion of additional processes See OPC below Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Operation Complete Query OPC This query stops new commands from being processed until the current processing is complete Then it returns a 1 and the program continues This query can be used to synchronize events of other instruments on the external bus The instrument default is to only wait for completion of the inte
210. descriptor similar to open 1 SErrors returns 1 if anything goes wrong FOR IR KK hh FOR FOR FOR FOR IK AK IK IK IK IK IK AKA OK RK KR KR KO AO IO A AK AK RK ACK d SOCKET openSocket const char hostname int portNumber struct hostent hostPtr struct sockaddr_in peeraddr_in SOCKET s memset amp peeraddr_in 0 sizeof struct sockaddr in BR RK RR kk RR IK AOR FOR IK FOR OK OK IK OK KR RK RR RK map the desired host name to internal form BRR RK RK kk e IK IR OK AK IR IK OK IO KR CK RR OK KR KK hostPtr gethostbyname hostname if hostPtr NULL fprintf stderr unable to resolve hostname s n hostname return INVALID SOCKET JAKAKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKJ create a socket JAKAKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKJ S socket AF INET SOCK STREAM 0 if s INVALID SOCKET fprintf stderr unable to create socket to s s n hostname strerror errno return INVALID SOCKET Chapter 3 153 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN memcpy amp peeraddr in sin addr s addr hostPtr h addr hostPtr h length peeraddr in sin family AF INET peeraddr in sin port htons unsigned short portNumber if connect s const struct sockaddr amp peeraddr in sizeof struct sockaddr in SOCKET ERROR fprintf stderr unable to create socket to Sei s n hostname strerror errno 1 return INVALID SOCKET return s BRK RK AK
211. ds Fetch Commands FETCh measurement n This command puts selected data from the most recent measurement into the output buffer Use FETCh if you have already made a good measurement and you want to return several types of data different n values e g both scalars and trace data from a single measurement FETCh saves you the time of re making the measurement You can only FETCh results from the measurement that is currently active it will not change to a different measurement If you need to get new measurement data use the READ command which is equivalent to an INITiate followed by a FETCh The scalar measurement results will be returned if the optional n value is not included or is set to 1 If the n value is set to a value other than 1 the selected trace data results will be returned See each command for details of what types of scalar results or trace data results are available The binary data formats should be used for handling large blocks of data since they are smaller and transfer faster then the ASCII format FORMat DATA FETCh may be used to return results other than those specified with the original READ or MEASure command that you sent Read Commands READ measurement n Does not preset the measurement to the factory default settings For example if you have previously initiated the ACP measurement and you send READ ACP it will initiate a new measurement using the same instrument settin
212. ds upon which applications are installed Front Panel Access Mode Select Application INSTrument SELect BASIC SERVICE CDMA CDMA2K GSM EDGEGSM IDEN NADC PDC WCDMA ARIBWCDMA INSTrument SELect Select the measurement mode The actual available choices depend upon which modes measurement applications are installed in the instrument A list of the valid choices is returned with the INST CAT query Once an instrument mode is selected only the commands that are valid for that mode can be executed 1 SERVICE 3 GSM 4 CDMA cdmaOne 5 NADC 6 PDC 8 BASIC 9 WCDMA W CDMA 3GPP 10 CDMA2K cdma2000 11 IDEN 12 ARIBWCDMA W CDMA ARIB and Trial 13 EDGEGSM If you are using the status bits and the analyzer mode is changed the status bits should be read and any errors resolved prior to switching modes Error conditions that exist prior to switching modes cannot be detected using the condition registers after the mode change This is true unless they recur after the mode change although transitions of these conditions can be detected using the event registers Changing modes resets all SCPI status registers and mask registers to their power on defaults Hence any event or condition register masks must be re established after a mode change Also note that the power up status bit is set by any mode change since that is the default state after power up Chapter 5 253 La
213. e 200 to 50 dB Remarks You must be in the NADC cdmaOne or PDC mode to Adjacent Channel Power Offset Frequency Control use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode SENSe ACP LIST STATe OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 orrjonjoji SENSe ACP LIST STATe Turn measurement on or off for the custom offset frequencies 294 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E NADC ON ON ON OFF OFF PDC ON ON OFF OFF OFF Remarks You must be in the NADC cdmaOne or PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Offset Frequency Test Mode SENSe ACP LIST TEST ABSolute AND RELative OR ABSolute AND RELative OR ABSolute AND RELative OR ABSolute AND RELative OR ABSolute AND RELative OR SENSe ACP LIST TEST Define the type of testing to be done for the five custom offset frequencies You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENS ACP LIST STATe command Factory Preset and RST RELative RELative OR AND AND for NADC PDC mode You must be in the NADC cdmaOne or PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Remarks Adjacent Channel Power Absolute Amplitude Limits iDEN mode SENSe ACP OFFSet ABSolute lt power gt SENSe ACP OFFSet ABSolute Basic cd
214. e printf vi IDN n Read results viScanf vi t amp buf Print results printf Instrument identification string s n buf Close sessions Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals C Programming Using VTL viClose vi viClose defaultRM j Including the VISA Declarations File For C and C programs you must include the visa h header file at the beginning of every file that contains VTL function calls include visa h This header file contains the VISA function prototypes and the definitions for all VISA constants and error codes The visa h header file includes the visatype h header file The visatype h header file defines most of the VISA types The VISA types are used throughout V TL to specify data types used in the functions For example the viOpenDefaultRM function requires a pointer to a parameter of type ViSession If you find ViSession in the visatype h header file you will find that ViSession is eventually typed as an unsigned long Opening a Session A session is a channel of communication Sessions must first be opened on the default resource manager and then for each device you will be using The following is a summary of sessions that can be opened Aresource manager session is used to initialize the VISA system It is a parent session that knows about all the opened sessions A resource manager session must be opened before any other session can be opened
215. e getopt 3C getopt 3C NAME getopt get option letter from argument vector SYNOPSIS int getopt int argc char const argv const char optstring extern char optarg extern int optind opterr optopt DESCRIPTION getopt returns the next option letter in argv starting from argv 1 that matches a letter in optstring optstring is a string of recognized option letters if a letter is followed by a colon the option is expected to have an argument that may or may not be separated from it by white space optarg is set to point to the start of the option argument on return from getopt 168 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN Windows NT getopt places in optind the argv index of the next argument to be processed The external variable optind is initialized to 1 before the first call to the function getopt When all options have been processed i e up to the first non option argument getopt returns EOF The special option can be used to delimit the end of the options EOF is returned and is skipped Ka include lt stdio h gt For NULL EOF include lt string h gt For strchr char optarg Global argument pointer int optind 0 Global argv index static char scan NULL Private scan pointer int getopt int argc char const argv const char optstring char c char posn optarg NULL if scan NULL sca
216. e any Questionable Events reported to the Status Byte Register one or more bits need to be set to 1 It is recommended that all bits be enabled in this register The Status Byte Event Register should be queried after each measurement to check the Questionable Status Summary bit 3 If it is equal to 1 a condition during the test may have made the test results invalid If it is equal to 0 this indicates that no hardware problem or measurement problem was detected by the analyzer Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Chapter 5 367 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Event Query STATus QUEStionable EVENt 2 This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Event register The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register The data in this register is latched until it is queried Once queried the register is cleared Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Negative Transition STATus QUEStionable NTRansition number STATus QUEStionable NTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable number is the sum of the
217. e REPRE RAND QePRERaG EE qe END ad PE a 245 Screen Dump Image Inverting e v k e LORI RR NIR EE ORC RR E 245 Sereen Dump to a Printe Lu soie er rx wooResxs vice e esos d Fe qoa He weg s 246 H Y KT og A2 esi Ree EE EE RC RO ERA REGERE E REPAS RE 247 Take New Data Acquisition for Selected Measurement 247 Continuous or Single Measurements 0 00 cc ccc cece eee ene nes 247 Take New Data Acquisitions lisse hr 248 Restart the Measurement ee hh hr 248 INP GE BUDS Pete ius bx PERGXGA EAR SHOES Es a Ria Gg EN N ORDERS 249 Baseband HO Select Input Impedance 0 0 ccc eee nas 249 Baseband HO Select Input Impedance Reference 249 Baseband HO Activate IQ Alignment 250 Baseband VO T input DU Offset cn 0 4 0 9 0 0 K 0 AR E ENEE ENER EEN 250 Baseband HO Q Input DC Offset 250 Contents INSTrument SubsyELenmm E bad d dtc dido dob dc dba dg 252 Cakal g DUE erobern diced tice X ae doe dox ace oM Race de cde Le e dx CP UR e p eee 252 Select Application by Number sss s waa x x aaa xn K KaR RR RRR RRR KAR RA XA AO GA 252 E 253 MEASure Group of Commands 2 ve h ERR CR a RR OA ROC RU Rx A OR RR d 255 CONFigure FETCh MEASure READ Interactions nananana nenun 255 Adjacent Channel Power Ratio ACP Measurement l l 259 50 MHz Amplitude Reference Measurement cece cence een eens 267 Channel Power Measurement xad edd be da XR Ee ERA ARE wees 268 Power S
218. e Subsystem Factory Preset and RST ON Remarks You must be in Basic or cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Amplitude Limits Relative to the Carrier iDEN mode SENSe ACP OFFSet RCARrier rel power SENSe ACP OFFSet RCARrier Basic mode cdmaOne SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RCARrier rel power rel power rel power rel power rel power SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RCARrier cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST RCARrier rel power rel power rel power rel power rel power SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST RCARrier cdmaOne W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n RCARrier rel power rel power rel power rel power rel power SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n RCARrier Sets the amplitude levels to test against for any custom offsets This amplitude level is relative to the carrier amplitude If multiple offsets are available the list contains five 5 entries The offset closest to the carrier channel is the first one in the list SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n TEST selects the type of testing to be done at each offset You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n S TATe command The query returns five 5 real numbers that are the current amplitude test limits relative to the carrier for each o
219. e active function area of the display 2 Press the Uninstall Now key after you have entered the personality option Press the Yes key if you want to continue the uninstall process Press the No key to cancel the uninstall process 3 Cycle the instrument power off and then on to complete the uninstall process Chapter 1 45 Preparing for Use Writing Your First Program Writing Your First Program When the instrument has been connected to a computer the computer can be used to send instrument instructions to make fast repeatable measurements A variety of different programming languages computer types and interface buses can be used for this process The following section describes some basic steps for making a measurement program NOTE Remember that in any type programming using LAN you should avoid constantly opening and closing connections This uses up processing resources adds to your system overhead and can cause problems with asynchronous implementation of successive commands When you are sending the instrument multiple commands open the connection send all the commands and close the connection Three Basic Steps in a Measurement Step Tasks SCPI Command Subsystem 1 Set system parameters e Printer setup HCOPy e UO amp addressing SYSTem e Display configuration DISPlay Data formatting FORMat e Status and errors IKEE and STATus Mode selection INSTrument SELect Standard
220. e emulated GPIB address bus address is assigned to the device to be controlled using SICL LAN The emulated GPIB address is automatically set to be the same as the current GPIB address The instrument is shipped with the emulated GPIB address set to 18 The SICL LAN server uses the GPIB name GPIB logical unit number and GPIB address configuration on the SICL LAN client to communicate with the client You must match these parameters exactly including case when you set up the SICL LAN client and server Configuring Your Analyzer as a SICL LAN Server After you have collected the required information from the SICL LAN client perform the following steps to set up your analyzer as a SICL LAN server 1 Identify the GPIB name Press System Config I O SICL Server Emulated GPIB Name and notice that it is gpib7 2 Notice that the Emulated GPIB Logical Unit is set to 8 3 Notice that the Emulated GPIB Address is set the same as the GPIB address Configuring Your PC as a SICL LAN Client The descriptions here are based on Agilent s VISA revision G 02 02 model number 2094G A copy of Agilent s VISA can be found by following these steps 1 Access the following Agilent website http www agilent com find hpvee 2 Look under Vee Support Instrument Drivers These descriptions assume a LAN connection between your computer and network analyzer They are not written for the GPIB to LAN gateway Install VISA revision G 02 0
221. e number of points used for measuring the reference channel Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E Basic amp 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 cdmaOne Range 64 to 65536 Remarks The fastest measurement times are obtained when the number of points measured is 2 You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Automatic Measurement Points SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST POINts AUTO OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 orrjonjoji SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST POINts AUTO Automatically selects the number of points for the optimum measurement speed Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E Basic amp ON ON ON ON ON cdmaOne Remarks You must be in Basic or cdmaOne mode to use this 302 command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Adjacent Channel Power Relative Attenuation SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RATTenuation rel powr rel powr rel powr rel powr rel powr SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RATTenuation Sets a relative amount of attenuation for the measurements made at your offsets The amount of attenuation is always specified relative to the attenuation that is required to measure the carrier channel Since the offset chan
222. e parameter s MINimum sets the parameter to the smallest possible value e MAXimum sets the parameter to the largest possible value The numeric value for the function s MINimum MAXimum or DEFault can be queried by adding the keyword to the command in its query form The keyword must be entered following the question mark Example query SENSE FREQ CENTER MAX Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals SCPI Language Basics Variable Parameters freq bandwidth time seconds voltage power ampl rel power rel ampl angle degrees integer percent string bit pattern Chapter 2 Is a positive rational number followed by optional units The default unit is Hz Acceptable units include HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ Is a rational number followed by optional units The default units are seconds Acceptable units include S MS US Is a rational number followed by optional units The default units are V Acceptable units include Volts V MV UV Is a rational number followed by optional units The default units are dBm Acceptable units include DBM DBMV W Is a positive rational number followed by optional units The default units are dB Acceptable units include DB Is a rational number followed by optional units The default units are degrees Acceptable units include DEG RAD An integer value has no units Is a rational number between 0 and 1
223. e remote command causing an instrument to return to local control with a fully enabled front panel sometimes called local resume Aclear function that causes all GPIB instruments or addressed instruments to assume a cleared condition The definition of clear is unique for each instrument sometimes called clear reset control send e An output function that is used to send function commands and data commands from the controller to the addressed instrument sometimes called output control convert image iobuffer transfer e An enter function that is the complement of the output function and is used to transfer data from the addressed instrument to the controller sometimes called enter convert image iobuffer on timeout set timeout transfer Chapter 2 123 Programming Fundamentals Overview of the RS 232 Bus Overview of the RS 232 Bus This feature is not implemented Serial interface programming techniques are similar to most general I O applications Refer to your programming language documentation for information on how to initiate the card and verify the status Due to the asynchronous nature of serial I O operations special care must be exercised to ensure that data is not lost by sending to another device before the device is ready to receive Modem line handshaking can he used to help solve this problem These and other topics are discussed in greater detail in your programming language documentation
224. e res BW 313 314 testing 291 292 299 testing choices 287 297 302 303 307 308 309 310 312 313 315 317 acquisition packing WAVeform 357 active license key 44 how to locate 44 active license key ID 386 ADC calibration 213 214 218 220 ADC dithering SPECtrum 347 MAVeform 358 ADC filter WAVeform 358 ADC RAM calibration 214 ADC range SPECtrum 347 WAVeform 358 adjacent channel power dynamic range 289 fast mode ADC range 290 fast mode relative attenuation 290 root raised cosine filter alpha 291 root raised cosine filter state 291 adjacent channel power measurement 286 291 292 299 adjacent channel power ratio measurement 259 286 See also ACPR adjust timebase frequency 278 adjustment 50 MHz reference 267 align now 192 214 align 50 MHz reference 267 alignment commands 213 218 alignments programming example 143 amount of block data 64 amplitude input range 332 maximizing input signal 332 angle units 63 applet 104 application uninstalling 281 application installation 281 application deleting 387 applications currently available 252 applications selecting 252 253 arbitrary block data 64 ARFCN setting 319 320 ARIBT53 343 ASCII data format 239 attenuation setting 331 attenuator alignment 214 averaging ACP 286 287 ACPR 286 287 CHPower 324 325 power vs time 335 336 SPECtrum 348 349 traces 376 377 transmit band spurs 250 317 318 359
225. e the MEASure or READ command before using the marker command This forces the measurement to complete before allowing the next command to be executed Markers All Off on All Traces CALCulate measurement MARKer AOFF Turns off all markers on all the traces in the specified measurement Example CALC SPEC MARK AOFF Remarks The keyword for the current measurement must be Specified in the command Some examples include SPECtrum WAVeform Front Panel Access Marker More Marker All Off Marker Function CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 FUNCtion BPOWer NOISe OFF CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 FUNCtion Selects the type of marker for the specified marker A particular measurement may not have all the types of markers that are commonly available The marker must have already been assigned to a trace Use CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe to assign a marker to a particular trace 204 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Band Power is the integrated power between the two markers for traces in the frequency domain and is the mean power between the two markers for traces in the time domain Noise is the noise power spectral density in a 1 Hz bandwidth It is averaged over 32 horizontal trace points Off turns off the marker functions Example CALC SPEC MARK3 FUNC Noise Remarks The keyword for the current measurement must be Specified
226. eam sockOut i new PrintStream sock i getOutputStream if sock i null amp amp sockIn i null amp amp sockOut i null sockOpen i true catch IOException e System out println Sock Open Error e getMessage 176 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN Close the socket s if opened public void CloseSocket int s try if sockOpen s true write blank line to exit servers elegantly sockOut s println sockOut s flush 1 sockIn s close sockOut s close sock s close sockOpen s false catch IOException e System out println Sock Close Error e getMessage Close all sockets public void CloseSockets for int i 0 i lt MAX NUM OF SOCKETS i CloseSocket i Return the status of the socket open or close public boolean SockOpen int s return sockOpen s Chapter 3 177 Programming Examples Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN Socket I O routines I O routines for SCPI socket Write an ASCII string with carriage return to SCPI socket public void ScpiWriteLine String command if SockOpen SCPI sockOut SCPI println command sockOut SCPI flush Read an ASCII string terminated with carriage return from SCPI socket public String ScpiReadLine try if
227. ecified a connection is opened immediately Otherwise ftp waits for user commands The following options are supported g disables expansion of shell metacharacters in file and directory names i disables prompts during multiple file operations n disables automatic log in V enables verbose output B specifies a new DataSocketBufferSize server host the name or address of the remote host Table lists the available user commands tp Commands Command Description ASCII Sets the file transfer type to ASCII binary Sets the file transfer type to binary bye Closes the connection to the host and exits ftp cd remote directory Sets the working directory on the host to remote directory delete remote file Deletes remote file or empty remote directory dir remote directory Lists the contents of the specified remote directory If remote directory is unspecified the contents of the current remote directory are listed get remote file local file Copies remote file to local file If local file is unspecified ftp uses the remote file name as the local file name help Provides a list of ftp commands help command Provides a brief description of command image Sets the file transfer type to binary led local directory Sets the local working directory to local directory 90 Chapter 2 Table 2 2 ftp Commands Programming Fundament
228. ecifies the amount of data at the beginning of the trace that will be ignored before the decimation process starts It is the time from the start of the trace to the point where you want to start using the data The default value is zero length is an optional real number in seconds It defines how much data will be compressed into one value This parameter has a default value equal to the current trace length lt roffset gt repeat offset is an optional real number in seconds It defines the beginning of the next field of trace elements to be compressed This is relative to the beginning of the previous field This parameter has a default value equal to the length variable lt rlimit gt repeat limit is an optional integer It specifies the number of data items that you want returned It will ignore any additional items beyond that number You can use the Start offset and the Repeat limit to pick out exactly what part of the data you want to use The default value is all the data 196 Chapter 5 NOTE Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Example To query the mean power of a set of GSM bursts 1 2 Set the waveform measurement sweep time to acquire at least one burst Set the triggers such that acquisition happens at a known position relative to a burst Then query the mean burst levels using CALC DATA2 COMP MEAN 24e 6 526e 6 These parameter values correspond to GSM signals where 526e 6 is
229. ection for nominal settings That is with 10 dB attenuation 500 MHz center frequency 0 dB IF gain and the prefilter off Front Panel Access System Alignments Align Subsystem IF Chapter 5 219 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem Align the IF CALibration GIF CALibration GIF Performs the IF group of alignments The query returns a 0 if the alignments occurred without problems The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Front Panel Access System Alignments Align Subsystem Align IF Align the RF CALibration GRFE CALibration GRF7 Performs the RF group of alignments The query returns a 0 if the alignments occurred without problems The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Front Panel Access System Alignments Align Subsystem Align RF Load the Factory Default Calibration Constants CALibration LOAD DEFault Load the factory default alignment data ignoring the effect of any alignments already done Front Panel Access System Alignments Restore Align Defaults Align the Narrow LC Prefilter CALibration PFILter LC NARRow CALibration PFILter LC NARRow Align the narrow LC prefilter 200 kHz to 1 2 MHz The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful 220 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem Remarks A valid service password needs to be entered prior
230. ed number of bursts average count is reached EXPonential Each successive data acquisition after the average count is reached is exponentially weighted and combined with the existing average REPeat After reaching the average count the averaging is reset and a new average is started Factory Preset and RST EXPonential Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM or Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Power vs Time Averaging Type I SENSel PVTime AVERage TYPE LOG MAXimum MINimum MXMinimum RMS I SENSel PVTime AVERage TYPE Select the type of averaging to be performed LOG The log of the power is averaged This is also known as video averaging MAXimum The maximum values are retained MINimum The minimum values are retained MXMinimum Both the maximum and the minimum values are retained RMS The power is averaged providing the rms of the voltage Factory Preset and RST RMS Remarks You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM or Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode 336 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Power vs Time Resolution BW SENSe PVTime BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution freq SENSe PVTime BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution Set the resolution BW This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Setting this to a value other than the factory default may cause
231. ed of lt device gt lt name gt lt extension gt where lt filename gt is a string that must be enclosed in single or double quotes lt device gt must be A or C Upper or lower case is acceptable If device is not specifed the default is set by MMEM MSIS lt name gt must be 1 to 8 characters in length and consist only of the characters a z A Z and 0 9 no underscore If a name is not specified the default is screen lt extension gt must be gif bmp wmf Note the lower case If a file type extension is not specified the default is set by MMEM STORE SCREEN FILE TYPE Example Remarks History Front Panel Access Chapter 5 MMEM STOR SCR C myscreen gif When writing to A lt name gt can be any valid DOS compatible name When writing to C lt name gt must be screenl screen6 Note the lower case If you write a file to C any existing screen file with the same name will be replaced regardless of the extensions For example file screen3 gif will replace file screen3 bmp VSA Added in version A 04 00 and later Print Setup Print To File Print 283 Language Reference MMEMory Subsystem Screen File Type MMEMory STORe SCReen FILE TYPE GIF BMP WMF Sets the default file type for the MMEMory STORe SCReen command Factory Preset and RST GIF The file type setting is persistant It stays at the last user selected setting even through a power cycle Default
232. ee en awe ue eee RE Yer yu eb ea ees 391 TRIGger SEQuence EXTernal 1 2 DELay lt time gt 0 0 0 eens 392 TRiIGver 5EQuence EXTernal 1 2 DELay EE 392 TRIGger SEQuence EXTernal 1 2 LEVel voltage 0 0 aa 392 TRIGger SEQuence EXTernal 1 2 LEVel 0 0 nets 392 TRIGger SEQuence EXTernal 1 2 SLOPe NEGative POSitive iii 393 TRIGger SEQuence EXTernal 1 Z SLOPE s ca K 00 NK RR R N KE orb RN KR RRR eh 393 TRIGger SEQuence FRAMe ADJust time llle 393 TRIGger SEQuence FRAMe PERiod time ren 393 ITRIGger SEQuence FRAMe PERiod eee 393 TRIGger SEQuence FRAMe SYNC EXTFront EXTRear lO iii 394 TRIGger SEQuence FRAMe SYNC OFFSet time cc cc eee eens 394 TRIGger SEQuence FRAMe SYNC OFFSet l ou nuunuu ananuna 394 TRIGger SEQuence FRAMe SYNC aa RE RRE REN DORIA rr 394 TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff me 395 TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff ehh hen 395 TRIGger SEQuence IF DELay time EE 395 TRiGgerLShQuencel UR DELAY 21222422 REOR RR ERR e OR RR 395 TRIGger SEQuence IF LEVel lt power gt eee een een nas 396 TRIGoerL53EQuaence IF LE Vel sesi RR PEE se ERR Seen RAPES BES ES oR EER S HRT EES 396 TRIGger SEQuence IF SLOPe NEGative POSitive 396 TRIC zar sh neo I ER 396 TRIGger SEQuence RFBurst DELay mes 396 TRiGgerl SEQuencel RPBurst DELAY os g a cass ces RR ee ease RRR R RKR 396 TRI
233. ee the following table to see how these value relate The parameters for this GSM example are MEAN 9 197 1730 or with later firmware MEAN 25us 526us 579 6us 8 e MEAN calculates the mean of the measurement points indicated e 9is how many points you want to discard before you look at the data This allows you to skip over any unsettled values at the beginning of the burst You can calculate this start offset by 25us sampleInterval l e 197 is the length of the data you want to use This would be the portion of the burst that you want to find the mean power over You can calculate this length by 526us sampleInterval e 1730 is how much data you have before you repeat the process For this example it s the time between the start offset point on the burst in the first slot first frame to the same spot on the burst in the first slot second frame You can calculate this by 576 9us N sampleInterval where N is the number of data items that you want In this case it is the number of slots in the frame N 8 Table 2 1 GSM Parameters for 1 Slot Frame Measurement Requirements Resolution Filter Decimation Aperture Start Length Repeat Bandwidth Type 500 or 300 Flat or 4orl dependent 24 usec 526 usec 576 9 usec kHz Gaussian on settings 500 kHz Gaussian 1 0 2 usec 124 2630 2884 6 500 kHz Gaussian 4 0 8 usec 31 657 721 15 500 kHz Flat 1 0 4 usec 61 1315 1442 3 500 k
234. eger gt 1 0 0 cc rn 337 LSE NSer PV Times EEN LC acca de ten ee eed OLR ROO OG ARR EORR CRURA EORR RR CR RR RR 337 SENSe PVTime TRIGger SOURce EXTernal 1 EXTernal2 ERAMe IF IMMe diate RE Burst i554 5600 dh rb doer eoRE REED CR XR eR LEE 338 LSENSel PV Time TRiGger SOURCE cnc eka eke RR EN RR RRR eae kee RR eR Re RON RR OR Re N 338 SENSe RADio CARRier HOP OFFION O T ens vena EE ces ENEE RE RE cea asi 339 Ebbe Eet Re HOP EE EE ROC ERE SR ERO ORE CAR EN E V ORE HES 339 SENSe RADio CARRier NUMBer SINGle MULTiple eene 339 SENS RADo CARR NUMBE t ese EROR HERRERA RO PR IE REOR CR RP Re RT ie 339 SENSe RADio CARRier TYPE BURSt CONTinuous ens 339 30 List of Commands DSENSe RADIO seer PY EE e CR 339 SENSeE RADio DEVice BOJ MS e Ru e bess Ra REE eda E REX CEA EA RAE SS E 340 SEN Se RANo TV ice BTS IN sec 340 SENSe RADio DEVice INBound OUTBound aaa RRR RKR R RRR ees 341 SENSe RADio DEVice BASE TYPE NORMal NMICRoiPCO 000 341 SRN Sel RAD DE Vice BAR DY PRIZ ae gh K RE ed 341 LEBEN Se RADIO DEVICE oso bs006 cov hk eh RR CE RR e p REG A 340 POEM Ser RAD E VIGET Lec qases sake eto eene sc ae Ora Kec e ea eile ened e b E 340 SENSE BR Eer E ENER EE KEEN pr ceu E pe res bas Ope ceases Ee Ee 341 SENSo RADo FORE Ret Sage ANERE bPLGGX ERI Ad KEE Adde cree dieu 342 NT S osaucetsu eu EUEqEeSE E EE dE de abes 342 SENSe RADio FORMat ARIB TGPP
235. egister set is made up of five registers 76 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers Condition Register Reports the real time state of the signals monitored by this register set There is no latching or buffering for a condition register Positive Transition Register This filter register controls which signals will set a bit in the event register when the signal makes a low to high transition when the condition bit changes from 0 to 1 Negative Transition Register This filter register controls which signals will set a bit in the event register when the signal makes a high to low transition when the condition bit changes from 1 to 0 Event Register Latches any signal state changes in the way specified by the filter registers Bits in the event register are never cleared by signal state changes Event registers are cleared when read They are also cleared by CLS and by presetting the instrument Event Enable Register Controls which of the bits being set in the event register will be summarized as a single output for the register set Summary bits are then used by the next higher register The STATus QUEStionable registers report abnormal operating conditions The status register hierarchy is 1 The summary outputs from the six STATus QUEStionable lt keyword gt detail registers are inputs to the STATus QUEStionable register 2 The summary output from the STATus QUEStionable
236. ements on page 67 Preventing Local or Remote Interference While Programming on page 75 e Using the Instrument Status Registers on page 76 e Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer on page 89 e C Programming Using VTL on page 113 e Overview of the GPIB Bus on page 122 e Overview of the RS 232 Bus on page 124 58 Chapter 2 NOTE Programming Fundamentals SCPI Language Basics SCPI Language Basics This section is not intended to teach you everything about the SCPI Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments programming language The SCPI Consortium or IEEE can provide that level of detailed information Topics covered in this chapter include e Creating Valid Commands on page 60 e Command Keywords and Syntax on page 59 e Special Characters in Commands on page 61 e Parameters in Commands on page 62 e Putting Multiple Commands on the Same Line on page 64 For more information refer to IEEE Standard 488 1 1987 IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation New York NY 1998 IEEE Standard 488 2 1987 IEEE Standard Codes Formats Protocols and Comment Commands for Use with ANSI IEEE Std488 1 1987 New York NY 1998 Command Keywords and Syntax A typical command is made up of keywords set off by colons The keywords are followed by parameters that can be followed by optional units Example SENSe FREQuency STARt 1 5 MHZ The instrum
237. en eee RR 247 INE iste GON Tue eks e E A 247 LN gr EE T 248 NT Gate IN M edistel ua cer the dcewia CERCARE S SERENO Ru dE NEG GR Ed ADAE P E ce 248 INPut IM Pedance IQ U50 B600 U1M BI1M eR RII III 249 SIN Put MP edan UY sae T e cel Ee te aee c ole el kes 249 INPut MPedance REFerence integer c e e K e aeaee eer 249 IN Pak Le dame BEPErened cy oni cone tierce eee P ERG NR EU d EE bed ced bd ds 249 NP TO AL DOR GEE ON Ke s se dh rece do RE RE RD ERA E DX EORR eC RR ERE Pe E 250 TO AL eU cee ea ee PESE de bes EC VIP pU ud M URP dS 250 le R heer Ra L ue ccv tear iu do eR za bc XA NEU e dA RESERVA ER SW QE EXE 250 INPO Se mE 250 ZJNPuLOPPESCD levels ilia EA RAP e oct k awed DER JUNE RO vs 250 I p Me Tcr RTT MU TE 250 INSTrament CATalos FULL ss reni Erenn Rm ER ER REG Ee FERS PA RR SE AE 252 INS Trament NSELect lt integer gt 2 46 ces RR hey d yk EG ex y C eoe coe 252 INS Trument NOM d senso 4 prp Ede REQUE REA OR AERE UR ebd Edi iR eade dn 252 INSTrument SELect BASIC SERVICE CD MA CDMA2K GSM EDGEGSM IDEN NADC PDC Ke Et EA AR ET 253 IN ST ram tis ELEZI 1225252 ek ue oh RR h PEOR KRURR Few RR aa 253 MEASuRCACPIn T osc sa s AE E EG DEE ERGO PORA EUR ERA A HERR UE A 259 MEASure AREFerence n llseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ehh hh 267 MAS T T Power A doebe test Re Ree EE E oR pede poten een d ee p dg 268 MEA GE tales oes seen et PRESSE O2 EA INDE EE 269 MEASurePVilimelal ccs os cave Re RE ERE
238. ent does not distinguish between upper and lower case letters In the documentation upper case letters indicate the short form of the keyword The lower case letters indicate the long form of the keyword Either form may be used in the command Example Sens Freq Star 1 5 mhz is the same as SENSE FREQ start 1 5 MHz The command SENS FREQU STAR is not valid because FREQU is neither the short nor the long form of the command Only the short and long forms of the keywords are allowed in valid commands Chapter 2 59 Programming Fundamentals SCPI Language Basics Creating Valid Commands Commands are not case sensitive and there are often many different ways of writing a particular command These are examples of valid commands for a given command syntax Command Syntax Sample Valid Commands SENSe BANDwidth RESolution lt freq gt The following sample commands are all identical They will all cause the same result Sense Band Res 1700 e BANDWIDTH RESOLUTION 1 7e3 sens band 1 7KHZ e SENS band 1 7E3Hz band 1 7kHz e bandwidth RES 1 7e3Hz MEASure SPECtrum n MEAS SPEC Meas spec meas spec3 The number 3 in the last meas example causes it to return different results then the commands above it See the command description for more information SENSe DETector FUNCtion NEGative POSitive SAMPle DET FUNC neg e Detector Func Pos INITiate CONTinuous ON OFF
239. ent include e HP Agilent VEE e HP Agilent BASIC e National Instrument s LabView with HP Agilent VISA SICL client drivers The SICL LAN protocol is Agilent s implementation of the VXI 11 Instrument Protocol defined by the VXIbus Consortium working group At the time of the publication of this manual National Instruments VISA does not support the VXI 11 Instrument Protocol However future revisions of National Instruments VISA will support the VX 11 protocol Contact National Instruments for their release date SICL LAN can be used with Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT and HP UX Collecting SICL LAN Set up Information Before you set up your analyzer as a SICL LAN server you will need to collect some information about your VISA SICL LAN client application The value of the following parameters can be found from the front panel System keys They can then be used to set up your VISA SICL LAN client application Emulated GPIB Name The GPIB name is the name given to a device used to communicate with the analyzer Your analyzer is shipped with gpib7 as its GPIB name The GPIB name is the same as the remote SICL address Emulated GPIB Logical Unit The logical unit number is a unique integer assigned to the device to be controlled using SICL LAN Your analyzer is shipped with the logical unit number set to 8 Chapter 2 95 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Emulated GPIB Address Th
240. ent n Results Returned Type 6 Returns 4 comma separated pass fail test results for the absolute power of the reference and offset channels iDEN mode 1 Reference channel absolute power pass fail 2 Reference channel absolute power pass fail duplicate of above 3 Lower offset channel absolute power pass fail 4 Upper offset channel absolute power pass fail Total power 6 Returns 12 comma separated scalar values total power in dB reference Basic of the power relative to the carrier at the center and the offset frequencies cdmaOne cdma2000 1 Upper adjacent chan center frequency W CDMA 2 Lower adjacent chan center frequency 3GPP or 3 Negative offset frequency 1 W CDMA 4 Positive offset frequency 1 Trial amp 5 Negative offset frequency 5 Arib mode 1 Negative offset frequency 5 2 Positive offset frequency 5 Power spectral 6 Returns 12 comma separated scalar values power spectral density density in dB of the power relative to the carrier at the center Basic i reference and offset frequencies cdmaOne cdma2000 1 Upper adjacent chan center frequency W CDMA 2 Lower adjacent chan center frequency 3GPP or 3 Negative offset frequency 1 W CDMA 4 Positive offset frequency 1 Trial amp Arib mode 1 Negative offset frequency 5 2 Positive offset frequency 5 H Returns 4 comma separated pass fail test results for the relative power of the reference and offset channels iDEN mode 1 Referen
241. ent setup changes se NEE ene Rx 70 Consider using LAN instead of GPIB i e 400440024 sd bb sae eee ed eee eee 70 Avoid automatic attenuator setting NA a SEN NN EEN n ee R RRR RRR A eee 70 Optimize your GSM output RF spectrum switching measurement nenas suas 71 Avoid using RFBurst trigger for single burst signals 71 When making power measurements on multiple bursts or slots use CALCulate DATA n COMPress 72 Preventing Local or Remote Interference While Programming i aaa 75 Using the Instrument Status Registers 522222 e ua eeds ceased RRR cae os ee bn Fe ES 76 Lah the ratus Reeser rns C gt fae ke bbb RES wed CRE RR ee 76 Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer 0 RRR R KR RR RRR RRR R R R RRR RR K 89 Heg fup dor File Transits Lus ox e PPAR dae RAE RR 89 Using Telnet to Send Conad i sco eR REY S ORG EE RR SEO EORR SUR 92 Using Socket LAN to Send Commandes 94 Using SICL LAN to Control the Analyzer cs c creg a aR R RRR R K RRR R R RR R RRR KR R 95 Using HP Agilent VEE Over Socket LAN rear 103 Using a Java Applet Over Socket LAN R R RR R RR R 104 Using aC Program Over Socket LAN RR RR RE RR ERR he ee E EEN NIE 104 Contents General LAN Troubleshooting sseeeeeeeeee ehe 105 C Programming Using VTL iussu chee e dote goa e bras 113 Typical Example Program Contents eh 113 Linking to NEE EECHER 114 Compiling and Linking a VTL Program SEELEN RR ERROR ARR RN 114 T
242. ep 00 cece eee eee eens 315 SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE FFT SVVEep e n 316 27 List of Commands SENSE ACE Ee WEE 315 BENSGEACEPSWESDEYPET sia RR ERG LAN So Reed RREUR NASA T ARECERERARETESS 316 SENSe ACP TRIGger SOURce EXTernal 1 EXTernal2 FRAMe IF IMMediate RFBurst 316 Op Nee VR ser suns ss one tba CARE ERE CE EO AE Ko UU ROREM HE CEN CR p EORR 316 SENSO ACP TYPE ESDBeT TEESE 05565048 E RETR eee Ae 317 DOESBRAUBRTSPEE Laueseet wated qiaawad ssias5eassdpaaW E dus 317 SENSe CHANnel ARFCn RFCHannel unteger 0 0 ce eee 318 SENSe CHANnel ARFCn RFCHannel BOTTom 0 0 cee ee eee 319 SENSe CHANnel ARFCn RFCHannel MIDDle 0 0 cece 320 SENSe CHANnel ARFCn RFCHannel TOP 0 0 ccc cece cence nee 320 SENSE UMA Niel ARP in RPC AHN vc cnwnde dete eens Gis RR E GER RS CRI DEDE eR Edd 318 SENSe CHANnel BURSt NORMal SYNC ACCess 0 00 eens 321 ESE NSe GRA N nal BURSE TCH UCH ye kae ves SOREN GOALS RENDER de bx 321 De TR E S TE BURS hie ad Rt een d I ORE RACER QCN es 321 eet Nete Ee ed d dona vp prid ead spi samen EE lobe ad 321 SENSe CHANnel PNOFfset integer err rr 322 SENSGECHANnBeEPNOEIsel AE EIERE RR hh 322 SENSe CHANneESLOT integer ne hk hh e ok kc Rh he eR RC Re e eb c 322 SENSe CHANnel SLOT AUTO OFF ON IO 1 enn RR 323 EGENSSECHANUSESLOTO TD oouuemos hb CERE CPC RE Rad EX ERIDERR E eq pd 323
243. ependent upon the selected measurement See the following table The trace name assignment is independent of the window number To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Access Display Display Traces Measurement Available Traces Markers Available ACP adjacent channel power no traces no markers Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib iDEN NADC PDC modes BER bit error rate no traces no markers iDEN mode 232 Chapter 5 Language Reference DISPlay Subsystem Measurement Available Traces Markers Available CDPower code domain power POWer n 2 yes cdmaOne mode TIMing n 3 PHASe n 4 CDPower code domain power CDPower n 2 2 yes cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP modes EVM n 5 MERRor n 6 PERRor n 7 SPOWer n 9 CPOWer n 10 CDPower code domain power CDPower n 2 2 yes W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode EVM n 4 MERRor n 5 PERRor n 6 SPOWer n 8 CHPower channel power Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib modes SPECtrum n 2 no markers CSPur spurs close SPECtrum n 2 yes cdmaOne mode ULIMit n 3 EEVM EDGE error vector magnitude EVMerror n 2 yes EDGE mode MERRor n23 PERRor n 4 EORFspectr EDGE output RF spectrum EDGE mode RFEMod n 2 RFESwitching n 3 SPEMod n 4
244. er aa nerne rrn 379 STATus QUEStionable POWer NTRansition 0 0 teen nes 379 STATus QUEStionable POWer PTRansition number 379 STATus QUEStionable POWer PTRansition 0 0 eee eee nes 379 STATvs QUEStionable POWer EVENT q v v n i eee RR REX TERRA e RR dE 378 STATus QUEStionable PTRansition number 368 IATasQUEStonable PTREausilion 42 64 sce 0 K cde ee ce dea RAR dee ch DERART RA hK RRR EN 368 STATus QUEStionable TEMPerature CONDition nunnan nune eee ees 379 STATus QUEStionable ITEMPerature ENABle number 380 ISTATus QUEStionable TEM Perature ENABle2 ccc eee eens 380 STATus QUEStionable TEMPerature NTRansition number i aaa 380 STATus QUEStionable TEM Perature NTRansition 2 esee 380 ISTATus QUEStionable TEM Perature PTRansition number 381 20 List of Commands STATus QUEStionable ITEMPerature PTRansition ee 381 STATus QUEStionable ITEMPerature EVENt llle 380 STATas QUEStomnmable a EE EE 368 SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF ADDRess integer ens 382 SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF ADDRess eee 382 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN SELF IP lt string gt 0 0 0 0 cee eh 382 SYSTem COMMunicate LANSELEVIP os aag aR R RRR RR eke mx ns deus seus dunes ae 382 re Fema CON Penne DEFault eaves E ede EI deer eR NE eee 383 Sis Ton ON MINE uius cues deba dax reese HE od EM AC Ke CGU Reb abdo ore See eu 38
245. er RFBurst wideband RF burst envelope trigger that has automatic level control for periodic burst signals Factory Preset and RST IMMediate free run for Basic cdmaOne NADC PDC mode RFBurst for GSM iDEN mode Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Chapter 5 363 Language Reference SERVice Subsystem SERVice Subsystem Provides SCPI access for the calibration manager Numeric values for bit patterns can be entered using decimal or hexidecimal representations i e 0 to 32767 is equivalent to H0 to H7FFF See the SCPI Basics information about using bit patterns for variable parameters Prepare Calibration Files for Access SERVice L PRODuction CALibrate BEGin Locks all of the calibration files for memory accesses Remarks No query Load Default Calibration Data to NRAM SERVice PRODuction CALibrate DEFault cal fid Loads the specified calibration data from EEROM to NRAM initializing the alignment data to the factory defaults Range cal fid corresponds to the Calibrate file ID Remarks No query Unlock Calibration Files SERVice PRODuction CALibrate END Unlocks all of the calibration files Remarks info Store Calibration Data in EEROM SERVice PRODuction CALibrate STORe cal fid Stores the specified calibration data into EEROM The data will survive power cycles and will be reloaded into NRAM on power up Range
246. er is complete clear Data Terminal Ready and Request to Send signals For ENTER operations 1 Set Data Terminal Ready line to active state Leave Request to Send inactive Check Data Set Ready and Data Carrier Detect modem lines to be sure they are active Input information from the interface as it is received from the peripheral After the input operation is complete clear the Data Terminal Ready signal Chapter 2 125 Programming Fundamentals Overview of the RS 232 Bus Data Transfer Errors The serial interface can generate several types of errors when certain conditions are encountered while receiving data from the peripheral device Errors can be generated by any of the following conditions e Parity error The parity bit on an incoming character does not match the parity expected by the receiver This condition is most commonly caused by line noise Framing error Start and stop bits do not match the timing expectations of the receiver This can occur when line noise causes the receiver to miss the start bit or obscures the stop bits e Overrun error Incoming data buffer overrun caused a loss of one or more data characters This is usually caused when data is received by the interface but no ENTER statement has been activated to input the information Break received A BREAK was sent to the interface by the peripheral device The desktop computer program must be able to properly interpret the
247. er page 244 dithering of ADC WAVeform 358 dithering the ADC 347 DJSMR 343 domain name 382 dynamic range adjacent channel power 289 E echo lack of 93 EGSM RGSM DCS 344 enable register service request 80 error connection refused 108 connection timed out 108 no response from host 108 error handling commands 182 error information during execution 385 error messages 109 error monitoring 191 365 errors connecting remotely 106 file moving copying 107 LAN troubleshooting 105 packets lost 107 timeout 106 errors querying 385 ESE command 78 event enable register 77 event register 77 event status enable IEEE command 187 event status register query and clear 188 example ACPR measurement 145 alignment 143 saving instrument state 139 saving trace data 132 136 using markers 129 Exit Core Firmware key 43 external reference 345 346 external trigger delay 392 level 392 slope 393 F factory default for persistent functions 383 factory defaults 220 LAN 55 106 factory preset 389 fast mode ADC range adjacent channel power 290 fast mode relative attenuation adjacent channel power 290 faster measurements 67 FETCh command use 255 FETCh commands 257 FFT SPECtrum 353 354 355 FFT bandwidth SPECtrum 350 351 file copying moving errors 107 file name rules 47 file type screen 284 file types 182 filter negative transition 77 positive transition 77 filter calib
248. ersion of firmware after A 05 00 you can use equivalent time values for the CALC DATA COMP query The command would then be CALC DATA2 COMP MEAN 25us 526us 579 6us 8 Let s set up the GSM Waveform measurement CONF WAV turns on the waveform measurement WAV BAND 300khz sets a resolution bandwidth of 300 kHz WAV SWE TIME 5ms sets a sweep time of 5 milliseconds WAV BAND TYPE FLAT selects the flat filter type WAV DEC 4 DEC STAT ON selects a decimation of 4 and turns on decimation This reduces the amount of data that needs to be sent since the instrument hardware decimates throws some away e INIT to initiate a measurement and acquire the data CALC DATA2 COMP MEAN 25us 526us 579 6us 8 to return the desired data 72 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Improving the Speed of Your Measurements There are two versions of this command depending on your firmware revision Earlier revisions require the optional variables be entered in terms of their position in the trace data array Versions after A 05 00 allow the variables to be entered in terms of time For early firmware revisions you need to know the sample interval In the waveform measurement it is equal to the aperture value Query WAVeform APERture to find the sample interval Note the WAV APER command always takes decimation into account The sample interval aperture value is dependent on the settings for resolution bandwidth filter type and decimation S
249. ersist if you initiate a different measurement and then return to a previous one Use READ lt measurement gt if you want to use those persistent settings If you want to go back to the default settings use MEASure lt measurement gt Measurement Group of Commands MEASure CONFigure INITiate Current acquired data is calculated and returned Sets default state then waits Initialize N taking of d Pa data ABORt SENSe amp CALCulate returns commands to this change the point settings from the defaults casla Configure Commands CONFigure measurement This command stops the current measurement if any and sets up the instrument for the specified measurement using the factory default instrument settings It sets the instrument to single measurement mode but should not initiate the taking of measurement data unless INIT CONTinuous is ON After you change any measurement settings the READ command can be used to initiate a measurement without changing the settings back to their defaults In instruments with firmware older then A 05 00 CONFigure initiates the taking of data The data should be ignored Other SCPI commands can be processed immediately after sending CONFigure You do not need to wait for the CONF command to complete this false data acquisition The CONFigure query returns the current measurement name 256 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Comman
250. es Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN Clear the error queue before starting the thread in case if there s any error messages from the previous actions while str indexOf No error 1 Sck ScpiWriteLine syst err Str sck ScpiReadLine Start receiving response or error messages while true Str sck ScpiReadLine if str null If response messages is No error do no display it replace it with OK instead if str equals 0 No error str OK Display any response messages in the Response panel scpiResponse appendText str n Set up and open the SCPI sockets private void SetupSockets Get server url appletBase URL getCodeBase Open the sockets sck new Socks appletBase Set up the SCPI command and response panels private void SetupPanels Set up SCPI command panel southPanel setLayout new GridLayout 1 1 p new Panel p setLayout new BorderLayout 174 Chapter 3 4 Programming Examples Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN p add West new Label SCPI command p add Center scpiCommand southPanel add p Set up the Response panel setLayout new BorderLayout 2 2 add Center scpiResponse add South southPanel Socks class is responsible for open close read write operations from the predefined socket ports For this example program the
251. etting the spectrum trace in binary format nPlease wait n n get number of bytes in length of postceeding trace data and put this in sBuffer viRead viVSA ViBuf sBuffer 2 amp lBytesRetrieved Put the trace data into sBuffer viRead viVSA ViBuf sBuffer sBuffer 1 0 amp lBytesRetrieved append a null to sBuffer sBuffer lBytesRetrieved 0 convert sBuffer from ASCII to integer lNumberBytes atoi sBuffer calculate the number of points given the number of byte in the trace REAL 64 binary format means each number is represented by 8 bytes lNumberPoints lNumberBytes sizeof ViReal64 get and save trace in data array viRead viVSA ViBuf adTraceArray lNumberBytes amp lBytesRetrieved read the terminator character and discard viRead viVSA ViBuf sBuffer 1 amp lLength loop until all errors read do viPrintf viVSA SYST ERR n check for errors viRead viVSA ViBuf sBuffer 80 amp lLength read back last error message sBuffer lLength 0 append a null to byte count printf s n sBuffer print error buffer to display while sBuffer 1 0 134 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Saving Binary Trace Data in an ASCII File set the analyzer to continuous mode for manual use viPrintf viVSA INIT CONT 1M save trace data to an ASCII file fTraceFile fopen C Trace txt w fpr
252. evel of the 321 4 MHz alignment signal Remarks A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending the command Front Panel Access System Diagnostics 50 MHz Reference Alignment Signal Process Process Step Description Command Both Attach a 50 MHz signal to the RF input Automatic Does the entire procedure CAL REF50 DOIT Interactive Enter the interactive mode CAL REF50 ENTer Interactive Tell the instrument what the external CAL REF50 AMPL signal s power is approx 25 dBm Interactive Proceed with the adjustment phase CAL REF50 ANOW Interactive Exit from the interactive mode CAL REF50 EXIT Query Return the last alignment value of the CAL REF50 LAST ALEVel absolute level of the 50 MHz cal signal Query Return the last alignment value of the CAL REF50 LAST ALCDac ALC DAC External Signal Power for Internal 50 MHz Amplitude Reference Alignment CALibration REF50 AMPL power CALibration REF50 AMPL You must set this value equal to the actual amplitude of the external 50 MHz amplitude reference signal applied to the RF INPUT connector 222 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem This is used for aligning the 50 MHz amplitude reference with CAL REF50 Preset and RST 25 00 dBm Range 80 to 20 dBm Default Unit dBm Remarks You must be in the Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect A valid service passw
253. f certain instrument events conditions by programming the status register system IEEE common commands those beginning with access the higher level summary registers To access the information from specific registers you would use the STATus commands Using the Status Registers Figure on page 82 shows the available instrument status registers and their hierarchy e What are the Status Registers on page 76 e Why Would You Use the Status Registers on page 78 e Using a Status Register on page 80 e Using the Service Request SRQ Method on page 80 e What are the Status Registers on page 76 e Standard Event Status Register on page 86 e Operation and Questionable Status Registers on page 88 What are the Status Registers The status system is comprised of multiple registers which are arranged in a hierarchical order The lower level status registers propagate their data to the higher level registers in the data structures by means of summary bits The status byte register is at the top of the hierarchy and contains general status information for the instrument s events and conditions All other individual registers are used to determine the specific events or conditions The operation and questionable status registers are sets of registers that monitor the overall instrument condition They are accesed with the STATus OPERation and STATus QUEStionable commands in the STATus command subsystem Each r
254. ffset Offset n n 1 is base station and 2 is mobiles The default is base station 1 List n cdmaOne mode n 1 is cellular bands and 2 is pcs bands The default is cellular 304 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode n 1 is ARIB 2 is 3GPP and 3 is Trial The default is ARIB 1 Factory Preset and RST Mode Variant Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E iDEN 0 dBc n a n a n a n a Basic 45 dBc 60 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc cdmaOne BS cellular 45 dBc 60 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc BS pes 45 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc MS cellular 42 dBc 54 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc MS pes 42 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc cdma2000 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc W CDMA BTS 44 2dBe 49 2dBe 49 2dBc 49 2dBc 442 dBc GAEE MS 32 2 dBc 42 2dBc 42 2 dBc 422dBce 422 dBc W CDMA Trial 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc 0 dBc amp Arib Range 150 0 dB to 50 0 dB for cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib Basic 200 0 dB to 50 0 dB for iDEN Default Unit dB Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or iDEN mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Amplitude Limits Relative to the Power Spectral Density iDEN mode SENSe ACP OFFSet RPSDensity rel power SENSe ACP OFFSet RPSDe
255. following wiring diagrams You need to find out what connections your equipment uses to identify the cables and or adapters that you will need HP Agilent 34398A RS 232 Cable Kit This kit comes with an RS 232 9 pin female to 9 pin female null modem printer cable and one adapter 9 pin male to 25 pin female part number 5181 6641 The adapter is also included in 34399A RS 232 Adapter Kit HP Agilent 34399A RS 232 Adapter Kit This kit includes four adapters to go from DB9 female cable 34398A to PC printer DB25 male or female or to modem DB9 female or DB25 female HP Agilent 24542U Cable 24542U Instrument Cable 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 DB9 DB9 DB9 Female Female Male ca85a 48 Chapter 1 Preparing for Use Cables for Connecting to RS 232 Figure 1 2 HP Agilent F1047 80002 Cable F1047 80002 Instrument Cable 1 1 pamm c 3 3 4 4 i 6 6 um um 8 8 9 9 DB9 DB9 DB9 DB9 Male Female Female Male ca86a Figure 1 3 HP Agilent 24542G H Cable 24542G H Instrument Cable 1 2 3 4 4 ae 5 5 Seege 0 6 6 7 d 4 S 8 20 9 24542H DB9 DB25 Female Female DB9 DB9 DB25 24542G Male Female Male ca87a Figure 1 4 HP Agilent 92219J Cable 92219J Instrument Cable SWE M A DB25 DB25 DB25 DB25 Female Male Female Male ca83a Chapter 1 49 Preparing for Use Cables for Connecting to RS 232 Figure 1 5 HP Agilent 13242G Cable 13242G Instrument Cable PC Printer
256. formation along with the command for example MEAS PVT 935 2MHz This sets the power vs time measurement to it s defaults then changes the center frequency to 935 2 MHz initiates a measurement waits until it is complete and returns the measurement data 68 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Improving the Speed of Your Measurements If you are doing bottom middle top measurements on base stations you can reduce transactions by making a time slot active at each of the B M T frequencies Then issue three measurements at once in the programming code and retrieve three data sets with just one GPIB transaction pair write read For example send READ PFER Freq bottom PFER lt Freq_middle gt PFER Freq top This single transaction initiates three different phase and frequency error measurements at each of the three different frequencies provided and returns the data Then you read the three sets of data Chapter 2 69 Programming Fundamentals Improving the Speed of Your Measurements Avoid unnecessary use of RST Remember that while RST does not change the current mode it presets all the measurements and settings to their factory defaults This forces you to reset your analyzer s measurement settings even if they use similar mode settings or measurement settings See Minimize DUT instrument setup changes below Also remember that RST command puts the instrument in the single measurement or sweep mode Minimize
257. fully understood and met This is a Safety Class 1 Product provided with a protective earthing ground incorporated in the power cord The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protected earth contact Any interruption of the protective conductor inside or outside of the product is likely to make the product dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only To avoid electrical shock do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that may remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its power supply Warranty This Agilent Technologies instrument product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment During the warranty period Agilent Technologies Company will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective For warranty service or repair this product must be returned to a service facility designated by Agilent Technologies Buyer shall prepay shipping charges to Agilent Technologies and Agilent Technologies shall pay shipping charges to return the product to Buyer However Buyer shall pay all shipping charges duties and taxes for products returned to Agilent Technologies from another country Agilent Technologies warrants that its software and firmware designa
258. g the two commands SYSTem PRESet and CLS RST does not change the mode and only resets the parameters for the current mode 190 Chapter 5 Language Reference Common IEEE Commands The SYSTem PRESet command is equivalent to a front panel Preset The front panel Preset sets instrument parameters to values for good front panel usage in the current mode The RST and front panel Preset will be different For example the RST will place the instrument in single sweep while the front panel Preset will place the instrument in continuous sweep Front Panel Access Preset Save SAV register This command saves the instrument state to the specified instrument memory register Range Registers are an integer 0 to 19 Front Panel Access File Save State Service Request Enable SRE integer SRE This command sets the value of the service request enable register The query returns the value of the register Range Integer 0 to 63 or 128 to 191 Read Status Byte Query STB Returns the value of the status byte register without erasing its contents Remarks See CLS Chapter 5 191 Language Reference Common IEEE Commands Trigger TRG This command triggers the instrument Use the TRIGger SEQuence SOURce command to select the trigger source The desired measurement has been selected and is waiting The command causes the system to exit this waiting state and go to the initiated state
259. ge 94 e Using SICL LAN to Control the Analyzer on page 95 e Using HP Agilent VEE Over Socket LAN on page 103 e Using a Java Applet Over Socket LAN on page 104 e Using a C Program Over Socket LAN on page 104 e General LAN Troubleshooting on page 105 Using ftp for File Transfers File transfers can be done using the instrument LAN connection For example you can use the ftp functionality to download instrument screen dumps to an external server A sample ftp session might be ftp 15 88 163 118 lt instrument IP address gt At the name prompt enter vsa At the password prompt enter service You are now in the instrument users directory and can get files from the analyzer Type in help at the prompt to see the ftp commands that are available on your system Typing quit will end your ftp session Do NOT delete files from this directory Most of the files are required for the instrument and it s optional personality modes to operate Chapter 2 89 Table 2 2 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer The Standard UNIX FTP Command Synopsis ftp g i n v server host B DataSocketBufferSize Description The ftp command is used to transfer files using the File Transfer Protocol ftp transfers files over a network connection between a local machine and the remote server host Options and Parameters When ftp is invoked with a server host Sp
260. ge COUNt7 ehh hs 359 SENSe WAVeform AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential REPeat llle 360 SENSe WAVeform AVERage TCONtr0l lees hs 360 SENSe WAVeform AVERage TYPE LOG MAXimum MINimum RMS SCALar 360 SENSo VA Veta AV Fa Se TV PA ae s Sd we 360 SENSe WAVeform AVERage STATe OFFJON TO RR 359 SENSel WAVeform AVERage S TATel ss vv s s N RR RR RR E RR R R N 359 SENSe WAVeform BANDwidth RESolution ACTual 0 0 cece eee 361 SENSe WAVeform BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution free 360 SENSe WAVeform BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE FLATtop GAUSsian 361 SENSe WAVeform BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE 0 00000 361 SENSe WAVeform BANDwidth BWiDchl Rk olutponlt 0 0 0 eee eee 360 SENSe WAVeform DECimate STATe OFF ON 0O 1 0 0 cc eee eee 362 SRN Sel WAVetorm DECimate STATS NEIE ed ENNER ee ke ede seek EEN eee RR Cee e 362 SENSe WAVeform DECimate FACTor lt integer gt 0 0 0 0 ccc eens 362 SENSe WAVeform DECimate FACTor 0 0 cece cette teens 362 SENSe WAVeform SWEep TIME me 362 SENSe WAVeform SWEep TIME 0 0 0 0 eee rrr 362 SENSe WAVeform TRIGger SOURce EXTernal 1 EXTernal2 FRAMelIFJIMMediate LINE RFBurst 0 0 eee eee eee ee 363 SENSe WAVeform TRIGger SOURCe 0 eee een eee ene 363 34 Preparing for Use This instrument uses the Standard Commands for Programmable Instrume
261. ger than you should ever need Example SYST TIME ADJ 3600 will advance the time one hour SYST TIME ADJ 86400 will back the date up one day without changing the time of day minutes or seconds History In revision A 02 00 and later Default Unit seconds Chapter 5 389 Language Reference SYSTem Subsystem SCPI Version Query SYSTem VERSion Returns the SCPI version number with which the instrument complies 390 Chapter 5 Language Reference TRIGger Subsystem TRIGger Subsystem The Trigger Subsystem is used to set the controls and parameters associated with triggering the data acquisitions Other trigger related commands are found in the INITiate and ABORt subsystems The trigger parameters are global within the selected Mode The commands in the TRIGger subsystem set up the way the triggers function but selection of the trigger source is made from each measurement There is a separate trigger source command in the SENSe meas subsystem for each measurement The equivalent front panel keys for the parameters described in the following commands can be found under the Mode Setup Trigger key Automatic Trigger Control TRIGger SEQuence AUTO STATe OFF ON O0 1 TRIGger SEQuence AUTO STATe Turns the automatic trigger function on and off This function causes a trigger to occur if the designated time has elapsed and no trigger occurred It can be used with unpredictable trigger sources like external or b
262. gh one intent of SCPI is to be interface independent END is only defined for IEEE 488 operation At the time of this writing the RS 232 terminator issue was in the process of being addressed in IEEE standard 1174 A semicolon is not a SCPI terminator it is a separator The purpose of the separator is to queue multiple commands or queries in order to obtain multiple actions and or responses Make sure that you do not attempt to use the semicolon as a terminator when using RS 232 control All binary trace and response data is terminated with lt NL gt lt END gt as defined in Section 8 5 of IEEE Standard 488 2 1992 IEEE Standard Codes Formats Protocols and Common Commands for Use with ANSI IEEE Std 488 1 1987 New York NY 1992 Chapter 2 65 Programming Fundamentals SCPI Language Basics The following are some examples of good and bad commands The examples are created from a theoretical instrument with the simple set of commands indicated below SENSe POWer RF ATTenuation 40dB TRIGger SEQuence EXTernal 1 SLOPe PoSitive SENSe FREQuency STARt POWer RF MIXer RANGe UPPer Bad Command Good Command PWR ATT 40dB POW ATT 40dB The short form of POWER is POW not PWR FREQ STAR 30MHz MIX RANG 20dBm FREQ STAR 30MHz PON MIX RANG 20dBm the MIX RANG command The MIX RANG command is in the same SENSE subsystem as FREQ but executing
263. ging mode terminal control setting determines the averaging action 324 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Factory Preset and RST 20 200 for W CDMA W CDMA Trial amp Arib Range 1 to 10 000 Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or Basic mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Channel Power Averaging State SENSe CHPower AVERage STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe CHPower AVERage STATe Turn averaging on or off Factory Preset and RST ON Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or Basic mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Channel Power Averaging Termination Control SENSe CHPower AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential REPeat L SENSel CHPower AVERage TCONtro1 Select the type of termination control used for the averaging function This determines the averaging action after the specified number of data acquisitions average count is reached EXPonential Each successive data acquisition after the average count is reached is exponentially weighted and combined with the existing average REPeat After reaching the average count the averaging is reset and a new average is started Factory Preset and RST REPeat Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or Basic mode to use this command U
264. ging the Analyzer from Your Computer or Workstation Verify the communications link between the computer and the analyzer remote file server using the ping utility From a UNIX workstation type ping hostname 64 10 where 64 is the packet size and 10 is the number of packets transmitted From a DOS or Windows environment type ping hostname 10 where 10 is the number of echo requests Normal Response for UNIX A normal response to the ping will be a total of 9 10 or possibly 11 packets received with a minimal average round trip time The minimal average will be different from network to network LAN traffic will cause the round trip time to vary widely Because the number of packets received depends on your network traffic and integrity the normal number might be different for your network Normal Response for DOS or Windows A normal response to the ping will be a total of 9 10 or possibly 11 packets received if 10 echo requests were specified Because the number of packets received depends on your network traffic and integrity the normal number might be different for your network Error Messages If error messages appear then check the command syntax before continuing with the troubleshooting If the syntax is correct then resolve the error messages using your network documentation or by consulting your network administrator If an unknown host error message appears then check that the host name and IP address f
265. ginning with The block is terminated with a semi colon The header can be used to determine how many bytes are in the data block There are no units For example suppose the header is 512320 e The first digit in the header 5 tells you how many additional digits bytes there are in the header e The 12320 means 12 thousand 3 hundred 20 data bytes follow the header e Divide this number of bytes by your current data format bytes data point either 8 for real64 or 4 for real32 For this example if you re using real64 then there are 1540 points in the block Putting Multiple Commands on the Same Line Multiple commands can be written on the same line reducing your code Space requirement To do this e Commands must be separated with a semicolon e Ifthe commands are in different subsystems the key word for the new subsystem must be preceded by a colon s Ifthe commands are in the same subsystem the full hierarchy of the command key words need not be included The second command can start at the same key word level as the command that was just executed 64 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals SCPI Language Basics SCPI Termination and Separator Syntax A terminator must be provided when an instrument is controlled using RS 232 There are several issues to be understood about choosing the proper SCPI terminator and separator when this is the case There is no current SCPI standard for RS 232 Althou
266. gister part of the standard event status register OPC OPC operation complete sets the standard event status register to monitor the completion of all commands The query stops any new commands from being processed until the current processing is complete then returns a 1 SRE SRE service request enable sets and queries the value of the service request enable register S TB status byte queries the value of the status byte register without erasing its contents Why Would You Use the Status Registers Your program often needs to be able to detect and manage error conditions or changes in instrument status There are two methods you can use to programmatically access the information in status registers The polling method The service request SRQ method In the polling method the instrument has a passive role It only tells the controller that conditions have changed when the controller asks the right question In the SRQ method the instrument takes a more active role It tells the controller when there has been a condition change without the controller asking Either method allows you to monitor one or more conditions The polling method works well if you do not need to know about changes the moment they occur The SRQ method should be used if you must know immediately when a condition changes To detect a change using the polling method the program must repeatedly read the registers 78 Chapter 2 Pro
267. gister bit can set a bit in the event register The data in this register is latched until it is queried Once queried the register is cleared Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Negative Transition STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated NTRansition lt number gt STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated NTRansition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Positive Transition STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated PTRansition lt number gt s STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated PTRansition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 a
268. gnments and Getting Pass Fail Results This is the C programming example Align c BRR RK oko IK IK KK IK FOR FO IK IO FOR IK FOR IO IK FOR OK OK FOR OR OK OR RK e KR KR RK Align c Agilent Technologies 2001 E4406A VSA Series Transmitter Tester using VISA for I O The C program does the following Open session to GPIB device at address 18 Increase timeout to 75 sec Lock out front panel keypad control Reset the analyzer Auto align the analyzer Check for alignment success Alignment succeeds if query result is zero 0 Print success failure message to standard output Set the Analzyer to Continuous Sweep Unlock the front panel keypad Reset timeout to 2 sec Close session RRR KKK Eh KK RK RK IO KO IO TOR FOR IO FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR AOR FOR IK IK FOR AK IK KAKAK d include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt include visa h void main program variables ViSession defaultRM viVSA ViStatus viStatus 0 long 1CalStatus 0 open session to GPIB device at address 18 viStatus viOpenDefaultRM amp defaultRM Chapter 3 143 Programming Examples Performing Alignments and Getting Pass Fail Results viStatus viOpen defaultRM GPIBO 18 INSTR VI MOLE VI NULL amp viVSA check opening session sucess if viStatus printf Could not open a session to GPIB device at address 18 n exit 0 increase timeout to 75 sec viSetAttribute viVSA VI ATTR TMO VALUE 75000 L
269. gramming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers Use the SRQ method when you need time critical notification of changes you are monitoring more than one device which supports SRQs you need to have the controller do something else while waiting you can t afford the performance penalty inherent to polling Use polling when your programming language development environment does not support SRQ interrupts you want to write a simple single purpose program and don t want the added complexity of setting up an SRQ handler To monitor a condition 1 Determine which register contains the bit that reports the condition 2 Send the unique SCPI query that reads that register 9 Examine the bit to see if the condition has changed You can monitor conditions in different ways Check the current instrument hardware and firmware status Do this by querying the condition registers which continuously monitor status These registers represent the current state of the instrument Bits in a condition register are updated in real time When the condition monitored by a particular bit becomes true the bit is set to 1 When the condition becomes false the bit is reset to 0 Monitor a particular condition bit You can enabled a particular bit s using the event enable register The instrument will then monitor that particular condition s If the bit becomes true 0 to 1 transition in the event register i
270. gs Initiates the measurement and puts valid data into the output buffer If a measurement other than the current one is specified the instrument will switch to that measurement before it initiates the measurement and returns results For example suppose you have previously initiated the ACP measurement but now you are running the channel power measurement Then you send READ ACP It will change from channel power back to ACP and using the previous ACP settings will initiate the measurement and return results s Blocks other SCPI communication waiting until the measurement is complete before returning the results If the optional n value is not included or is set to 1 the scalar measurement results will be returned If the n value is set to a value other than 1 the selected trace data results will be returned Chapter 5 257 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands See each command for details of what types of scalar results or trace data results are available The binary data formats should be used when handling large blocks of data since they are smaller and faster then the ASCII format FORMat DATA 258 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Adjacent Channel Power Ratio ACP Measurement This measures the total rms power in the specified channel and in 5 offset channels You must be in Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib iDEN NADC or PDC mode to use these
271. gured timeout limits are too short compared to the time it takes the LAN to complete some operations This problem may occur during periods of increased LAN traffic The LAN connection has failed or fails occasionally To increase your timeout period refer to your computer documentation for instructions Contact your LAN administrator if problems continue 106 Chapter 2 NOTE NOTE Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Packets Routinely Lost If packets are routinely lost proceed to the troubleshooting section in this chapter relating to your network Problems Transferring or Copying Files If you have problems copying files out of or into the analyzer you might be experiencing timeout problems See the previous section on Timeout Errors Common Problems After You ve Made the Connection This section describes common problems you may encounter when using the analyzer on a LAN It assumes you have been able to connect to the analyzer in the past If this is not so refer to the previous sections first Pressing Preset does not affect LAN settings but pressing System Restore Sys Defaults will reset to the original factory defaults You will then have to re set the instrument IP address and other LAN settings in System Config I O Remember that in any type programming using LAN you should avoid constantly opening and closing connections This uses up processing resources adds to you
272. h the value is ignored The value is set at its auto value when auto is selected This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Factory Preset and RST 188 0 us 15 059 ms for iDEN mode Range 100 ns to 10 s Default Unit seconds Remarks You must be in the Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode This command only effects the RF envelope trace Spectrum Sweep Acquisition Time Auto SENSe SPECtrum SWEep TIME AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe SPECtrum SWEep TIME AUTO Select auto or manual control of the sweep acquisition time This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed AUTO couples the Sweep Time to the Frequency Span and Resolution BW Manual the Sweep Time is uncoupled from the Frequency Span and Resolution BW 356 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Factory Preset and RST AUTO Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Trigger Source SENSe SPECtrum TRIGger SOURce EXTernal 1 EXTernal2 FRAMe IF LINE IMMediate RFBurst SENSe SPECtrum TRIGger SOURce Select the trigger source used to control the data acquisitions EXTernall front panel external trigger input EXTernal2 rear panel external trigger input FRAMe internal frame timer from front panel input IF internal IF envelope video trigger LINE internal line
273. h the IP address of your analyzer and GPIB name with the GPIB name given to your analyzer Also replace the 8 of Interface 8 with the logical unit number Consult your HPRMB documentation for the exact syntax After your SICL driver is configured correctly on your UNIX workstation you control your analyzer using commands such as the following OUTPUT 818 IDN ENTER 818 S where 18 is the device address for the analyzer 102 Chapter2 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Using HP Agilent VEE Over Socket LAN To control your analyzer via socket LAN using VEE click on the VEE menu titled I O Then select To From Socket and position the I O object box on the screen Fill in the following fields Connect Port 5025 Host Name hostname Timeout 15 For faster troubleshooting you may want to set the timeout to a smaller number If the hostname you enter doesn t work try using the IP address of your analyzer example 15 4 43 5 Using the IP address rather than the hostname may also be faster See Figure 2 6 for an example of an VEE screen NOTE If you need to control the GPIB using device clear or SRQ s you can use SICL LAN SICL LAN provides control of your analyzer via IEEE 488 2 GPIB See See Using SICL LAN to Control the Analyzer on page 95 Figure 2 6 Sample VEE Screen File Edit View Debug Flow Device MO Data Display Window Help Deja ni lale asaje al si
274. hanging the INST CDMA command to INST BASIC This C program does the following Open session to GPIB device at address 18 check opening session sucess increase timeout to 60 sec print message to the standard output switch to CDMA MODE Reset device set the analyzer in single mode trigger an ACPR measurement and wait for it to complete Get the data into a buffer set the analyzer in continuous mode save the data to a file print message to the standard output Close session RR RK RR Eh KK RR IO TOK ROR FOR FO FOR FOR FOR FO IK FOR IK IK IK IR OK RK RO KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKJ include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt include visa h void main program variable ViSession defaultRM viVSA Chapter 3 145 Programming Examples Making an ACPR Measurement in cdmaOne Option BAC ViStatus viStatus 0 char sTraceInfo 1024 0 FILE fTraceFile unsigned long lBytesRetrieved open session to GPIB device at address 18 viStatus viOpenDefaultRM amp defaultRM viStatus viOpen defaultRM GPIBO 18 INSTR VI NULL VI NULL amp viVSA check opening session sucess if viStatus printf Could not open a session to GPIB device at address 18 WMn exit 0 increase timeout to 60 sec viSetAttribute viVSA VI ATTR TMO VALUE 60000 print message to the standard output printf Getting ACPR measurement results nPlease wait n n s
275. hat resource manager session viOpen This function establishes a communication channel with the device specified A session identifier that can be used with other VTL functions is returned This call must be made for each device you will be using Chapter 2 113 Programming Fundamentals C Programming Using VTL viPrintf viScanf These are the VTL formatted I O functions that are patterned after those used in the C programming language The viPrintf call sends the IEEE 488 2 RST command to the instrument and puts it in a known state The viPrintf call is used again to query for the device identification IDN The viScanf call is then used to read the results viClose This function must be used to close each session When you close a device session all data structures that had been allocated for the session will be de allocated When you close the default manager session all sessions opened using the default manager session will be closed Linking to VTL Libraries Your application must link to one of the VTL import libraries 32 bit Version C VXIPNP WIN95 LIB MSC VISA32 LIB for Microsoft compilers C NVXIPNPNWIN95NLIBNBCNVISA32 LIB for Borland compilers 16 bit Version C VXIPNP WIN LIB MSC VISA LIB for Microsoft compilers C VXIPNP WIN LIB BC VISA LIB for Borland compilers See the following section Compiling and Linking a VTL Program for information on how to use the VTL run time libraries Compiling and Linking a VT
276. he CAL ALL routine The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align ADC Align the ADC RAM Gain CALibration ADCRam GAIN CALibration ADCRam GAIN Align the gain of the six ADC RAM pages This same alignment is run as part of the CAL ALL routine The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align ADC Align All Instrument Assemblies CALibration ALL CALibration ALL Performs an alignment of all the assemblies within the instrument The query performs a full alignment and returns a number indicating the success of the alignment A zero is returned if the alignment is successful A one is returned if any part of the alignment failed Front Panel Access System Alignments Align All Now Calibrate the Attenuator CALibration ATTenuator CALibration ATTenuator 214 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem Calculate the gain error of 40 RF attenuator steps The nominal setting of 10 dB is assumed to have 0 dB error The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Remarks A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending the command Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem RF Automatic Alignment CALibration AUTO OFF ALERT ON CA
277. he general functionality of CONFigure FETCh MEASure and READ are described at the beginning of this section See the SENSe AREFerence commands for more measurement related commands CONFigure AREFerence FETCh AREFerence n READ AREFerence n MEASure AREFerence n Remarks For auto adjustment of the internal 50 MHz amplitude reference use CALibration AMPLitude REFerence AADJust command after this measurement has been selected t Front Panel Access Measure 50 MHz Amptd After the measurement is selected press Restore Meas Defaults to restore factory defaults Measurement Results Available n Results Returned not specified or n 1 Returns 7 scalar results RF input average amplitude 50 MHz reference oscillator average amplitude Average amplitude error State for factory use only Level for factory use only Monitored level for factory use only Connector status for factory use only SOON WON RF input amplitude trace data 50 MHz oscillator amplitude trace data Amplitude error strip chart trace data Chapter 5 267 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Channel Power Measurement This measures the total rms power in a specified integration bandwidth You must be in the Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use these commands Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode The general functionality of C
278. he printer has only printed one image of a multi image printout History Revision A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Print Setup select Print To Printer More Eject Page Page Orientation HCOPy PAGE ORIentation LANDscape PORTrait HCOPY PAGE ORIentation Specifies the orientation of the print image Chapter 5 243 NOTE Language Reference HCOPy Subsystem Landscape mode is not presently supported for PCL 3 printers Factory Preset and RST Portrait This parameter is persistent which means that it retains the setting previously selected even through a power cycle History Revision A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Print Setup select Print To Printer Orientation Number of Items Printed on a Page HCOPy PAGE PRINts 1 2 HCOPy PAGE PRINts Sets the number of display images that should be printed on one sheet of paper before a form feed is sent Factory Preset and RST 1 This parameter is persistent which means that it retains the setting previously selected even through a power cycle History Revision A 04 00 and later Remarks This must be set to 1 if the paper orientation is landscape Front Panel Access Print Setup select Print To Printer Prints Page Reprint the Last Image HCOPy REPRint IMMediate Reprint the most recently printed image Example HCOP REPR History Revision A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Print Setup with Print To Printer sele
279. his command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Power Statistics CCDF Sweep Time SENSe PSTatistic SWEep TIME time SENSe PSTatistic SWEep TIME Set the length of measurement interval that will be used Factory Preset and RST 1 0 ms Range 0 1 ms to 10 ms Resolution 0 001 ms Step 0 001 ms Default Unit seconds Remarks You must be in the Basic cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Power Statistics CCDF Trigger Source SENSe PSTatistic TRIGger SOURce Eternal 1 EXTernal2 FRAMe IF IMMediate RFBurst SENSe PSTatistic TRIGger SOURce Set the trigger source used to control the data acquisitions EXTernal 1 front panel external trigger input EXTernal 2 rear panel external trigger input FRAMe uses the internal frame timer which has been synchronized to the selected burst sync IF internal IF envelope video trigger IMMediate the next data acquisition is immediately taken capturing the signal asynchronously also called Free Run RFBurst wideband RF burst envelope trigger that has automatic level control for periodic burst signals Factory Preset and RST IMMediate 334 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Remarks You must be in the Basic cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Power vs
280. in calibration 219 RF input selection 329 RMS of trace data 196 200 root raised cosine filter alpha adjacent channel power 291 root raised cosine filter state adjacent channel power 291 RS 232 bus 124 configuration 124 RS 232 cables 48 S sample program ACPR measurement 145 alignment 143 saving instrument state 139 saving trace data 132 136 using markers 129 sampling trace data 196 200 save display 184 save states 184 save traces 184 save IEEE command 191 saving a display 245 saving screens 283 284 SCPI version of 390 SCPI command keywords 62 SCPI commands 185 SCPI errors during execution 385 SCPI language basic info 59 command syntax 59 parameters 62 valid commands 60 screen saving to a file 245 screen background invert 284 screen file type 284 screens storing 283 284 selecting channel 321 self test 192 sensors temperature 274 serial bus 124 serial number query 188 service commands 364 service mode measurements available 38 service password 388 service request enable register 80 85 service request IEEE command 191 service requests 76 80 setting default values 256 settings for measurements 183 SICL LAN 95 single measurement 183 single vs continuous measurement mode 247 size of block data 64 slots setting 337 socket LAN C program example 148 168 Java program example 171 with C program 104 with Java program 104 with VEE program 103 socket
281. in the command Some examples include SPECtrum WAVeform Front Panel Access Marker Marker Function Marker Function Result CALCulate measurement MARKer 1 2 3 4 FUNCtion RESult Quires the result of the currently active marker function The measurement must be completed before querying the marker A particular measurement may not have all the types of markers available The marker must have already been assigned to a trace Use CALCulate measurement MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe to assign a marker to a particular trace Example CALC SPEC MARK FUNC RES Remarks The keyword for the current measurement must be Specified in the command Some examples include SPECtrum WAVeform Front Panel Access Marker Marker Function Marker Peak Maximum Search CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 MAXimum Places the selected marker on the highest point on the trace that is assigned to that particular marker number The marker must have already been assigned to a trace Use CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe to assign a marker to a particular trace Example CALC SPEC MARK1 MAX Chapter 5 205 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Remarks The keyword for the current measurement must be specified in the command Some examples include SPECtrum WAVeform Front Panel Access Search Marker Peak Minimum Search CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 MINimum
282. ing 293 294 offset frequencies 294 295 297 310 trigger source 316 NADC measurement 286 naming a file 47 negative transition filter 77 no response from host 108 node name 382 noise marker 204 normal marker 206 number of data values in block 64 0 offset frequencies ACP 294 295 297 310 offset frequency mobile to base station 342 OPC command 78 openSocket 104 148 168 operation complete IEEE command 189 operation condition register 365 366 operation status 365 operation status register 88 optimizing measurement speed options configuration query 383 384 query 190 options IEEE command 190 other users system message to 388 other users lock out the keys 386 output data identifying block size 64 outputs configuration 382 P packet errors 107 packing SPECtrum 346 page orientation 243 parsing block data output data output identifying block size 64 pass fail test 195 password for service 388 pause alignments 226 pe cables for RS 232 48 PCS 344 PCS1900 344 PDC limit testing 293 294 offset frequencies 294 295 297 310 trigger source 316 PDC measurement 286 percent range 63 persistent function defaults 383 persistent settings 55 106 personalities currently available 252 selecting 252 253 PGSM 344 phase units 63 pico base station 341 pinging the analyzer 109 PKOR 343 PN offset number setting 322 points measurement CHPower 327 portrait prin
283. ing IS 2000 Base Stations 5980 1303E 36 Chapter 1 Preparing for Use What s in This Chapter Measurements for Base Transceiver Stations and Mobile Stations Application Note 1324 Description Agilent Part Number Understanding GSM Transmitter Measurements for 5966 2833E Base Transceiver Stations and Mobile Stations Application Note 1312 Understanding PDC and NADC Transmitter 5968 5537E Chapter 1 37 Preparing for Use Programming the Transmitter Tester Programming the Transmitter Tester The E4406A VSA Series Transmitter Tester has several different measurement modes The measurement commands that are available to you vary depending on which mode you select Use INSTrument SELect to select the desired mode Most modes are optional and must be installed into instrument memory before they can be used See Installing Optional Measurement Personalities on page 41 if your measurement mode is not installed Table 1 1 Available Modes and Measurements Modes Measurement Keywords Basic standard e ACP adjacent channel power measurement INST SELECT BASIC e CHPower channel power measurement e PSTatistic power statistics CCDF measurement e SPECtrum spectrum frequency domain measurement e WAVeform waveform time domain measurement cdmaOne Option BAC e ACP adjacent channel power ratio measurement INST SELECT CDMA e CDPower code domain power measurement s CHPower
284. ing to the HP 871xE via SICL LAN ote You must set up an HP VISA SICL io Libraries for your HP VEE VEE 3 PROF MOD Ready Chapter 2 99 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer To send SCPI commands to the analyzer select I O Instrument Manager and the GPIB device just added Select Direct I O You can now type SCPI commands in the command window and they are sent over the LAN to your analyzer Figure 2 5 Sending SCPI Commands Directly to your Analyzer File Edit View Debug Flow Device I O Data Display Window Help O m m amp v s amp m e olele all e elei se e E Main READ TEXT x STRMAX WSO HEWLETT PACKARD 8712ET US36100007 W 00 17 40 dBm Tracel 120 pal Step 4 Pj D ig I 200 Auoscae Rreqeny WRITE TEXT form bord norm form data real 32 EOL WRITE TEXT calc data EOL READ BINBLOCK x REAL32 ARRA Y See the VEE example program for more details 100 Chapter2 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Controlling Your Analyzer with SICL LAN and HP Agilent BASIC for Windows Before you can use HP Agilent BASIC for Windows with SICL LAN you need to set up VISA SICL LAN UO drivers for use with your BASIC applications Consult your BASIC documentation for information how to do this To set up SICL LAN for BASIC add the following statement to your AUTOST program
285. intf fTraceFile Trace exe Output nAgilent Technologies 2001 n n fprintf fTraceFile List of d points of the averaged spectrum trace WMWMn l1NumberPoints for i1 0 i lt 1NumberPoints i fprintf fTraceFile tAmplitude of point d 21f dBm n i 1 adTraceArray i fclose fTraceFile print message to the standard output printf The d trace points were saved to C Trace txt file n n 1NumberPoints Close session viClose viVSA viClose defaultRM Chapter 3 135 Programming Examples Saving ASCII Trace Data in an ASCII File Saving ASCII Trace Data in an ASCII File This is the C programming example TraceASC c BRR RK RK RK IK IK IK KOK IK IK KKK ko AKKA IK OR RK I RO IO KAKA TraceASC c Agilent Technologies 2001 E4406A VSA Series Transmitter Tester using VISA for I O This Program shows how to get and save an ASCII trace The C program does the following Open session to GPIB device at address 18 Check opening session success Set the instrument to Basic Mode Reset device Set the input port to the internal 50MHz reference source Zoom the spectrum display Tune the analyzer to 50MHz Set the analyzer in single mode Trigger a spectrum measurement and wait for it to complete Query the spectrum trace information Save the info trace to buffer Query the spectrum trace data Save the spectrum trace data to buffer Set the analyzer back to continuous mode Save trace data to an
286. ion register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Frequency Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Integrity Register Questionable Integrity Condition STATus QUEStionable INTegrity CONDition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity Condition register The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key 372 Chapter 5 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Questionable Integrity Enable STATus QUEStionable INTegrity ENABle number STATus QUEStionable INTegrity ENABle This command determines what bits in the Questionable Integrity Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Integrity Event register which also sets the Integrity Summary bit bit 9 in the Questionable Register The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Integrity Event Query s STATus QUEStionable INTegrity EVENt This query returns the decimal v
287. ision A 04 00 Adjacent Channel Power Frequency Span Query SENSe ACP FREQuency SPAN Returns the span of the spectrum view Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode MEAS READ FETC ACP2 returns the frequency domain spectrum trace data for the entire frequency range being measured History Revision A 05 00 or later 292 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Adjacent Channel Power Offset Frequency Absolute Limit SENSe ACP LIST ALIMit lt abs powr gt lt abs powr gt lt abs powr gt lt abs powr gt lt abs powr gt SENSe ACP LIST ALIMit Set the absolute limit on offset frequencies relative to the carrier You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENSe ACP LIST STATe command Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E NADC 0 dBm 0 dBm 13 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm PDC 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm Range 200 to 50 dBm Remarks You must be in the NADC cdmaOne or PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Offset Frequency SENSe ACP LIST L FREQuency f offset f offset gt lt f offset gt lt f offset gt lt f offset SENSe ACP LIST FREQuencyl 7 Define the offset frequencies You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENSe ACP LIST STATe command
288. ity at 0 01 dB power Probability at 0 02 dB power Probability at 49 9 dB power Probability at 50 0 dB power Returns a series of 5001 floating point numbers in percent that represent the current measured power stat trace This is the probability at particular power levels average power in the following order 1 2 3 1 2 Probability at 0 0 dB power Probability at 0 01 dB power Probability at 0 02 dB power Probability at 49 9 dB power Probability at 50 0 dB power Returns a series of 5001 floating point numbers in percent that represent the Gaussian trace This is the probability at particular power levels average power in the following order 1 2 3 Probability at 0 0 dB power Probability at 0 01 dB power Probability at 0 02 dB power Probability at 49 9 dB power Probability at 50 0 dB power Returns a series of 5001 floating point numbers in percent that represent the user definable reference trace This is the probability at particular power levels average power in the following order 270 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Power vs Time Measurement This measures the average power during the useful part of the burst comparing the power ramp to required timing mask You must be in EDGE GSM or Service mode to use these commands Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode The general functionality of CONFigure FETCh MEASure and READ are described
289. ive ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative aaa aa aaa 310 GSENSeLACP OEESetInELUSTUTEIS T do cb RC RA E ROLE EUR ORE UR eRe EOE x 310 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST F REQuency f offset f offset f offset2 f offset f offset ccce 300 SENSe ACP OF FSet n LIST FREQuency x esan raeg R KR Ih 300 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST m ABSolute power cpower c power power cpoWer eee eee eens 296 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST m ABSolute sers e aa K KA R KR tenes 296 SENSe ACP OF FSet n LIST n BANDwidth BWIDth res bw res bw res bw res bw res bw cc cece e 298 SENSe ACP OF FSet n LIST n BANDwidth BWIDth IRR 298 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n RCARrier rel power rel power rel power rel power rel poverd ss 304 26 List of Commands SENSe ACP OFFSetiIn LDST n RCARTIEr EEN RE EE kk a RR RR dp LER RE REA UR 304 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n RPSDensity rel power rel power rel power rel power rel power aaa aa 306 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n RPSDensity ee 306 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n STATe OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFFJONJO 1 OFFJONIOJ I aa aa aaa 308 SRN eT ACP OFF Set nl LIST pS De a a K a RR R K RR NR N KE ERN asa cow ee 308 SENSe ACP OF FSet n LIST n TEST BSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR
290. ivers installed perform the steps below to set up VEE to control your analyzer 1 On your computer or workstation select I O Instrument Manager Figure 2 3 UO Instrument Manager Menu File Edit View Debug Fle Device i Data Displa Win eg ejua lall um Instrument Manager JE untitled dvanced Mt LR Main VEE SI PROF MOD 2 Add a new GPIB device with an address of 7XX where XX is the GPIB device address from your analyzer 98 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Figure 2 4 Adding Your Analyzer as a VEE Device File Edit View Debug Flow Device I O Data Display Window Help es en e j s s amp e s alela al l e xjejaj Spx ie e STR EOL HEWLETT PACKARD 8712ET US36100007 W 00 17 I Instrument Manager ES Instrument List My configuration Device Configuration Name byxripo7 1 Interface nr e ri Address eg 719 718 Gateway 15 4 45 236 Advance Config ok Cancel Help Configuration en Add Delete rmm Refresh Get Device TU WRIT WRIT Serial9 Direct 1 0 al I aj Save Config Cancel Help 120 x Step al fo T 200 1 auto seale Frequency Select the HPIB device that you want to use from Instrument Manager of I O menu add Direct I O for that device and fill in the SCPI commands Click on Start and you re talk
291. ject menu selection Double click on Directories from the Topics list box and add the following C VXIPNP WIN95 INCLUDE C VXIPNP WIN95 LIB BC Chapter 2 115 Programming Fundamentals C Programming Using VTL 16 bit Applications The following is a summary of important compiler specific considerations for the Windows compiler For Microsoft Visual C version 1 5 e To set the memory model do the following 1 2 4 Select Options Project Click on the Compiler button then select Memory Model from the Category list Click on the Model list arrow to display the model options and select Large Click on OK to close the Compiler dialog box You may wish to add the include file and library file search paths They are set under the Options Directories menu selection C VXIPNP WIN INCLUDE C VXIPNP WIN LIB MSC Otherwise the library and include files should be explicitly specified in the project file Example Program This example program queries a GPIB device for an identification string and prints the results Note that you must change the address idn c program filename include visa h include lt stdio h gt void main 116 Open session to GPIB device at address 18 ViOpenDefaultRM amp defaultRM ViOpen defaultRM GPIBO 18 INSTR VI NULL VI NULL amp vi Initialize device viPrintf vi RST n Send an IDN string to the devic
292. le ca817a Figure 1 16 HP Agilent F1047 80002 Cable with 5181 6639 Adapter F1047 80002 5181 6639 Instrument Cable Adapter Black 1 1 1 1 xq E 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 s DP s 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 DB9 DBY DB9 DB9 DB9 DB9 Male Female Female Male Male Female ca818a 54 Chapter 1 Preparing for Use Connecting to a LAN Server Connecting to a LAN Server Connect a cable to the standard LAN connector on the rear panel of the instrument The LAN can then be used several different ways To ftp files from the instrument To use telnet to send SCPI commands To use sockets to send SCPI commands e To use as a SICL server emulating IEEE 488 2 GPIB Several LAN parameters can be queried from the front panel key menus by pressing System Config I O and then pressing the appropriate keys Configuration of some LAN parameters can only be done from the front panel The IP address can be set queried remotely using SYST COMM LAN IP The LAN default configuration settings do not usually have to be changed for you to use the functionality More detailed LAN use and troubleshooting information can be found in Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals The different types of LAN functionality can be turned on and off from the front panel keys under System Config I O If you are running programs on the analyzer you might want to turn off the other types of LAN access to make sure other users don t accidentally send commands
293. le Register The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Example STAT QUES CAL ENABLE 16384 could be used if you have turned off the automatic alignment and you want to query if an alignment is needed Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Calibration Event Query s STATus QUEStionable CALibration EVENt This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration Event register Chapter 5 369 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register The data in this register is latched until it is queried Once queried the register is cleared Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Calibration Negative Transition STATus QUEStionable CALibration NTRansition number STATus QUEStionable CALibration NTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Calibration Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST
294. lected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum Window Delay SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow DELay real SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow DELay Set the FFT window delay to move the FFT window from its nominal position of being centered within the time capture This function is not available from the front panel It is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 10 0 to 10 0s Default Unit seconds Remarks To use this command the Service mode must be selected with INSTrument SELect In Service mode it is possible to get an acquisition time that is longer than the window time so that this function can be used Spectrum Window Length SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow LENGth integer SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow LENGth Set the FFT window length This value is only used if length control is set to manual This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Factory Preset and RST 706 354 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Range 8 to 1 048 576 Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect History Short form changed from LENgth to LENGth A 03 00 Spectrum FFT Window SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow TYPE BH4Tap BLACkman FLATtop GAUSsian HAMMing HANNing KB70 KB90 KB110 UNIForm L SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow TYPE Select the FFT window type BH4Tap Bla
295. lient single server network the most likely cause of intermittent response to an echo request is a hardware problem with the LAN module installed in the PC the cable or the analyzer To check the analyzer refer to Verify the Analyzer Performance later in this chapter The Standard UNIX PING Command Synopsis ping r v ol host packetsize count Description The ping command sends an echo request packet to the host once per second Each echo response packet that is returned is listed on the screen along with the round trip time of the echo request and echo response Options and Parameters r Bypasses the routing tables and sends the request directly to the host v Reports all packets that are received including the response packets 0 Requests information about the network paths taken by the requests and responses host The host name or IP address packetsize The size of each packet 8 bytes 4096 bytes count The number of packets to send before ending ping 1 2 1 1 If count is not specified ping sends packets until interrupted 110 Chapter2 EIA TIA 568B Wiring Information Straight Through Cable Unshielded twisted pair UTP cable with RJ 45 connectors Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Standard Straight Through Wiring each end Signal Name RJ 45 Pin Wire Color Pair RX 1 white orange 2 RX 2 orange TX 3 white green 3 TX
296. ll 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Chapter 5 377 NOTE NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Questionable Power Register Questionable Power Condition STATus QUEStionable POWer CONDition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Power Condition register The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Power Enable STATus QUEStionable POWer ENABle number STATus QUEStionable POWer ENABle This command determines what bits in the Questionable Power Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Power Event register which also sets the Power Summary bit bit 3 in the Questionable Register The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Power Event Query s STATus QUEStionable POWer L EVEN Ia This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Power Event register The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register The data in this register is latched until it is queried Once queried the register is cleared Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key 378 Chapter
297. logical address INSTR GPIB VXI GPIB VXI board VXI logical address INSTR GPIB GPIB board primary address secondary address INSTR Chapter 2 119 NOTE Programming Fundamentals C Programming Using VTL The following describes the parameters used above board This optional parameter is used if you have more than one interface of the same type The default value for board is 0 VSI logical address This is the logical address of the VXI instrument primary address This is the primary address of the GPIB device secondary address This optional parameter is the secondary address of the GPIB device If no secondary address is specified none is assumed INSTR This is an optional parameter that indicates that you are communicating with a resource that is of type INSTR meaning instrument If you want to be compatible with future releases of VTL and VISA you must include the INSTR parameter in the syntax The following are examples of valid symbolic names X10 24 INSTR Device at VXI logical address 24 that is of VISA type INSTR VXI2 128 Device at VXI logical address 128 in the third VXI system VXI2 GPIB VXIO 24 A VXI device at logical address 24 This VXI device is connected via a GPIB VXI command module GPIBO 7 0 A GPIB device at primary address 7 and secondary address 0 on the GPIB interface The following is an example of opening a device session with the GPIB devi
298. lues of the pass fail reference O passed or 1 failed results determined by testing the power Basic m d limit relative to the center frequency measured as total power cdmaOne i cdma2000 spectral in dB W CDMA 1 Upper adjacent chan center frequency 3GPP or 2 Lower adjacent chan center frequency W CDMA 3 Negative offset frequency 1 Trial amp 4 Positive offset frequency 1 Arib mode E Negative offset frequency 5 2 Positive offset frequency 5 Chapter 5 265 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Measurement n Results Returned Type Power spectral 8 Returns 12 comma separated scalar values of the pass fail density O passed or 1 failed results determined by testing the power Basic EM reference limit relative to the center frequency measured as power edmaOne spectral density in dB cdma2000 P E i W CDMA 1 Upper adjacent chan center frequency 3GPP or 2 Lower adjacent chan center frequency W CDMA 3 Negative offset frequency 1 Trial amp 4 Positive offset frequency 1 Arib mode 1 Negative offset frequency 5 2 Positive offset frequency 5 266 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands 50 MHz Amplitude Reference Measurement This aligns the internal 50 MHz reference signal to an external reference signal that you supply You must be in the Service mode to use these commands Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode T
299. m Control Decimation of Waveform Display SENSe WAVeform DECimate STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe WAVeform DECimate STATe Set the amount of data decimation done by the hardware in order to decrease the number of acquired points in a long capture time This is the amount of data that the measurement ignores Factory Preset and RST OFF Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Waveform Sweep Acquisition Time SENSe WAVeform SWEep TIME time SENSe WAVeform SWEep TIME Set the measurement acquisition time It is used to specify the length of the time capture record Factory Preset and RST 2 0 ms 10 0 ms for NADC PDC 15 0 ms for iDEN mode Range 1 us to 100s Default Unit seconds 362 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Waveform Trigger Source SENSe WAVeform TRIGger SOURce EXTernal 1 EXTernal2 FRAMe IF IMMediate LINE RFBurst SENSe WAVeform TRIGger SOURce Select the trigger source used to control the data acquisitions EXTernal 1 front panel external trigger input EXTernal 2 rear panel external trigger input FRAMe internal frame timer from front panel input IF internal IF envelope video trigger IMMediate the next data acquisition is immediately taken also called free run LINE internal line trigg
300. maOne SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST ABSolute lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST ABSolute cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST ABSolute lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt Chapter 5 295 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST ABSo1lute W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST m ABSolute lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST m ABSolute Sets the absolute amplitude levels to test against for each of the custom offsets The list must contain five 5 entries If there is more than one offset the offset closest to the carrier channel is the first one in the list SENSe ACP OF FSet n LIST m TEST selects the type of testing to be done at each offset You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST STATe command The query returns five 5 real numbers that are the current absolute amplitude test limits Offset n n 1 is base station and 2 is mobiles The default is base station 1 List m cdmaOne mode m 1 is cellular bands and 2 is pcs bands The default is cellular W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode m 1 is ARIB 2 is 3GPP and 3 is Trial The default is ARIB 1 Factory Preset and RST
301. ment MARKer 1 2 3 4 STATe OFFJONJOJ1 207 CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 STATe 0 00 eee eee ee eee 207 CALCulate ACE LIMit STATe OFF ON O 1 0 0 ccc ccc RII 194 CALO ACP E a C Lunas ea baa deere ees Go e del eee We bee o o de eR s 194 CALCulate ACELIMSEETEST OFF ON B Tia a KR ENEE KE SKS Rf ra eth bt nens 194 UAI IISAUETISBLIETESTITS uis ek e e R EES AE EEE ERRES 194 Dot NEE Lu peer cca send eq pedi Rs cue E ex pedes eese tex dapes 195 CALCulate DATA n COMPress BLOCK CFIT MAXimum MEAN MINimum RMS SAM Ple SDEViation solfset gt lt lensth gt lt rofiset gt lt rlimit gt sos ccs a ga R RR Ra RR RR RR 196 CALCulate DATA n PEAKs lt threshold gt lt excursion gt AMPLitude FREQuency TIME 200 CALCA DATA a cup rcence coer coved dower seed 4 bI eet pee Ee eee eke bui bin 195 CALCulate PSTatisticSTORe REFerence ONTOkFTUIO 0 cee eee ee eee 212 CALCulate SPECirum MAnKerd LI 2 3 A ac ech d RR RR XR RR RE 195 CALCulate WAVeform MARKer IQ 1 2 13 147 0 0 0 0 cee eee nee 195 TORT On BORE coon gs Se ou a Van Seed Sec seta eU OERE E sape EVE eq E 213 Alb at R EN EE 213 CALibraion ADC ARANgE E CRGA OD 213 GA Librabio ADC H NN i ves kt e ner eee SEER DREN EEY CHR RR GO AR CROSSES 213 I CALibratipaz ADC DIT HET sccdoscesgs thw ho nme shes nes EGG HR ES ORTES ERR A E ER Ed 213 CALibrabon A DOPING auus aec hon RH e
302. ming Command Cross References Functional Sort of SCP Commands Function SCPI Command Subsystems Remarks Preset SYSTem PRESet Printing HCOPy SYSTem COMMunicate Reference DISPlay WINDow TRACe level Save Recall DISPlay IMAGe display images HCOPy IMMediate Save Recall SAV instrument RCL states Save Recall MEASure measurement n Descriptions of the traces trace data FETCh measurement n available for each FORMat DATA measurement are in the FORMat BORDer MEASure subsystem Triggering TRIGger SENSe measurement Standards SENSe RADio selection 184 Chapter 4 Language Reference This chapter includes the commands that are common to all of the instrument modes It also contains the commands unique to the basic and service modes For commands specific to a measurement mode like the GSM personality look in the GSM Programming Commands chapter Only commands in the current selected mode can be executed 185 Language Reference SCPI Command Subsystems SCPI Command Subsystems SCPI Command Subsystems on page 186 ABORt Subsystem on page 193 CALCulate Subsystem on page 194 CALibration Subsystem on page 213 CONFigure Subsystem on page 227 DISPlay Subsystem on page 228 FETCh Subsystem on page 238 FORMat Subsystem on page 239 HCOPy Subsystem on page 241 INITiate Subsystem on
303. mode Value is global to Basic mode Front Panel Access Input Ext Atten Select the Input Signal SENSe FEED RF IQ IONLy QONLy AREFerence IFALign SENSe FEED Selects the input signal The default input signal is taken from the front panel RF input port For calibration and testing purposes the input signal can be taken from an internal 321 4 MHz IF alignment signal or an internal 50 MHz amplitude reference source If the baseband IQ option Option B7C is installed I and Q input ports are added to the front panel The I and Q ports accept the in phase and quadrature components of the IQ signal respectively The input signal can be taken from either or both ports RF selects the signal from the front panel RF INPUT port IQ selects the combined signals from the front panel optional I and Q input ports IONLy selects the signal from the front panel optional I input port QONLy selects the signal from the front panel optional Q input port IFALign selects the internal 321 4 MHz IF alignment signal AREFerence selects the internal 50 MHz amplitude reference signal Chapter 5 329 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Factory Preset and RST RF Front Panel Access Input Input Port History VSA modified in A 05 00 version Frequency Commands Center Frequency SENSe FREQuency CENTer freq SENSe FREQuency CENTer Set the center frequency Factory Preset and RST 1 0 GHz 942 6 MHz for GSM E
304. n NO if optind 0 optind if optind gt argc argv optind 0 argvloptind 1 0 return EOF if stremp argv optind 0 optind return EOF Chapter 3 169 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN Windows NT scan argv optind 41 optind C scan posn strchr optstring c DDP if posn NULL e fprintf stderr s unknown option c n argv 0 c return posn if posn if scan VO optarg scan scan NULL else optarg argv optind optind return c 170 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN This is the Java programming example ScpiDemo java that demonstrates simple socket programming with Java It is written in Java programming language and will compile with Java compilers versions 1 0 and above import java awt import java io import java net import java applet This is a SCPI Demo to demonstrate how one can communicate with the E4406A VSA with a JAVA capable browser This is the Main class for the SCPI Demo This applet will need Socks class to support the I O commands and a ScpiDemo html for a browser to load the applet To use this applet either compile this applet with a Java compiler or use the existing compiled classes copy ScpiDem
305. n 1 is ARIB 2 is 3GPP and 3 is Trial The default is ARIB 1 Factory Preset and RST Mode Variant Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E iDEN 0 dB n a n a n a n a Basic 28 87 dB 43 87 dB O dB 0 dB 0 dB cdmaOne BS cellular 28 87 dB 48 87 dB OdB 0 dB 0 dB BS pes 28 87 dB 0dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB MS cellular 25 87 dB 37 87 dB O dB 0 dB 0 dB MS pcs 25 87 dB 0dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 306 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Mode Variant Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E cdma2000 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB W CDMA BTS 44 2 dBc 492 dBc 49 2 dBc 49 2 dBc 442 dBc 3GPP MS 32 2 dBc 422dBc 42 2dBe 42 2 dBc 422 dBc W CDMA Trial 0dB 0dB 0dB 0 dB 0 dB amp Arib Range 150 0 dB to 50 0 dB for cdmaOne Basic cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib 200 0 dB to 50 0 dB for iDEN Default Unit dB Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA Adjacent Channel Power Select Sideband 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or iDEN mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST SIDE BOTH NEGative POSitive BOTH NEGative POSitive BOTH NEGative POSitive BOTH NEGative POSitive BOTH NEGative POSitive SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST SIDE Selects which sideband will be measured You can turn off no
306. n Stat osoason so Reserved 10 Reserved 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 14 Always Zero 0 15 Standard Event Status Register Oper Complete 0 Req Bus Control Query Error 4 Dev Dep Error 4 Execution Error Command Error 4 User Request Power On oorom STATus OPERation CALibrating Reserved Reserved SWEeping Reserved Waiting forTRIGger Reserved 1 Reserved Reserved c o oc ooo Reserved Reserved 10 PRINting 11 MMEMory Busy 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 14 Always Zero 0 15 Condition Register Trans Filter Trans Filter Event Register Event Enable Reg Condition Register Trans Filter Trans Event Enable Re Event Register Condition Register Trans Filter Event Register Event Enable Re Trans Filter is Sum Error Event Queue Summary is Su Bun Req Serv Sum RQS I Service Request Enable Register STATus QUEStionable INTegrity UNCalibrated Reserved ty Reserved 4 H Reserved Degraded Performance No Long Code Phase Burst Not Found Unused Incorrect Timing Unused P Incorrect Carrier s S Unused S Is Freq Out of Range
307. n refused 108 connection refused error 108 connection timed out 108 continuous carriers 339 continuous measurement 183 continuous vs single measurement mode 247 control measurement commands 247 controling via LAN 94 controller 122 correction base station loss 329 correction constant default 220 correction constants on off 215 creating a simple program 46 current measurement 227 curve fit the data 196 200 custom printer 241 242 D data querying 195 196 200 data decimation 352 WAVeform 362 data format 182 239 data from measurements 255 data blocks of 64 date display 228 229 date setting 384 DCS1800 344 debugging errors in programs 385 decimation SPECtrum 352 decimation of data WAVeform 362 default value setting 62 default values for measurements 256 defaults for persistent functions 383 LAN 55 106 degree units 63 delete the mode application 281 deleting an application personality 41 delta markers 206 diagnostic commands 213 218 364 digital communications application notes 36 disk selecting 282 disk drive commands 282 display date 228 229 on off 229 saving to a file 245 spectrum window 230 231 235 236 tiling 230 title 229 trace 232 Index Index window tile 230 zoom 230 display ACP data 228 display commands 228 display file types 182 displays different views 182 saving recalling 184 storing 283 284 displays no p
308. nable Temperature Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 32767 380 Chapter 5 Language Reference STATus Subsystem Questionable Temperature Positive Transition STATus QUEStionable TEMPerature PTRansition number STATus QUEStionable TEMPerature PTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Temperature Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Temperature Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 Chapter 5 381 Language Reference SYSTem Subsystem SYSTem Subsystem This subsystem is used to set the controls and parameters associated with the overall system communication These are functions that are not related to instrument performance Examples include functions for performing general housekeeping and functions related to setting global configurations GPIB Address SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF ADDRess integer SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF ADDRess Sets and queries the GPIB address Example
309. nager resource Next you open a session with a specific device with the viOpen function This function uses the session returned from viOpenDefaultRM and returns its own session to identify the device session The following shows the function syntax viOpenDefaultRM sesn viOpen sesn rsrcName accessMode timeout vi The session returned from viOpenDefaultRM must be used in the sesn parameter of the viOpen function The viOpen function then uses that session and the device address specified in the rsrcName parameter to open a device session The vi parameter in viOpen returns a session identifier that can be used with other VTL functions Your program may have several sessions open at the same time by creating multiple session identifiers by calling the viOpen function multiple times The following summarizes the parameters in the previous function calls sesn This is a session returned from the viOpenDefaultRM function that identifies the resource manager session rsrcName This is a unique symbolic name of the device device address accessMode This parameter is not used for VTL Use VI NULL timeout This parameter is not used for VTL Use VI NULL 118 Chapter2 Programming Fundamentals C Programming Using VTL vi This is a pointer to the session identifier for this particular device session This pointer will be used to identify this device session when using other VTL functions The following is an example of openi
310. nary with FORMat DATA which transports faster over the bus Adjacent Channel Power Measurement Commands for querying the adjacent channel power measurement results and for setting to the default values are found in the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 The equivalent front panel keys for the parameters described in the following commands are found under the Meas Setup key after the ACP or ACPR measurement has been selected from the MEASURE key menu Adjacent Channel Power Average Count SENSe ACP AVERage COUNt integer SENSe ACP AVERage COUNt Set the number of data acquisitions that will be platform averaged After the specified number of average counts the average mode termination control setting determines the average action Factory Preset and RST 10 for cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib 20 for Basic cdmaOne iDEN Range 1 to 10 000 Remarks Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Averaging State SENSe ACP AVERage STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP AVERage L STATe Turn average on or off Factory Preset and RST On Off for iDEN mode Remarks Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode 286 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Adjacent Channel Power Averaging Termination Control SENSe ACP AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential REPeat SENSe ACP AVERage TCONtrol Select the type of termination control used for averaging This
311. ncy 5 W CDMA 2 Negative offset frequency 4 3GPP or W CDMA b de 1 Center frequency 2 Positive offset frequency 1 1 Positive offset frequency 5 4 Returns the frequency domain spectrum trace data array for NADC and the entire frequency range being measured PDC mode In order to return spectrum data the ACP display must be in the spectrum view and you must not turn off the spectrum trace 4 Returns 4 comma separated absolute power results for the iDEN reference and offset channels mode 1 Reference channel absolute power 2 Reference channel absolute power duplicate of above 3 Lower offset channel absolute power 4 Upper offset channel absolute power 262 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Measurement n Results Returned Type For cdma2000 4 Returns the frequency domain spectrum trace data for the and W CDMA Basic entire frequency range being measured m a ata 1g only cdmaOne With the spectrum view selected ava aD EUR cdma2000 DISPlay ACP VIEW SPECtrum and the spectrum trace on Ce W CDMA SENSe ACP SPECtrum ENABle display selected 3GPP or W CDM A In FFT mode SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE FFT the number Trial amp of trace points returned are 343 cdma2000 or 1715 Arib mode W CDMA This is with the default span of 5 MHz cdma2000 or 25 MHz W CDMA The number of points also varies if another offset frequency is set s In sweep mode
312. nd Control Channel CCH SYNC Synchronization Channel SCH ACCess Random Access Channel RACH Remarks Global to the current mode You must be in the EDGE w GSM GSM mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Chapter 5 321 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Front Panel Access FREQUENCY Channel Burst Type Digital Demod PN Offset SENSe CHANnel PNOFfset integer SENSe CHANnel PNOFfset Set the PN offset number for the base station being tested Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 511 Default Unit None Remarks Global to the current mode You must be in the cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Front Panel Access FREQUENCY Channel PN Offset or Mode Setup Demod PN Offset Time Slot number SENSe CHANnel SLOT integer SENSe CHANnel SLOT Select the slot number that you want to measure In GSM mode the measurement frame is divided into the eight expected measurement timeslots Factory Preset and RST 0 for GSM PDC mode 1 for NADC mode Range 0 to 5 for PDC mode 1 to 6 for NADC mode 0 to 7 for GSM mode Remarks You must be in EDGE w GSM GSM NADC PDC mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode 322 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio Frequency Hopping Repetition Factor Time Slot Auto SENSe CHANnel SLOT AUTO OFFJONJOJ
313. nel power is lower than the carrier channel power less attenuation is required to measure the offset channel and you get wider dynamic range for the measurement You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENS ACP OFFSet LIST STATe command Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E Basic amp 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB cdmaOne Range 40 to 0 dB but this relative attenuation cannot exceed the absolute attenuation range of 0 to 40 dB Default Unit dB Remarks Remember that the attenuation that you specify is always relative to the amount of attenuation used for the carrier channel Selecting negative attenuation means that you want less attenuation used For example if the measurement must use 20 dB of attenuation for the carrier measurement and you want to use 12 dB less attenuation for the first offset you would send the value 12 dB You must be in Basic or cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Relative Attenuation Control SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RATTenuation AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RATTenuation AUTO Automatically sets a relative attenuation to make measurements with the optimum dynamic range at the current carrier channel power You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENS ACP OFFSet LIST STATe command Chapter 5 303 Language Reference SENS
314. ng on the current measurement conditions The current number of points must be identified before using this command to place the marker at a specific location The marker must have already been assigned to a trace Use CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe to assign a marker to a particular trace The query returns the current X position for the designated marker The measurement must be completed before querying the marker Example CALC SPEC MARK X POS 500 Range 0 to a maximum of 3 to 920 000 Remarks The keyword for the current measurement must be specified in the command Some examples include Chapter 5 211 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem SPECtrum WAVeform Front Panel Access Marker lt active marker gt RPG Marker Readout Y Value CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 Y Readout the current Y value for the designated marker on its assigned trace The value is in the Y axis units for the trace which is often dBm The marker must have already been assigned to a trace Use CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe to assign a marker to a particular trace The measurement must be completed before querying the marker Example CALC SPEC MARK1 Y Default Unit Matches the units of the trace on which the marker is positioned Remarks The keyword for the current measurement must be specified in the command Some examples include SPECtrum WAVeform
315. ng sessions with a GPIB multimeter and a GPIB VXI scanner ViSession defaultRM dmm scanner viOpenDefaultRM amp defaultRM viOpen defaultRM GPIBO0 22 01NSTR VI NULL VI NULL amp dmm viOpen defaultRM GPIB VXI0 24 INSTR VI NULL VI NULL amp scanner viClose scanner viClose dmm viClose defaultRM The above function first opens a session with the default resource manager The session returned from the resource manager and a device address is then used to open a session with the GPIB device at address 22 That session will now be identified as dmm when using other VTL functions The session returned from the resource manager is then used again with another device address to open a session with the GPIB VXI device at primary address 9 and VXI logical address 24 That session will now be identified as seanner when using other VTL functions See the following section for information on addressing particular devices Addressing a Session As seen in the previous section the rsrcName parameter in the viOpen function is used to identify a specific device This parameter is made up of the VTL interface name and the device address The interface name is determined when you run the VTL Configuration Utility This name is usually the interface type followed by a number The following table illustrates the format of the rsrcName for the different interface types Interface Syntax VXI VXI board VXI
316. ng the standard procedure and limits You can alter some of the measurement defaults by using commands in the SENSe meas subsystem Once altered use the CONFigure FETCh READ and INITiate commands to perform the measurements The instrument can return different types of results for a particular measurement These results are described in the language reference section on the MEASure group of commands Execute the desired commands in logical order Multiple SCPI commands can be included on one line See SCPI Language Basics on page 59 File Naming Rules File names for storing instrument states or other data files in the analyzer should follow pc conventions They can be up to eight characters long In addition they can have a file extension up to three characters long The analyzer can assign the extension They are not case sensitive It does not matter whether you use upper case or lower case letters when you enter them They can only contain the letters A through Z and the numbers 0 through 9 They cannot contain any special characters except the period that separates the name from the extension They cannot be identical to the name of another file in the same directory Chapter 1 47 Figure 1 1 Preparing for Use Cables for Connecting to RS 232 Cables for Connecting to RS 232 There are a variety of cables and adapters available for connecting to PCs and printers Several of these are documented in the
317. nguage Reference INSTrument Subsystem Example INST SEL GSM Factory Preset and RST Persistent state with factory default of Basic mode Front Panel Access Mode 254 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands MEASure Group of Commands This group includes the CONFigure FETCh MEASure and READ commands that are used to make measurements and return results The different commands can be used to provide fine control of the overall measurement process like changing measurement parameters from their default settings Most measurements should be done in single measurement mode rather than measuring continuously The SCPI default for data output format is ASCII The format can be changed to binary with FORMat DATA which transports faster over the bus CONFigure FETCh MEASure READ Interactions Measure Commands MEASure measurement n This is a fast single command way to make a measurement using the factory default instrument settings These are the settings and units that conform to the Radio Standard that you have currently selected e Stops the current measurement if any and sets up the instrument for the specified measurement using the factory defaults e Initiates the data acquisition for the measurement e Blocks other SCPI communication waiting until the measurement is complete before returning results e After the data is valid it returns the scalar results or the trace data for the spe
318. nsity Basic mode cdmaOne SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RPSDensity rel power rel power rel power rel power rel power Chapter 5 305 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST RPSDensity cdma2000 W CDMA 8GPP mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST RPSDensity rel power rel power rel power rel power rel power SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST RPSDensity cdmaOne W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n RPSDensity rel power rel power rel power rel power rel power SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n RPSDensity Sets the amplitude levels to test against for any custom offsets This amplitude level is relative to the power spectral density If multiple offsets are available the list contains five 5 entries The offset closest to the carrier channel is the first one in the list SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n TEST selects the type of testing to be done at each offset You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST STATe command The query returns five 5 real numbers that are the current amplitude test limits relative to the power spectral density for each offset Offset n n 1 is base station and 2 is mobiles The default is base station 1 List n cdmaOne mode n 1 is cellular bands and 2 is pcs bands The default is cellular W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode
319. nt SELect to set the mode Global to current mode History Added revision A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio BTS Type Chapter 5 341 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Frequency Offset of MS to BTS SENSe RADio FOFFset freq SENSe RADio FOFFset Set the amount of frequency offset MS freq BTS freq Factory Preset and RST 190 0 MHz Range 500 0 MHz to 500 0 MHz Remarks Global to the current mode You must be in the W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Version A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio MS BTS Offset Radio Format Standard SENSe RADio FORMat ARIB TGPP TRIal SENSe RADio FORMat Select the format that testing will be compliant with when measurements are made ARIB is a standard format defined by the Association of Radio Industries and Business in Japan TGPP is a standard format defined by the Third Generation Partnership Projects SGPP TRIal is a 1998 trial format being evaluated Factory Preset and RST TRIal Remarks You must be in the W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Version A 03 00 or later Front Panel Access Mode Setup Radio Standard 342 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Radio Format Standard SENSe RADio FORMat M16QAM M64QAM DJSMR I SENSe RADio FORM
320. nt bandwidth Selecting more than the minimum number of segments will give you more dynamic range for making the measurement but the measurement will take longer to execute Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E Basic amp 1 1 1 1 1 cdmaOne Range 1 to 12 Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Revision A 03 00 or later in cdmaOne revision A 04 00 Adjacent Channel Power Automatic FFT Segments SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST FFTSegment AUTO OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST FFTSegment AUTO The automatic mode selects the optimum number of FFT segments to make the fastest possible measurement Chapter 5 299 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E Basic amp ON ON ON ON ON cdmaOne Remarks You must be in Basic mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Revision A 03 00 or later Adjacent Channel Power Define Offset Frequency List iDEN mode SENSe ACP OFFSet FREQuency f offset SENSe ACP OFFSet FREQuency Basic mode cdmaOne SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST FREQuency f offset f offset gt lt f offset gt lt f offset f offset SENSe ACP OFFSet LIS
321. nts SCPI programming language For information on writing SCPI commands see SCPI Language Basics on page 59 35 Preparing for Use What s in This Chapter What s in This Chapter e Programming the Transmitter Tester on page 38 Installing Optional Measurement Personalities on page 41 e Writing Your First Program on page 46 e Cables for Connecting to RS 232 on page 48 e Connecting to a LAN Server on page 55 e Connecting to a GPIB Server on page 56 www agilent com find vsa Get the latest listing of SCPI commands for this instrument at the above web location Look under technical support information Digital Communications Measurements Information Additional measurement application information is available through your local Agilent Technologies sales and service office Some application notes are listed below Application Note 1357 Description Agilent Part Number Digital Modulation in Communications Systems An 5965 7160E Introduction Application Note 1298 Understanding CDMA Measurements for Base 5968 0953E Stations and Their Components Application Note 1311 Designing and Testing 3GPP W CDMA User 5980 1238E Equipment UE Application Note 1356 Designing and Testing 3GPP W CDMA Base Stations 5980 1239E BTS Application Note 1355 Designing and Testing IS 2000 Mobile Stations 5980 1237E Application Note 1358 Designing and Test
322. nvelope Remarks May affect input attenuator setting To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Front Panel Access When in Waveform measurement Amplitude Y Scale Scale Div History Modified revision A 05 00 Waveform Y Axis Reference Level DISPlay WAVeform n WINDow m TRACe Y L SCALe RLEVel power s DISPlay WAVeform n WINDow m TRACe Y L SCALe RLEVe1 Sets the amplitude reference level for the y axis n selects the view the default is RF envelope n 1 m 1 RF envelope n 2 m 1 I Q Waveform n 2 m 1 I and Q Waveform Option B7C n 4 m 1 I Q Polar Basic W CDMA cdma2000 n 5 m 1 Linear Envelope Option B7C m selects the window within the view The default is 1 Factory Preset 0 dBm for RF envelope Range 250 to 250 dBm for RF envelope Default Unit dBm for RF envelope Remarks May affect input attenuator setting 236 Chapter 5 Front Panel Access Chapter 5 Language Reference DISPlay Subsystem To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect When in Waveform measurement Amplitude Y Scale Ref Level 237 Language Reference FETCh Subsystem FETCh Subsystem The FETCh commands are used with several other commands to control the measurement process These commands are described in the section on the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 Fetch the Current Measurement Results FET
323. nx RR EXER IAS EH RS 241 OOP RES natio iude Vu XA shenoi 241 TR bI S RI Vice DD NOI SES sresti tonr E S CR 241 COPY DEVIGUUOLBOET x acc oie een ke RR RR REEL ke EE E CS RAT 241 HCOPy DEVice LANGuage PCL3 PCL5 as sag RRR RR RRR RRR R ehh 242 ACOP DEVE LANGUAGE 255450 pa cRRERERXAXAREXE UR HESS CASES XU ee RUN RR EER h 242 HCOPYy DEVicel TYPE CUSTom NONE lt sg s a Ra RRR RRR eh hh 242 HOCOPCDB Vice TYPE Cia Neie E Ep HER RC COR Rr RE RR RC opo d p eR de d CR 242 GO PI GOL T Tel OPP ON 01 uus tx RR e ER 243 IICOPSSIMAGe COLaor STATE AE 285 6 FERS saa eS eR Se ee Se ERS DEERE HRS we GG Ex 243 HCOPy ITEM FFEedEIMMedi te AN SEN NEIEN nh dee Se ees a AEN ed ERR EE 243 HCOPy PAGE ORIentation LANDscape PORTrait 00 ccc ences 243 ZICOPSEAXGIOOBIsntaloR cosnws ited Ws v SEG EROGO E E EENEN aS ERN RO CHARGER E RUE AC 243 DOR Ge N T Eoo gu tipp e AK E AE s 244 PCO FACE EE 244 SHOOTPSEREPHiut E IMMediskel 421a sace adr RA RR e Rt eR OR c e ke eR e 244 HCOPy SDUMp DATA IGIFI BMPIVME I n 245 HCOPyY SDUMp IMAGe NORMal LN Week jaca ss cere R ed bcr EE RR siaki edri en 245 IHCOPSSDUMBIMAUGQ acon det eg cee Ne eee RR pa dex doe ade e Red RR Rd at Ra 245 HCOPSSDIMpEIMMediatel ince dE A E EG bend eer ORE Oe eee ERES ER EY ERES 246 16 List of Commands TE LN sudes deu bee e E OUEPbeT ERO hee nee see baee ERIS PE ERR dd 248 St Le oare EE 247 INthate CONTinagus OFF ON HELL ENEE sab eae E eee enone PRO EE
324. o class Socks class and ScpiDemo html to a floppy Insert the floppy into your instrument Load up a browser on your computer and do the ollowing 1 Load this URL in your browser ff ftp Your instrument s IP address or name int ScpiDemo html 2 There should be two text windows show up in the browser The top one is the SCPI response text area for any response coming back from the instrument The bottom one is for you to enter a SCPI command Type in a SCPI command and hit enter If the command expects a response it will show up in the top window public class ScpiDemo extends java applet Applet implements Runnable Thread responseThread Socks Sck URL appletBase TextField scpiCommand new TextField TextArea ScpiResponse new TextArea 10 60 Panel southPanel new Panel Chapter 3 171 Programming Examples Using Java Programming Over Socket LAN Panel p Initialize the applets public void init SetupSockets SetupPanels Set up font type for both panels Font font new Font TimesRoman Font BOLD 14 ScpiResponse setFont font ScpiCommand setFont font scpiResponse appendText SCPI Demo Program Response messages n scpiResponse appendText This routine is called whenever the applet is actived public void start Open the sockets if not already opened sck OpenSockets
325. ock out the front panel keypad viPrintf viVSA SYST KLOCK 1 n reset the analyzer viPrintf viVSA RST n print message printf The auto alignement is in progress nPlease wait n n auto align the analyzer viPrintf viVSA CAL n check for alignement success viScanf viVSA d amp 1CalStatus alignement succeeds if query result is zero 0 if 1CalStatus print success message to standard output printf The analyzer auto alignement was successful n n else print failure message to standard output printf The analyzer auto alignement was not successful n n Set the Analyzer to Continuous Sweep viPrintf viVSA INIT CONT 1 n Unlock the front panel keypad viPrintf viVSA SYST KLOCK 0 n reset timeout to 2 sec viSetAttribute viVSA VI ATTR TMO VALUE 3000 Close session viClose viVSA viClose defaultRM 144 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Making an ACPR Measurement in cdmaOne Option BAC Making an ACPR Measurement in cdmaOne Option BAC This is the C programming example ACPR c BRR RK RK KK RK RK IK IK IK IK KOK IK FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR IO FOR AOR IK IO OR FOR OK IR OR OK RK KR RK ACPR C Agilent Technologies 2001 E4406A VSA Series Transmitter Tester using VISA for I O This Program shows how to do an ACPR measurement and get the data Note You can do this measurement in Basic Mode by c
326. od Set the frame period that you want when using the external frame timer trigger If the traffic rate is changed the value of the frame period is initialized to the preset value Factory Preset and RST 250 0 us for Basic cdmaOne 4 615383 ms for GSM 26 666667 ms for cdma2000 10 0 ms 1 radio frame for W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Chapter 5 393 Language Reference TRIGger Subsystem Trial amp ARIB 90 0 ms for iDEN 20 0 ms with rate full for NADC PDC 40 0 ms with rate half for NADC PDC Range 0 0 ms to 559 0 ms for Basic cdmaOne GSM cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp ARIB 1 0 ms to 559 0 ms for iDEN NADC PDC Default Unit seconds Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger Frame Timer Period Frame Trigger Sync Mode TRIGger SEQuence FRAMe SYNC EXTFront EXTRear OFF s TRIGger L SEQuence FRAMe SYNC Selects the input port location for the external frame trigger that you are using Factory Preset and RST Off Remarks You must be in the Basic cdmaOne EDGE w GSM GSM iDEN NADC PDC Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger Frame Timer Sync Source Frame Trigger Synchronization Offset TRIGger SEQuence FRAMe SYNC OFFSet time TRIGger SEQuence FRAMe SYNC OFFSet Lets you adjust the frame triggering with respect to the external trigger input that you are using Factory Preset and R
327. odes BER bit error rate no traces no markers GDEN mode CDPower code domain power POWer n 2 yes cdmaOne mode TIMing n 3 PHASe n 4 CDPower code domain power CDPower n 2 yes cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP modes EVM n 5 MERRor n 6 PERRor n 7 SPOWer n 9 CPOWer n 10 CDPower code domain power CDPower n 2 yes W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode EVM n 24 MERRor n 5 PERRor n 6 SPOWer n 8 CH Power channel power Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib modes SPECtrum n22 no markers CSPur spurs close SPECtrum n 2 JEB cdmaOne mode ULIMit n23 EEVM EDGE error vector magnitude EVMerror n 2 yes EDGE mode MERRor n23 PERRor n24 208 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Measurement Available Traces Markers Available EORFspectr EDGE output RF RFEMod n 2 yes only for spectrum 21 a single RFESwitching offset EDGE mode n 3 SPEMod n 4 yes only for multiple LIMMod n 5 offsets EPVTime EDGE power versus time RFENvelope n 2 yes LMASk n 4 EVM error vector magnitude EVM n 2 yes NADC PDC modes MERRor n 3 PERRor n 4 EVMQpsk QPSK error vector EVM n 2 2 yes magnitude gia cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP dee W CDMA Trial amp Arib modes PERRor n 4 IM intermodulation SPECtrum n 2 yes cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP modes
328. of the I data or the Q data 280 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEMory Subsystem MEMory Subsystem The purpose of the MEMory subsystem is to manage instrument memory This specifically excludes memory used for mass storage which is defined in the MMEMory Subsystem Install Application MEMory INSTall APPLication filename Installs the specified application from an external drive to the instrument Each application allows you to make a specific set of measurements easily and accurately Installation requires a 12 character license key that you received with your application The license key number is unique to the option and instrument serial number If it cannot be located contact your local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service office to re obtain the information Have the instrument model number option and serial number available Front Panel Access System Uninstall Un install Application MEMory UNINstall APPLication filename Uninstalls deletes the specified application from the instrument memory Re installation of these programs requires a license key that can be found in the documentation It can also be found in the System Options information screen Please make a note of this number as it will be needed later to re install the application Front Panel Access System Uninstall Chapter 5 281 Language Reference MMEMory Subsystem MMEMory Subsystem The purpose of the MMEMory subsystem is to
329. on register bit can set a bit in the event register The data in this register is latched until it is queried Once queried the register is cleared Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Integrity Signal Negative Transition STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal NTRansition number STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal NTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Signal Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 32767 Questionable Integrity Signal Positive Transition s STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal PTRansition lt number gt STATus QUEStionable INTegrity SIGNal PTRansition This command determines what bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Signal Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Chapter 5 375 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1
330. ont panel key Factory Preset and RST 1 Range 0 to 32767 Chapter 5 365 NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Operation Event Query STATus OPERation EVENt This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Operation Event register The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register The data in this register is latched until it is queried Once queried the register is cleared Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Operation Negative Transition STATus OPERation NTRansition integer STATus OPERation NTRansition This command determines what bits in the Operation Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Operation Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that you want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 0 to 32767 Operation Positive Transition STATus OPERation PTRansition lt integer gt STATus OPERation PTRansition This command determines what bits in the Operation Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Operation Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that y
331. optimum 2 Use SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST SWEep TIME to set the number of points used for measuring the offset channels for Basic and cdmaOne For cdma2000 and W CDMA this command sets the sweep time when using the sweep mode See SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE Factory Preset and RST 625 us 1 slot for W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib 1 25 ms for cdma2000 11 20 ms for Basic cdmaOne Range 500 us to 10 ms 1 us to 50 ms for Basic cdmaOne Default Unit seconds Remarks You must be in the Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Added to Basic revision A 03 00 to cdmaOne revision A 04 00 Adjacent Channel Power Automatic Sweep Time SENSe ACP SWEep TIME AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP SWEep TIME AUTO Sets the sweep time to be automatically coupled for the fastest measurement time Factory Preset and RST ON Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Revision A 03 00 or later in cdmaOne revision A 04 00 Adjacent Channel Power Sweep Type W CDMA 3GPP mode SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE FAST FFT SWEep SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE Chapter 5 315 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem cdma2000 W CDMA Trial amp ARIB mode SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE FFT SWEep SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE Selects the type of sweeping Fast W CDMA
332. or your analyzer are correctly entered from the front panel Press System Config I O No Response No packets received indicates no response from a ping If there is no response try typing in the IP address with the ping command instead of using the hostname Check that the typed address matches the IP address assigned in the System Config I O menu then check the other addresses in the menu Chapter 2 109 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Check that the hostname and IP address are correctly entered in the node names database If you are using a UNIX environment ping each node along the route between your workstation and the analyzer starting with the your workstation Ping each gateway then attempt a ping of the remote file server If the analyzer still does not respond to ping then you should suspect a hardware problem with the analyzer To check the analyzer performance refer to Verify the Analyzer Performance in this chapter Intermittent Response If you received 1 to 8 packets back there is probably a problem with the network Because the number of packets received depends on your network traffic and integrity the number might be different for your network Use a LAN analyzer or LAN management software to monitor activity and determine where bottlenecks or other problems are occurring The analyzer will still function but communications over the LAN will be slower On a single c
333. ord needs to be entered prior to sending this command Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align 50 MHz Reference Internal 50 MHz Amplitude Reference Alignment Control CALibration REF50 ANOW Immediately does the automatic alignment of the internal 50 MHz amplitude reference oscillator This command is used with the interactive mode of the 50 MHz alignment i e CAL REF50 ENTer Remarks You must be in the Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending this command Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align 50 MHz Reference Internal 50 MHz Amplitude Reference Alignment Control CALibration REF50 DOIT CALibration REF50 DOIT Does automatic alignment of the internal 50 MHz amplitude reference oscillator You do this by setting an external source to 25 00 dBm and using a power meter to measure the exact value Then use CAL REF50 AMPL to input the source amplitude measured on the power meter Finally connect the source to the instrument RF INPUT port and run the adjustment Remarks You must be in the Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect Chapter 5 223 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending this command Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align 50 MHz Reference Enter Interactive Mode for Inte
334. ou want to enable Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Factory Preset and RST 32767 all 1 s Range 0 to 32767 366 Chapter 5 NOTE NOTE Language Reference STATus Subsystem Preset the Status Byte STATus PRESet Sets bits in most of the enable and transition registers to their default state It presets all the Transition Filters Enable Registers and the Error Event Queue Enable It has no effect on Event Registers Error Event QUEue IEEE 488 2 ESE and SRE Registers as described in IEEE Standard 488 2 1992 IEEE Standard Codes Formats Protocols and Common Commands for Use with ANSI IEEE Std 488 1 1987 New York NY 1992 Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Register Questionable Condition STATus QUEStionable CONDition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Condition register The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Questionable Enable STATus QUEStionable ENABle number STATus QUEStionable ENABle This command determines what bits in the Questionable Event register will set the Questionable Status Summary bit bit3 in the Status Byte Register The variable number is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable The preset condition is all bits in this enable register set to 0 To hav
335. ously selected even through a power cycle Front Panel Access System Time Date Time Date On Off Display Annotation Title Data DISPlay ANNotation TITLe DATA lt string gt DISPlay ANNotation TITLe DATA Enters the text that will be displayed in the user title area of the display Front Panel Access Display Title Display Title Change Title Display Title Clear Title Turn the Display On Off DISPlay ENABle OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay ENABle Controls the display If enable is set to off the display will appear to freeze in its current state Measurements may run faster since the instrument doesn t have to update the display after every data acquisition There is often no need to update the display information when using remote operation n instrument preset will turn the display back on Factory Preset and RST On Remarks The following key presses will turn display enable back on Chapter 5 229 Language Reference DISPlay Subsystem 1 If in local press any key 2 If in remote press the local system key 3 If in local lockout no key Front Panel Access System Disp Updates for VSA Select Display Format DISPlay FORMat TILE Selects the viewing format that displays multiple windows of the current measurement data simultaneously Use DISP FORM ZOOM to return the display to a single window Front Panel Access Zoom toggles between Tile and Zoom Select Display Format DISPlay FORMat
336. owr rel powr rel powr 294 RN DNK EIN EE 294 SENSe ACP LIST STATe OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFFJONJOJ1 OFFJONJOI1 EIER EEN IER Ak rab ER abd uth poda DELS exspecto eee eens eek pes 294 Leb Gell LDT EE EE 294 SENSe ACP LIST TEST ABSolute AND RELative OR ABSolute AND RELative OR ABSolute AND RELative OR ABSolute AND RELative OR ABSolute AND RELative OR aaa aa ane 295 ESE NSE ACP Lise D ciues ober he REEL EE 295 SENSe ACP LIST FREQuency f offset f offset f offset f offset f offset 293 GE NSeIACE LUISTEEREQDuen yl gas padi s EEr ERE UR RARE EE ERREUR RE EFIE dE 293 SENSe ACP OFFSet ABSolute power err 295 SENSGEACP OFFSet ABSolute a Ae AAA iuro iarsi dnus bee SE eee Le Rese ROSS E AE ees 295 SENSe ACP OF FSet BANDwidth BWIDth res bn 297 SENSe ACP OFFSet BANDwidth RW UD ANEN eek a one ey ede REOR NR RERO AE 297 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST ABSolute lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt 295 LSR N Bel ACP OFF Set LISTABSolutie AE 44s eae ek ERROR bends kiste radi REO e 295 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST AVERage TYPE MAXimum RMS 0 00 eee eee 297 SENSe ACP OF FSet LIST AVERage TYPE 0 0 ern 297 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST BANDwidth BWIDth lt res_bw gt lt res_bw gt lt res_bw gt lt res_bw gt lt res_bW gt ccc cee cece s 297 SENSe ACP OF FSet LIST
337. page 247 INPut Subsystem on page 249 INSTrument Subsystem on page 252 MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 MEMory Subsystem on page 281 MMEMory Subsystem on page 282 READ Subsystem on page 285 SENSe Subsystem on page 286 SERVice Subsystem on page 364 STATus Subsystem on page 365 SYSTem Subsystem on page 382 TRIGger Subsystem on page 391 186 Chapter 5 Language Reference Common IEEE Commands Common IEEE Commands These commands are specified in IEEE Standard 488 2 1992 IEEE Standard Codes Formats Protocols and Common Commands for Use with ANSI IEEE Std 488 1 1987 New York NY 1992 Numeric values for bit patterns can be entered using decimal or hexidecimal representations i e 0 to 32767 is equivalent to HO to H7FFF See the SCPI Basics information about using bit patterns for variable parameters Calibration Query CAL Performs a full alignment and returns a number indicating the success of the alignment A zero is returned if the alignment is successful A one is returned if any part of the alignment fails The equivalent SCPI command is CALibrate ALL Front Panel Access System Alignments Align All Now Clear Status CLS Clears the status byte It does this by emptying the error queue and clearing all bits in all of the event registers The status byte registers summarize the states of the other registers It is also responsible fo
338. penSocket routine which uses a few network library routines to create the TCP IP network connection Once this connection is created the standard fread and fwrite routines are used for network communication In Windows the routines send and recv must be used since fread and fwrite may not work on sockets The program reads the analyzer s host name from the command line followed by the SCPI command It then opens a socket to the analyzer using port 5025 and sends the command If the command appears to be a query the program queries the analyzer for a response and prints the response This example program can also be used as a utility to talk to your analyzer from the command prompt on your UNIX workstation or Windows 95 PC or from within a script This program is also available on your documentation CD ROM BRR RK KK IK IK KR IK KK IK RK OK RK KK RK KK KKK KKK KK KOK KOK IO KOR IO IO AOR AOR AOR FOR IK IO AA Header lanio c v 1 5 96 10 04 20 29 32 roger Exp SRevision 1 5 Date 96 10 04 20 29 32 SContributor SDescription LSID MID Functions to talk to an Agilent E4406A transmitter tester via TCP IP Uses command line arguments A TCP IP connection to port 5025 is established and the resultant file descriptor is used to talk to the instrument using regular socket I O mechanisms 148 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN
339. poll the operation complete query 130 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using Markers while lComplete viScanf viVSA d amp lComplete assign marker 1 to the average trace of the spectrum viPrintf viVSA CALC SPEC MARK1 TRAC ASP n put the marker 1 on the signal peak viPrintf vivSA CALC SPEC MARK1 MAX n query the 50 MHz signal amplitude viPrintf viVSA CALC SPEC MARK1 Y n get the the 50 MHz signal amplitude viScanf viVSA lf amp dPeakPower assign marker 2 to the average trace of the spectrum viPrintf viVSA CALC SPEC MARK2 TRAC ASP n assign the marker function NOISE to marker 2 viPrintf viVSA CALC SPEC MARK2 FUNC NOISE n position marker 2 on the noise floor viPrintf viVSA CALC SPEC MARK2 X 50 2E6 n query NOISE marker viPrintf viVSA CALC SPEC MARK2 FUNC RES n get the the NOISE marker reading viScanf viVSA l amp dNoiseMarker put the analyzer back to continuous mode viPrintf viVSA INIT CONT 1 n calculate the difference between the marker peak and the NOISE marker dResult fabs dNoiseMarker dPeakPower print result to the standart output printf The Peak Marker measured 21f dBm n dPeakPower printf The Noise Marker at 50 2 MHz measured 21f dBm Hz n dNoiseMarker printf The difference between the Peak and the Noise Floor 21f dBc Hz n n dResult
340. power averaged is the same as the value of the mean power 4 Number of samples is the number of data points in the captured signal This number is useful when performing a query on the signal i e when n 0 2 etc 5 Peak to mean ratio has units of dB This is the ratio of the maximum signal level to the mean power Valid values are only obtained with averaging turned off If averaging is on the peak to mean ratio is calculated using the highest peak value rather than the displayed average peak value 6 Maximum value is the maximum of the most recently acquired data in dBm 7 Minimum value is the minimum of the most recently acquired data in dBm 2 Returns comma separated trace points of the entire captured trace data These data points are floating point numbers representing the power of the signal in dBm There are N data points where N is the number of samples The period between the samples is defined by the sample time 3 cdma2000 Returns comma separated magnitude values of the time data in Volts peak W CDMA Basic modes only 4 Option B7C Returns comma separated values of phase in degrees with cdma2000 W CDMA Basic modes only 5 Option B7C In input modes other than Ionly and Qonly returns comma separated with cdma2000 values of I and Q trace data in Volts The values are in pairs with the I W CDMA Basic value first In Ionly and Qonly the data retured is comma separated values modes only
341. programming example State c BR RK KK KK RK RK IK KK IK FOR KOK FOR FO FOR FOR FOR TOK FOR FOR FOR IO FOR AOR OK IO IK FOR OK RIOR ROK RR KR RK State c Agilent Technologies 2001 HPE4406A VSA Series Transmitter Tester using VISA for I O This program shows how to save and recall a state of the instrument The C program does the following Open session to GPIB device at address 18 Check opening session success Reset the instrument Set the input port to the internal 50Mhz reference source Zoom the spectrum display Tune the analyzer to 50MHZ Change the resolution bandwidth Change the Y Axis Scale Div Change the display reference level Trigger the instrument and wait for it to complete Save this state in register 10 Careful this will overwrite register 10 Display message Wait for any key to be pressed Reset the instrument Set again the input port to the internal 50Mhz reference source Display message Wait for any key to be pressed Recall the state saved in register 10 Zoom the spectrum display Display message Wait for any key to be pressed Reset the instrument Set the instrument to continuous sweep Close session KA Chapter 3 139 Programming Examples Saving and Recalling Instrument State Data include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt include lt conio h gt include visa h void main program variables ViSession defaultRM viVSA viStatus viStatus 0 open session
342. r generating service requests Remarks See STB Standard Event Status Enable ESE lt number gt ESE Selects the desired bits from the standard event status enable register This register monitors I O errors and synchronization conditions such as operation complete request control query error device dependent error execution error command error and power on The selected bits are OR d to become a summary bit bit 5 in the status byte register which can be queried Chapter 5 187 Language Reference Common IEEE Commands The query returns the state of the standard event status enable register Range Integer 0 to 255 Standard Event Status Register Query ESR Queries and clears the standard event status event register This is a destructive read Range Integer 0 to 255 Identification Query IDN Returns an instrument identification information string to GPIB The string will contain the model number serial number and firmware revision The response is organized into four fields separated by commas The field definitions are as follows s Manufacturer s Model e Serial number e Firmware version For example Hewlett Packard E4406A US00000040 A 01 42 Remarks An Q in the firmware revision information indicates that it is proto firmware Front Panel Access System Show System Instrument State Query LRN Returns current instrument state data in a block of defined length The state
343. r Socket LAN i Support both Win32 and HP UX UNIX environment tifdef WIN32 Visual C 4 0 will define this define WINSOCK tendif tifndef NINSOCK ifndef HPUX SOURCE 4 define HPUX SOURCE 4 endif tendif include lt stdio h gt for fprintf and NULL include lt string h gt for memcpy and memset include lt stdlib h gt for malloc atol include lt errno h gt for strerror ifdef WINSOCK include windows h ifndef MINSOCKAPI include lt winsock h gt BSD style socket functions endif else UNIX with BSD sockets include sys socket h for connect and socket include lt netinet in h gt for sockaddr_in include lt netdb h gt for gethostbyname define SOCKET ERROR 1 define INVALID SOCKET 1 typedef int SOCKET 150 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN Hendif WINSOCK ifdef WINSOCK Declared in getopt c See example programs disk extern char optarg extern int optind extern int getopt int argc char const argv const char optstring telse include lt unistd h gt for getopt 30 tendif define COMMAND ERROR 1 define NO CMD ERROR 0 define SCPI PORT 5025 define INPUT BUF SIZE 64 1024 JAKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKK FOR FOR FOR FOR FOR IK FO IK FOR AOR IK IK IK OK IR OR FOR OK OR OR RK RR KR KKK Display usage KT Static void u
344. r peaks Both real and complex traces can be searched but complex traces are converted to magnitude in dBm Threshold is the level below which trace data peaks are ignored Excursion To be defined as a peak the signal must rise above the threshold by a minimum amplitude change Excursion is measured from the lowest point above the threshold of the rising edge of the peak to the highest signal point that begins the falling edge Amplitude lists the peaks in order of descending amplitude so the highest peak is listed first This is the default peak order listing if the optional parameter is not specified Frequency lists the peaks in order of occurrence left to right across the x axis Time lists the peaks in order of occurrence left to right across the x axis 200 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Example Select the spectrum measurement Use CALC DATA4 PEAK 40 10 FREQ to identify the peaks above 40 dBm with excursions of at least 10 dB in order of increasing frequency Query Results Returns a list of floating point numbers The first value in the list is the number of peak points that follow A peak point consists of two values a peak amplitude followed by the its corresponding frequency or time If no peaks are found the peak list will consist of only the number of peaks 0 The peak list is limited to 100 peaks Peaks in excess of 100 are ignored Remarks This command uses
345. r system overhead and can cause problems with asynchronise implementation of successive commands When you are sending the instrument multiple commands open the connection send all the commands and close the connection You cannot connect to the analyzer e Ifyou suspect a bad LAN connection between your computer and analyzer you can verify the network connection by using the ping command described later in this chapter or another similar echo request utility e fa bad connection is revealed try the following solutions Make sure the analyzer is turned on Check the physical connection to the LAN Make sure the internet IP Address of the analyzer is set up correctly in the LAN port setup menu Press System Config I O IP Address If the analyzer and the computer are on different networks or subnets make sure the gateway address and subnet mask values are set correctly See Troubleshooting Subnet Problems earlier in this chapter Chapter 2 107 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer You cannot access the file system via ftp e Ifyou get a connection refused message try the following solutions If the power to the analyzer was just turned on make sure that you wait about 25 seconds before attempting the connection e Ifyou get a connection timed out message Verify the LAN connection between your computer and the analyzer Refer to If you cannot connect to the
346. ration 220 221 finding programming errors in execution 385 firmware updates 43 firmware upgrading 386 flatness calibration of IF 217 form feed printer 243 format data 239 format setting spread rate 342 343 formating data 182 formatting data 182 frame trigger adjustment 393 394 frame trigger period 393 frame trigger sync mode 394 frequencies offset ACP 294 295 297 310 frequency carrier setting 339 center 330 step size 330 frequency condition register 371 272 frequency offset base to mobile station 342 frequency span CHPower 326 SPECtrum 355 frequency units 63 front panel lock out 386 functions commands used for 182 G gif files 182 GIF screen files 284 GPIB bus 56 using 56 GPIB address 382 GPIB bus information 122 GPIB command statements 122 graphics file types 182 GSM measurements available 38 remove the mode 281 understanding measurements 36 GSM installation 281 GSM measurement 335 GSMA50 344 GSMA80 344 GSM850 344 H hardcopy output 241 hardware options configuration 383 384 hardware status 76 365 hardware status commands 364 hexidecimal bit patterns 63 hopping carriers 339 host identification query 386 HP 13242G Cable 50 HP 24542G H Cable 49 HP 24542M Cable 50 HP 24542U Cable 48 52 53 HP 5181 6639 Adapter 53 54 HP 5181 6640 Adapter 52 53 HP 5181 6641 Adapter 52 53 HP 5181 6642 Adapter 52 54 HP 92219J Cable
347. register is an input to the Status Byte Register See figure titled Overall Status Register System on page 82 The STATus OPERation register set has no summarized inputs The inputs to the STATus OPERation CONDition register indicate the real time state of the instrument The STATus OPERation EVENt register summary output is an input to the Status Byte Register The STATus OPERation ENABle register has an additional function in the E4406A It is ANDed with the STATus OPERation CONDition register to determine what the instrument busy state is that is then interpreted by the OPC OPC and WAI commands If the ANDed result is non zero the instrument is considered busy Chapter 2 77 Programming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers What are the Status Register SCPI Commands Most monitoring of the instrument conditions is done at the highest level using the IEEE common commands indicated below Complete command descriptions are available in the IEEE commands section at the beginning of the language reference Individual status registers can be set and queried using the commands in the STATus subsystem of the language reference CLS clear status clears the status byte by emptying the error queue and clearing all the event registers ESE ESE event status enable sets and queries the bits in the enable register part of the standard event status register ESR event status register queries and clears the event re
348. rement The general functionality of CONFigure FETCh MEASure and READ are described at the beginning of this section See the SENSe TBFRequency commands for more measurement related commands You must be in the Service mode to use these commands Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode CONFigure TBFRequency FETCh TBFRequency n READ TBFRequency n MEASure TBFRequency n Remarks For auto adjustment of the internal frequency reference 10 MHz timebase use the CALibration FREQuency REFerence AADJust command after this measurement has been selected Front Panel Access Measure Timebase Freq After the measurement is selected press Restore Meas Defaults to restore factory defaults Measurement Results Available n Results Returned 0 Not valid not specified or n 1 Returns 3 scalar results 1 RF input average amplitude 2 Average frequency error 3 Adjustment in process returns 1 if an adjustment is being performed returns 0 if no adjustment is in process Frequency error stripchart trace data Waveform Time Domain Measurement This measures the power in your input signal with respect to time and is equivalent to zero span operation in a traditional spectrum analyzer You must select the appropriate mode using INSTrument SELect to use these commands 278 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands The general functionality of CONFigure FET
349. rnal self alignment routines You must set the STATus OPERation EVENt resgister if you want to look for the completion of additional processes such as VSAProcess STATus OPER Byte Value Register Bit Calibrating 0 1 Sweeping 3 4 Chapter 5 189 Language Reference Common IEEE Commands VSAProcess STATus OPER Byte Value Register Bit Waiting for trigger 5 16 Printing 11 1024 Mass memory access 12 2048 floppy drive For example if you want to verify the completion of both calibrating and waiting for trigger set STAT OPER ENAB 17 and monitor any changes Key Type There is no equivalent front panel key Query Instrument Options OPT Returns a string of all the installed instrument options It is a comma separated list such as BAC BAH There are a few options that include more then one mode An istrument with one of these options will report the option number once for each mode You would get a response BAC BAE BAE BAH For an instrument that contains cdmaOne BAC NADC BAE PDC BAE and GSM BAH Recall RCL register This command recalls the instrument state from the specified instrument memory register Range registers are an integer 0 to 19 Front Panel Access File Recall State Reset RST This command presets the instrument to a factory defined condition that is appropriate for remote programming operation RST is equivalent to performin
350. rnal 50 MHz Amplitude Reference Alignment CALibration REF50 ENTer Turns on the interactive mode for alignment of the internal 50 MHz amplitude reference signal Use CAL REF50 ANOW to do the alignment and CAL REF50 EXIT to exit the interactive mode Remarks You must be in the Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending this command Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align 50 MHz Reference Exit Interactive Mode for Internal 50 MHz Amplitude Reference Alignment CALibration REF50 EXIT Turns off the interactive mode for alignment of the internal 50 MHz amplitude reference signal Use CAL REF50 ENTer to turn the mode on and CAL REF50 ANOW to do the alignment immediately Remarks You must be in the Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending the command Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align 50 MHz Reference Query the Absolute Level for the 50 MHz Amplitude Reference CALibration REF50 LAST ALEVel Query returns the last value of the absolute level of the 50 MHz reference alignment 224 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem Remarks You must be in the Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending this command Front Panel Acces
351. rresponds to this trace Detailed descriptions of the trace data can be found in the MEASure subsystem documentation by looking up the sub opcode for the appropriate measurement 210 Chapter 5 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Marker X Value CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 X lt param gt CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 X Position the designated marker on its assigned trace at the specified X value The parameter value is in X axis units which is often frequency or time The marker must have already been assigned to a trace Use CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe to assign a marker to a particular trace The query returns the current X value of the designated marker The measurement must be completed before querying the marker Example CALC SPEC MARK2 X 1 2e6 Hz Default Unit Matches the units of the trace on which the marker is positioned Remarks The keyword for the current measurement must be specified in the command Some examples include SPECtrum WAVeform Front Panel Access Marker lt active marker gt RPG Marker X Position CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 X POSition lt integer gt CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 X POSition Position the designated marker on its assigned trace at the specified X position A trace is composed of a variable number of measurement points This number changes dependi
352. rum Data Acquisition Packing SENSe SPECtrum ACQuisition PACKing AUTO LONG MEDium SHORt SENSe SPECtrum ACQuisition PACKing Select the amount of data acquisition packing This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Factory Preset and RST AUTO Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect 346 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Spectrum ADC Dither SENSe SPECtrum ADC DITHer STATe AUTO ON OFF 2 1 0 SENSe SPECtrum ADC DITHer L STATe Turn the ADC dither on or off This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Factory Preset and RST AUTO Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Spectrum ADC Range SENSe SPECtrum ADC RANGe AUTO APEak APLock M6 PO P6 P12 P18 P24 SENSe SPECtrum ADC RANGe Select the range for the gain ranging that is done in front of the ADC This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Auto peak ranging is the default for this measurement If you are measuring a CW signal please see the description below s AUTO automatic range For FFT spectrums auto ranging should not be not be used An exception to this would be if you know that your signal is bursty Then you might use auto to maximize the time domain dynamic range as long as you are
353. s Adjacent Channel Power Number of Measured Points SENSe ACP POINts integer SENSe ACP POINts Selects the number of data points used to measure the reference carrier channel The automatic mode chooses the optimum number of points for the fastest measurement time with acceptable repeatability The minimum number of points that could be used is determined by the sweep time and the sampling rate You can increase the length of the measured time record capture more of the burst by increasing the number of points but the measurement will take longer Use SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST POINts to set the number of points used for measuring the offset channels Factory Preset and RST 1024 Remarks The fastest measurement times are obtained when the number of points measured is 2 You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Range 64 to 65536 Adjacent Channel Power Automatic Measurement Points SENSe ACP POINts AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP POINts AUTO Automatically selects the number of points for the optimum measurement speed Factory Preset and RST ON 312 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Spectrum Trace Control SENSe ACP SPECtrum ENABle OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP SPECtrum ENABle Turns
354. s SYSTem ERRor VERBose OFFJONJOJ1 SYSTem ERRor VERBose Adds additional information to the error messages returned by the SYSTem ERRor command It indicates which SCPI command was executing when the error occured and what about that command was unacceptable error number error message annotated SCPI command gt Example First set SYST ERR VERBOSE ON If the command SENSe FREQuently CENTer 942 6MHz is sent then sending SYST ERR returns 113 Undefined header SENSe FREQuently Err CENTer 942 6MHz lt NL gt The Err shown after FREQuently shows you the spelling error The lt NL gt is the typical representation for the command terminator If the command SENSe FREQuency CENTer 942 6Sec is sent then sending SYST ERR returns 113 Invalid suffix SENSe FREQuency CENTer 942 6Sec lt Err gt lt NL gt The Err shown after Sec shows you the invalid suffix Chapter 5 385 Language Reference SYSTem Subsystem Factory Preset and RST Off This parameter is persistent which means that it retains the setting previously selected even through a power cycle Remarks The verbose SCPI error debugging state is global to all the SCPI interfaces History Added version A 04 00 Front Panel Access System Show Errors Verbose Exit Main Firmware for Upgrade SYSTem EXIT Exit the main firmware to allow the firmware to be upgraded Example SYST EXIT Front Panel Access System
355. s HD where D tells you how many N characters follow the D character s Read D characters the resulting integer specifies the number of data bytes sent e Read the bytes into a real array For example suppose the header is 4512320 e The first character digit in the header 5 tells you how many additional digits there are in the header The 12320 means 12 thousand 3 hundred 20 data bytes follow the header e Divide this number of bytes by your current data format bytes data point 8 for real 64 For this example there are 1540 data points in the block of data Minimize the number of GPIB transactions When you are using the GPIB for control of your instrument each transaction requires driver overhead and bus handshaking so minimizing these transactions reduces the time used e You can reduce bus transactions by sending multiple commands per transaction See the information on Putting Multiple Commands on the Same Line in the SCPI Language Basics section e Ifyou are making the same measurement multiple times with small changes in the measurement setup use the single READ command It is faster then using INITiate and FETCh e f you are changing the frequency and making a measurement repeatedly you can reduce transactions by sending the optional frequency parameter with your READ command For example READ lt meas gt freq The CONFigure MEASure READ commands allow you to send center frequency setup in
356. s System Alignments Align subsystem Align 50 MHz Reference Query the ALC DAC Value for the 50 MHz Amplitude Reference CALibration REF50 LAST ALCDac Query returns the last value of the ALC DAC of the 50 MHz reference alignment Remarks You must be in the Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending this command Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align 50 MHz Reference Select Time Corrections CALibration TCORrections AUTO ON OFF Controls time corrections used to compensate for the complex magnitude and phase response of the analog and digital IF hardware When only scalar magnitude FFT flatness is required time corrections take more CPU cycles and so are less efficient than frequency corrections For demod or other time based not FFT measurements only time corrections can improve the flatness that results from imperfect IF hardware When the time correction functionality is set to Auto the default the individual measurements activate the corrections when they are needed Remarks Turning time corrections on or off effects all measurements Time corrections should be left in Auto unless you have specific reasons for forcing them on or off Always return time corrections to Auto Factory Preset and RST AUTO Front Panel Access System Alignments Time Corr Chapter 5 225 Language Reference CALibration Subs
357. s UMASk n 3 LMASk n 4 RHO modulation quality EVM n 2 2 yes cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA agia 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib EE modes PERRor n24 SEMask spectrum emissions mask SPECtrum n 2 yes cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP modes TSPur transmit band spurs SPECtrum n 2 yes GSM mode ULIMit n 3 8 TXPower transmit power RFENvelope n 2 yes GSM mode IQ n 8 SPEC trum frequency domain RFENvelope n 2 yes all modes for Service mode IQ n23 SPECtrum n 4 ASPectrum n 7 WAVEform time domain RFENvelope n 2 yes a The n number indicates the sub opcode that corresponds to this trace Detailed descriptions of the trace data can be found in the MEASure subsystem documentation by looking up the sub opcode for the appropriate measurement Waveform Y Axis Scale Div DISPlay WAVeform n WINDow m TRACe Y 1SCALe PDIVision powers DISPlay WAVeform n WINDow m TRACe Y L SCALe PDIVision Sets the scale per division for the y axis n selects the view the default is RF envelope Chapter 5 235 Language Reference DISPlay Subsystem n 1 m 1 RF envelope n 2 m 1 I Q Waveform n 2 m 1 I and Q Waveform Option B7C n 4 m 1 I Q Polar Basic W CDMA cdma2000 n 5 m 1 Linear Envelope Option B7C m selects the window within the view The default is 1 Factory Preset 10 dBm for RF envelope Range 1 dB to 20 dB for RF envelope Default Unit dBm for RF e
358. sage char basename fprintf stderr Usage Sa nqu hostname lt command gt n basename fprintf stderr s nqu hostname lt stdin n basename fprintf stderr n number output lines n fprintf stderr q quiet do NOT echo lines n fprintf stderr e show messages in error queue when done n ifdef WINSOCK int init winsock void Chapter 3 151 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN WORD wVersionRequested WSADATA wsaData int err wVersionRequested MAKEWORD 1 1 wVersionRequested MAKEWORD 2 0 err NSAStartup wVersionRequested amp wsaData if err 0 Tell the user that we couldn t find a useable winsock dll fprintf stderr Cannot initialize Winsock 1 1 Mn return 1 return 0 int close winsock void WSACleanup return 0 Hendif WINSOCK BRR RK AK RK IK IK FOR IK IK IK IK IK AK IK IK IK IK IK IK KR IK RRR OK RK IO IO I RK IO IK RK ke e gt Function openSocket SDescription open a TCP IP socket connection to the instrument X SParameters const char hostname Network name of instrument This can be in dotted decimal notation int portNumber The TCP IP port to talk to 152 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN Use 5025 for the SCPI port SReturn int A file
359. se SENSe ACP SWEep TIME to set the number of points used for measuring the reference channel You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENS ACP OFFSet LIST STATe command Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E Basic amp 11 20 ms 11 20 ms 11 20 ms 11 20 ms 11 20 ms cdmaOne Range 1 us to 50 ms Default Unit seconds Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Revision A 03 00 or later in cdmaOne revision A 04 00 Chapter 5 309 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Adjacent Channel Power Automatic Sweep Time SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST SNEep TIME AUTO OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST SWEep TIME AUTO Sets the sweep time to be automatically coupled for the fastest measurement time You can turn off not use specific offsets with the SENS ACP OFFSet LIST STATe command Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E Basic amp On On On On On cdmaOne Remarks You must be in Basic cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode History Revision A 03 00 or later in cdmaOne revision A 04 00 Adjacent Channel Power Define Type of Offset Frequency List iDEN mode SENSe ACP OFFSet TEST ABSolute AND OR RELative
360. se this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Dynamic Range SENSe ACP DYNamic n RANGe m HIGH NORMal MODified SENSe ACP DYNamic n RANGe m Select a dynamic range optimization High chooses settings that provide better dynamic range better signal to noise ratio at the expense of longer measurement times This is a better choice for CDMA signals with multiple carriers turned on at the same time Normal lets the measurement automatically choose settings that trade off dynamic range for faster measurement speed This is a good choice for making CDMA measurements on a signal with only one carrier turned on at a time Modified is not a customer settable option This choice is automatically selected depending on your selection of other related settings in the advanced measurement setup like the number of FFT segments Dynamic n n 1 BTS n 2 MS Range m m 1 IS 95A m 2 J STD 008 n 1 m 1 BTS and IS 95A nzl m 2 BTS and J STD 008 n 2 m 1 MS and IS 95A n 2 m 1 MS and J STD 008 Factory Preset and RST NORMal Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Chapter 5 289 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem History Added revision A 05 00 or later Adjacent Channel Power Fast Mode ADC Range SENSe ACP FAST OFFSet ADC RANGe AUTO APEak APLock M6 PO P6 P12 P18 P24 SENSe
361. se INSTrument SELect to set the mode Chapter 5 325 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Channel Power Integration BW SENSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration freq I SENSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Set the Integration BW IBW that will be used Factory Preset and RST 1 23 MHz for Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 5 0 MHz for W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib Range 1 kHz to 10 MHz Default Unit Hz Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or Basic mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Channel Power Span SENSe CHPower FREQuency SPAN freq SENSe CHPower FREQuency SPAN Set the frequency span that will be used Factory Preset and RST 2 0 MHz for Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 6 0 MHz for W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib Range Dependent on the current setting of the channel power integration bandwidth Default Unit Hz Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp Arib or Basic mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode 326 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Channel Power Data Points SENSe CHPower POINts integer SENSe CHPower POINts Set the number of data points that will be used Changing this will change the time record length and resolution BW that are used Factory Preset and RST 512 Range 64
362. sed for average m This means that N traces are acquired to make the complete average If averaging is off the value of power averaged is the same as the power single burst value 4 Number of samples is the number of data points in the captured signal This number is useful when performing a query on the signal i e when n 0 2 etc 5 Start point of the useful part of the burst is the index of the data point at the start of the useful part of the burst 6 Stop point of the useful part of the burst is the index of the data point at the end of the useful part of the burst 7 Index of the data point where Ty occurred 8 Burst width of the useful part of the burst is the width of the burst measured at 3dB below the mean power in the useful part of the burst 9 Maximum value is the maximum value of the most recently acquired data in dBm 10 Minimum value is the minimum value of the most recently acquired data in dBm 11 Burst search threshold is the value in dBm of the threshold where a valid burst is identified after the data has been acquired 12 IQ point delta is the number of data points offset that are internally applied to the useful data in traces n 2 3 4 You must apply this correction value to find the actual location of the Start Stop or To values 2 Returns comma separated trace points of the entire captured I Q trace data These data points are floating point numbers representing the power of the
363. selection SENSe RADio RF channel SENSe CHANnel Frequency SENSe FREQuency Triggering TRIGger Input INPut 2 Select mode amp setup mode Measurement selection MEASure Meas control restart INITiate Markers CALCulate meas MARKer Averaging SENSe lt meas gt AVERage Bandwidth SENSe lt meas gt BWIDth FFT amp meas window SENSe lt meas gt FFT 3 Select measurement amp setup measurement Programming a Measurement General recommendations for writing a measurement program Include comment lines in your program to describe what is happening at each point The way you include comment lines is dependent on the controller and the programming language that you are using 46 Chapter 1 Preparing for Use Writing Your First Program Use variables for function values List the variables at the beginning of the program Perform the measurement manually keeping track of the key functions used Identify the programming commands equivalent to these front panel keys Select the instrument mode with INST SELect Set the mode setup for things like your desired communications standard channel frequency and triggering In the program execute an instrument preset RST and select single sweep mode INITiate CONTinuous OFF before setting other instrument functions Use the MEASure group of commands described in Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure commands make the measurement usi
364. shment of a valid triggering reference level based on previous bursts If you only have a single burst the peak detection nature of this triggering function may result in the trigger being done at the wrong level point generating incorrect data or it may not trigger at all Are you making a single burst measurement To get consistent triggering and good data for this type of measurement application you need to synchronize the triggering of the DUT with the analyzer You should use the analyzer s internal status system for this The first step in this process is to initialize the status register mask to look for the waiting for trigger condition bit 5 Use STATus OPERation ENABle 32 Then in the measurement loop STATus OPERation EVENt This query of the operation event register is to clear the current register contents READ PVT initiates a measurement in this example for GSM power versus time using the previous setup The measurement will then be waiting for the trigger Make sure the attenuation is set manually Do NOT use automatic attenuation as this requires an additional burst to determine the proper attenuation level before the measurement can be made Create a small loop that will serial poll the instrument for a status byte value of binary 128 Then wait 1 msec 100 ms if the display is left on enabled before checking again to keep the bus traffic down Chapter 2 71 NOTE NOTE Progr
365. signal in dBm There are N data points where N is the number of samples The period between the samples is defined by the sample time 3 Returns comma separated points representing the upper mask in dBm 4 Returns comma separated points representing the lower mask in dBm 7 Returns power level values for the 8 slots in the current frame in dBm 272 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands n Results Returned 8 only available Returns comma separated trace points of the minimum waveform data when averaging These data points are floating point numbers representing the power of the is set to both signal in dBm There are N data points where N is the number of maximum and samples The period between the samples is defined by the sample time minimum Use SENSe PVT AVERage TYPE MXMinimum to set averaging to max and min Use n 2 to return the corresponding maximum trace Chapter 5 273 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Sensor Measurement This checks the output of three sensors in the RF and IF circuitry You must be in the Service mode to use these commands Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode The general functionality of CONFigure FETCh MEASure and READ are described at the beginning of this section CONFigure SENSors FETCh SENSors n READ SENSors n MEASure SENSors n Front Panel Access With Service Mode selected Me
366. ss BLOCK CFIT MAXimum MEAN MINimum RMS SAMPle SDEViation lt soffset gt lt length gt lt roffset gt lt rlimit gt Returns compressed data for the designated trace data in the currently selected measurement The command can be used with sub opcodes n for measurements that return several types of trace data The data is returned in the same units as the original trace See the following table for the sub opcodes for the trace names available in each measurement For sub opcodes that return scalar data use the CALCulate DATA n 2 command above This command is used to compress decimate a long trace to extract the desired data and only return to the computer the requested data A typical example would be to acquire N frames of GSM data and return the mean power of the first burst in each frame The command can also be used to identify the best curve fit for the data BLOCK or block data returns whole segments from the queried trace For example it could be used to return a portion of an input signal over several timeslots CFIT or curve fit applies curve fitting routines to the data Where lt soffset gt and length are required and roffset is an optional parameter for the desired order of the curve equation The query will return the following values the x offset in seconds and the curve coefficients order 1 values soffset start offset is an optional real number in seconds It sp
367. t History Version A 05 00 or later Waveform Number of Averages SENSe WAVeform AVERage COUNt integer L SENSe WAVeform AVERage COUNt Set the number of sweeps that will be averaged After the specified number of sweeps average counts the averaging mode terminal control setting determines the averaging action Factory Preset and RST 10 Range 1 to 10 000 Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Waveform Averaging State I SENSe NAVeform AVERage 1 STATel OFFJONJOJI SENSe WAVeform AVERage STATe Turn averaging on or off Factory Preset and RST OFF Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be Chapter 5 359 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem selected with INSTrument SELect Waveform Averaging Mode SENSe WAVeform AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential REPeat I SENSe WAVeform AVERage TCONtro1 Select the type of termination control used for the averaging function This determines the averaging action after the specified number of sweeps average count is reached EXPonential Each successive data acquisition after the average count is reached is exponentially weighted and combined with the existing average REPeat After reaching the average count the averaging is reset and a new average is started Factory Preset and RST EXPonential Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be
368. t and RST 706 Range min depends on the current setting of the spectrum window length max 1 048 576 Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect History Short form changed from LENgth to LENGth A 03 00 Spectrum FFT Length Auto SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth AUTO Select auto or manual control of the FFT and window lengths This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed On the window lengths are coupled to resolution bandwidth window type FFT pre FFT bandwidth sample rate and SENSe SPECtrum FFT RBWPoints Off lets you set SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth and SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow LENGth Factory Preset and RST ON Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect History Short form changed from LENgth to LENGth A 03 00 Chapter 5 353 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Spectrum FFT Minimum Points in Resolution BW SENSe SPECtrum FFT RBWPoints lt real gt SENSe SPECtrum FFT RBWPoints Set the minimum number of data points that will be used inside the resolution bandwidth The value is ignored if length control is set to manual This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Factory Preset and RST 1 30 Range 0 1 to 100 Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be se
369. t LIST RPSDensity2 eee ha 306 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST SIDE BOTH NEGative POSitive BOTH NEGative POSitive BOTH NEGative POSitive BOTH NEGative POSitive BOTH NEGative POSitive aaa 307 SENSeEACP OFFBeELISTASIDE A we Ae sees EC EE E RRR EE KEE KEE EN 307 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST STATe OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFFJONJOJ1 OFF ON O 1 e esse e e ll eii 308 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST STATe se e u s a Rc ac Rr e rer e e eg 308 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST SWEep TIME seconds seconds seconds seconds seconds 309 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST SWEep TIME AUTO OFF ON 1011 OFF ONJ0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFFJONJOI1 obklIOoNTol 0 0 2 n n RIA 310 SENSel ACP OFFSet LIST SVEep TIME AUTO2 e 310 SENSeE ACP OFESSG LIST WESp TIME F pa av nt 309 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST TEST ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative aa aaa sene 310 SENS ACP OFFS LIST TEST EE 310 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST FREQuency f offset f offset f offset f offset f offset e 300 SENSeE ACP OFFSet LIST FREQueneyl SSES eed eee ELSE ELE EE eee ee ee eee 300 SENSe ACP OFFSet RCARrier rel power 304 L GENSeEACP OFFSSCRCABFPIBIT cius ae Le 304 SENSe ACP OFFSet RPSDensity rel power 305 25 List of Commands SENSeEACP OFFSet RPoDetns
370. t Mode Relative Attenuation SENSe ACP FAST OFFSet RATTenuation float SENSe ACP FAST OFFSet RATTenuation Sets a relative amount of attenuation for the measurements at the offset channels when the SENSe ACP SWEep TYPE is set to Fast This attenuation is always specified relative to the attenuation that is required to measure the carrier channel Since the offset channel power is lower than the carrier channel power less attenuation is required to 290 Chapter 5 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem measure the offset channels and wider dynamic range for the measurement is available Factory Preset and RST 0 Range 40 00 to 0 00 dB Remarks You must be in the W CDMA 3GPP mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Root Raised Cosine Filter Alpha SENSe ACP FILTer RRC ALPHa numeric SENSe ACP FILTer RRC ALPHa Set the alpha value of the Root Raised Cosine RRC filter Factory Preset and RST 0 22 Range 0 01 to 0 5 Remarks You must be in the W CDMA 3GPP mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Adjacent Channel Power Root Raised Cosine Filter Control SENSe ACP FILTer RRC STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP FILTer RRC STATe Turn the Root Raised Cosine RRC filter on or off Factory Preset and RST On Remarks You must be in the W CDMA 3GPP mode to use this command Use INS
371. t use specific offsets with the SENS ACP OFFSet LIST STATe command Factory Preset and RST Mode Offset A Offset B Offset C Offset D Offset E Basic amp BOTH BOTH BOTH BOTH BOTH cdmaOne Remarks You must be in Basic or cdmaOne mode to use this Chapter 5 command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode 307 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Adjacent Channel Power Control Offset Frequency List Basic mode cdmaOne SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST STATe OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP OFFSet LIST STATe cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST STATe OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST STATe cdmaOne W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n STATe OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n STATe Selects whether testing is to be done at the custom offset frequencies The measured powers are tested against the absolute values defined with SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n ABSolute or the relative values defined with SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n RPSDensity and SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST n RCARier Offset n n 1 is base station and 2 is mobiles The default is base station 1 List n cdmaOne mode n 1 is cellular bands and 2 is pcs bands The default is cellular W CDMA Trial
372. t will stay set until the event register is cleared Querying the event register allows you to detect that this condition occurred even if the condition no longer exists The event register can only be cleared by querying it or sending the CLS command e Monitor a particular type of change in a condition bit The transition registers are preset to register if the a condition goes from 0 to 1 false to true or a positive transition This can be changed so the selected condition is detected if the bit goes from 1 to 0 true to false or a negative transition It can also be set for both types of transition occuring Or it can be set for neither transition If both transition registers are set to 0 for a particular bit position that bit will not be set in the event register for either type of change Chapter 2 79 Figure 2 1 Programming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers Using a Status Register Each bit in a register is represented by a numerical value based on its location See Figure 2 1 below This number is sent with the command to enable a particular bit If you want to enable more than one bit you would send the sum of all the bits that you are interested in For example to enable bit 0 and bit 6 of standard event status register you would send the command ESE 65 because 1 64 65 The results of a query are evaluated in a similar way If the STB command returns a decimal value of
373. tatistics CCDF Measurement eee 269 Power vs Time Measurement 271 Sensor Measurement 64 05 5 096 nad dee N K ER eS I XE iPod eFS KAI ene PRENOWRE SPREE LA 274 Spectrum Frequency Domain Measurement 275 Timebase Frequency Measurement 278 Waveform Time Domain Measurement ees 278 MEMory DB VELO cae PIX VWOc eR ds Mende p a Aes E eee HSuddoe cn gyder dente 281 Tostal App ealon 1 15 2424 0 e RU dd b abiur 281 Uninstall Application E aeree qo does goaded 281 MME Mory Subsystem cs E ERREUR CALCE OR eo 282 Memory Available or In Us amp 522 499 25 bcc ay ux XE Esa torne ke dE AW RRR as 282 select a Memory Devites ss x a s agan gan R EXER X XR bene R RRR RR XU d RR RR OES 282 Store a Screen Image in a Graphic File ee 283 merece Ile N d RC UR RR RU ERE ROVRO NO E E A RRR iR 284 Screen Image Bap Kennel 2252 x3 ire vP RA EA Ps YTEREXEASPQRV EEG GU PERPE 284 READ Bubdybeii ioo qase SR E Rd Ee ds 285 Initiate and Read Measurement Data 285 Ke U EE 286 Adjacent Channel Power Measurement 286 Baseband IQ Commands i004 o2cce20060 EE R RRR RR RR KR RR de eRe rx 317 Channel Commands E I e RARER EERE Ol KC ape ac e 318 Channel Power Measurement ANNE ii 22406 kod 324 ciphal Corrections Commands lt i 30 1 Goce deed oe oes ee RRRSPIQGCV RPG Ga duca PR 329 select the Input Bigual escasa i e e eg 329 Fregueniy Commands dm e bg a n a ee eo o A A KR e KEE EE we ol qe iite tetoya 330 RF Power CommandS i usua a atac
374. tby EN ENEE E RR ROGA RO RR AR BORRAR AA EROR A el 305 SENSe ACP OFFSet TEST ABSolute ANDJORJRELative ene 310 SENSEKACP Se oio Six eR EE EN EE da RAGR ep RRORN RR VE ENG ERE ME 310 SENSe ACP OFFSet FREQuency lt f_offset gt K aR R R KR NK RRR KR eens 300 SENSo ACP OPE Seth FEBEQueasy N O 300 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST ABSolute lt power gt lt power gt lt power gt lt pOWer gt lt POWET gt aa eee hh nr 295 BR N Bel ACP OFF Setia LIST ABSolute NN ERNEIEREN SNE NNN E ENNEN bee n 296 SENSe ACP OF FSet n LIST BANDwidth BWIDth lt res_bw gt lt res_bw gt lt res_bw gt lt res_bw gt lt res_bw gt 0 ccc cc ccc eee eee eee eens 297 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST BANDwidth BYVIDEh2 0 0 0 207 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST RCARrier rel power rel power rel power rel power rel Dwerz ss 304 SENSe ACP OFFSet InE LIST RCARrier e e R R R R R RRR e Ry y yy y RR 304 SENSe ACP OFFSet n L IST RPSDensity rel power rel power rel power rel power rel poverd es 306 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST RPSDensity ehh 306 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST STATe OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 0 1 OFF ON 60 1 0FF ON D 1 OFFION O desc sese ehe E EYE RUE x X EEN RETE 308 SENSe ACP OFFSetIinELIS DS NN d ENER d Eh EE EEN EE EA A Sa EE 308 SENSe ACP OFFSet n LIST TEST ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELative ABSolute AND OR RELat
375. te the instrument core firmware so that it is compatible with the new option Required Information Key Path Instrument System File System Memory This key is grayed out The total amount of memory in your instrument will be the sum of the Used memory and the Free memory You may not be able to fit all of the available measurement personalities in instrument memory at the same time The approximate memory requirements for the options are listed below These numbers are worst case examples Many options share components libraries so the total memory usage of multiple options may not be exactly equal to the combined total Available Personality Options File Size VSA A 05 20 GSM measurement personality 2 4 MB EDGE with GSM measurement personality 3 3 MB cdmaOne measurement personality 2 0 MB NADC measurement personalities 1 3 MB PDC measurement personalities 1 4 MB iDEN measurement personality 1 7 MB W CDMA measurement personality 4 9 MB cdma2000 measurement personality 3 8 MB Shared measurement library 1 5 MB 42 Chapter 1 NOTE NOTE Preparing for Use Installing Optional Measurement Personalities a This application uses the shared library so you have to add its memory requirements to this value The Exit Main Firmware key is used during the firmware installation process This key is only for use when you want to update core firmw
376. ted by Agilent Technologies for use with an instrument will execute its programming instructions when properly installed on that instrument Agilent Technologies does not warrant that the operation of the instrument or software or firmware will be uninterrupted or error free LIMITATION OF WARRANTY The foregoing warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance by Buyer Buyer supplied software or interfacing unauthorized modification or misuse operation outside of the environmental specifications for the product or improper site preparation or maintenance NO OTHER WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY Contents Preparing for Use Whats in This Chapter iiia sae qdkoea quen e bp E e bire RER e b SUPER e da dedit 36 wwmagpilent aha EE 36 Digital Communications Measurements Information aa aa 36 Programming the Transmitter Tester qua ean ER Ra X EORR EORR ORA ERA RR UR 38 Installing Optional Measurement Personalities 41 Available Measurement Personality Options 0 0 0 c eee ence nee 41
377. ter by character mode Chapter 2 93 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer The Standard UNIX TELNET Command Synopsis telnet host port Description The telnet command is used to communicate with another host using the TELNET protocol When telnet is invoked with host or port arguments a connection is opened to host and input is sent from the user to host Options and Parameters telnet operates in line by line mode or in character at a time mode In line by line mode typed text is first echoed on the screen When the line is completed by pressing the Enter key the text line is then sent to host In character at a time mode text is echoed to the screen and sent to host as it is typed In some cases if your telnet connection is in line by line mode there is no local echo This means you will not be able to see the characters you are typing on your computer s display until after you press the Enter key To remedy this you need to change your telnet connection to character by character mode This can be accomplished in most systems by escaping out of telnet to the telnet prompt and then typing mode char Consult your telnet program s documentation for how to change to character by character mode Using Socket LAN to Send Commands Your analyzer implements a sockets Applications Programming Interface API compatible with Berkeley sockets Winsock and other standard sockets APIs
378. that requested service When you read the instrument s status byte register with a serial poll the RQS bit is reset to 0 Other bits in the register are not affected If the status register is configured to SRQ on end of measurement and the measurement is in continuous mode then restarting a measurement INIT command can cause the measuring bit to pulse low This causes an SRQ when you have not actually reached the end of measurement condition To avoid this 1 Set INITiate CONTinuous off 2 Set enable the status registers 3 Restart the measurement send INIT Chapter 2 81 Programming Fundamentals Using the Instrument Status Registers Overall Status Register System Preset Values For All Registers Transition Filter 0 s Transion Filter 1 s For STAT QUES STAT OPER amp all OPER INST ISUM registers Event Enable 0 s For all Other Registers Event Enable 1 s Unused All unused bits 0 STATus QUEStionable POWer Reserved Reserved 1 Reserved 4 1 Reserved Ja 50 MHz Osc Unleveled ja 50 MHz Input Pwr too High for Cal ue DH 7 H Reserved Reserved Reserved Unused Unused 10 Unused 11 Unused 12 Unused 13 Unused 14 Always Zero 0 15 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency Reserved _ Freq Ref Unlocked Reserved Reserved Synth Unlocked Invalid BW IF Synth Unlocked Cal Osc Unlocked Even Sec Clock Synth Unlocked
379. the attenuator requires measuring an initial burst to identify the proper attenuator setting before the next burst can be measured properly If you know the amount of attenuation or the signal level needed for your measurement just set it Note that spurious types of measurements must be done with the attenuator in the automatic mode for example output RF spectrum transmit spurs adjacent channel power spectrum emission mask 70 Chapter 2 Programming Fundamentals Improving the Speed of Your Measurements These types of measurements begin tuned to the signal then tune away from it and must be able to reset the attenuation value as needed Optimize your GSM output RF spectrum switching measurement For ORFS switching setting the break frequency to zero 0 puts the analyzer in a measurement setup where it can use a direct time measurement algorithm instead of an FFT based algorithm This non FFT approach is faster However remember that your break frequency for ORFS modulation measurements must be 400 kHz for valid measurements so you will need to change the break frequency if you are making both types of measurements Avoid using RFBurst trigger for single burst signals RFBurst triggering works best when measuring signals with repetitive bursts For a non repetitive or single burst signals use the IF video trigger or external trigger depending on what you have available RFBurst triggering depends on its establi
380. the WIN32 environment In UNIX LAN communication via sockets is very similar to reading or writing a file The only difference is the openSocket routine which uses a few network library routines to create the TCP IP network connection Once this connection is created the standard fread and fwrite routines are used for network communication In Windows the routines send and recv must be used since fread and fwrite may not work on sockets 104 Chapter2 Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer General LAN Troubleshooting e Troubleshooting the Initial Connection on page 105 e Common Problems After You ve Made the Connection on page 107 e Pinging the Analyzer from Your Computer or Workstation on page 109 e EIA TIA 568B Wiring Information on page 111 Troubleshooting the Initial Connection Getting the analyzer to work with your network often requires detailed knowledge of your local network software This section attempts to help you with some common problems Contact your network administrator for additional assistance The analyzer LAN interface does not need or include any proprietary driver software It was designed to operate with common network utilities and drivers Either a hardware problem or a software problem can prevent the analyzer s remote file server from communicating over the LAN The following common problems may be encountered Chapter 2 105
381. the background This same alignment is run as part of the CAL ALL routine The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Front Panel Access Select Timebase Freq under Measure then press Meas Setup Auto Adjust Now Auto Adjust the Internal 10 MHz Frequency Reference CALibration FREQuency REFerence AADJust Auto adjustment of the internal frequency reference 10 MHz timebase Remarks You must be in the Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect Requires the current measurement to be timebase frequency A valid password needs to be entered sometime prior to sending this command See the timebase frequency measurement for more information Front Panel Access Select Timebase Freq under Measure then press Meas Setup Auto Adjust Now Chapter 5 217 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem Align the ADC CALibration GADC CALibration GADC Performs the ADC group of alignments The query returns a 0 if the alignments occurred without problems The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Front Panel Access System Alignments Align Subsystem Align ADC Align the IF Gain CALibration GAIN IF CALibration GAIN IF Calculate the curve coefficients for the IF gain DAC The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Front Panel Access System Alignments Align Subsystem IF
382. the length of the burst in the slot and you just want 1 burst There is a more detailed example in the Improving the Speed of Your Measurements section in the E4406A programmer s guide Remarks The optional parameters must be entered in the specified order For example if you want to specify length you must also specify lt soffset gt This command uses the data in the format specified by FORMat DATA returning either binary or ASCII data History Added in revision A 03 00 Changed in revision A 05 00 Measurement Available Traces Markers Available cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP modes EVM n 5 MERRor n 6 PERRor n 7 SPOWer n 9 CPOWer n 10 ACP adjacent channel power no traces no markers Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP iDEN NADC PDC modes BER bit error rate no traces no markers iDEN mode CDPower code domain power POWer n 2 yes cdmaOne mode TIMing n 3 PHASe n 4 CDPower code domain power CDPower n22 yes Chapter 5 197 Language Reference CALCulate Subsystem Measurement Available Traces Markers Available CHPower channel power Basic cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP modes SPECtrum n 2 no markers EDGE mode MERRor n 3 PERRor nz4 CSPur spurs close SPECtrum n 2 yes cdmaOne mode ULIMit n23 EEVM EDGE error vector magnitude EVMerror n 2 yes EORFspectr EDGE
383. ting 243 positive transition filter 77 power condition register 378 379 power statistic CCDF cdma2000 212 store reference 212 W CDMA 3GPP 212 power statistics CCDF measurement 333 See also PSTat power units 63 power vs time averaging state 335 power vs time averaging mode 336 power vs time averaging type 336 power vs time number of bursts averaged 335 power vs time resolution bandwidth 337 power vs time trigger source 338 power vs time measurement 271 335 See also PVTime pre ADC bandpass filter SPECtrum 350 pre FFT bandwidth SPECtrum 350 351 preset 184 190 388 customized 389 status registers 367 preset defaults LAN 55 106 preset type 389 print file types 182 print now 243 246 print the image again 244 printer color capability 241 invert image 245 language selection 242 type selection 242 printers RS 232 cables 48 printing 184 241 color 243 form feed 243 page orientation 243 prints per page 244 reprint 244 Index 403 Index product information on the web 36 program creating 46 program example C 148 168 Java 171 socket LAN 148 168 171 programming command syntax 59 commands for desired functions 182 creating a simple program 38 example using C language 116 making a measurement 46 parameters 62 SCPI basics 59 using C language 113 valid commands 60 via LAN 94 with C 104 with Java 104 with VEE 103 programming
384. to sending the command Front Panel Access System Alignments Align Subsystem IF Align the Wide LC Prefilter CALibration PFILter LC WIDE CALibration PFILter LC WIDE Align the wide LC prefilter 1 2 MHz to 7 5 MHz The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Remarks A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending the command Front Panel Access System Diagnostics Align the Narrow Crystal Prefilter CALibration PFILter XTAL NARROWw CALibration PFILter XTAL NARRow Align the narrow crystal prefilter 2 5 kHz to 20 kHz The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Remarks A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending the command Front Panel Access Enter service password and press System Diagnostics Align the Wide Crystal Prefilter CALibration PFILter XTAL WIDE CALibration PFILter XTAL WIDE Align the wide crystal prefilter 20 kHz to 200 kHz The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Chapter 5 221 Language Reference CALibration Subsystem Remarks A valid service password needs to be entered prior to sending the command Front Panel Access Enter service password and press System Diagnostics Adjust the Level of the 321 4 MHz Alignment Signal CALibration REF321 CALibration REF321 Calculate the curve coefficients for setting the l
385. to your analyzer in the middle of the program execution Pressing Preset will not change the LAN configuration settings Since they are persistent they will stay at the last user defined setting However you can return the instrument to its original factory defaults by pressing System Restore Sys Defaults If you want to use the LAN after restoring defaults you will have to re set the instrument IP address and any other appropriate configuration settings found in System Config I O Chapter 1 55 Preparing for Use Connecting to a GPIB Server Connecting to a GPIB Server Connect a cable to the standard GPIB connector on the rear panel of the instrument The GPIB can then be used to send SCPI commands to control the instrument and to return measurement data to the computer The GPIB address can be queried and set from the front panel key menus by pressing System Config I O GPIB Address This can also be done remotely using SYST COMM GPIB ADDR Pressing Preset will not change the GPIB address It is persistent and will stay at the last user defined setting However you can return the instrument to its original factory defaults by pressing System Restore Sys Defaults If you want to use a GPIB address other than 18 after restoring defaults you will have to re set the address 56 Chapter 1 Programming Fundamentals 57 Programming Fundamentals e SCPI Language Basics on page 59 Improving the Speed of Your Measur
386. trigger IMMediate the next data acquisition is immediately taken also called free run RFBurst wideband RF burst envelope trigger that has automatic level control for periodic burst signals Factory Preset and RST IMMediate free run RFBurst for GSM iDEN mode Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Waveform Time Domain Measurement Commands for querying the waveform measurement results and for setting to the default values are found in the MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 The equivalent front panel keys for the parameters described in the following commands are found under the Meas Setup key after the Waveform Time Domain measurement has been selected from the MEASURE key menu Waveform Data Acquisition Packing SENSe WAVeform ACQuistion PACKing AUTO LONG MEDium SHORt SENSe WAVeform ACQuistion PACKing Chapter 5 357 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem This is an advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Factory Preset and RST AUTO Remarks You must be in the Service mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Waveform ADC Dither State SENSe WAVeform ADC DITHer STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe WAVeform ADC DITHer STATe This is an Advanced control that normally does not need to be changed Factory Preset and RST OFF Remarks You must be in the Service mode to use this command
387. tual value this query retrieves the actual resolution bandwidth value Remarks Implemented for users of Glacier and other applications that require precise resolution bandwidth readings To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect History Version A 05 00 or later Waveform Resolution BW Filter Type SENSe WAVeform BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE FLATtop GAUSsian SENSe WAVeform BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE Select the type of Resolution BW filter that is used This is an Advanced control that normally does not need to be changed FLATtop a filter with a flat amplitude response which provides the best amplitude accuracy GAUSsian a filter with Gaussian characteristics which provides the best pulse response Factory Preset and RST GAUSsian Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Chapter 5 361 Language Reference SENSe Subsystem Waveform Decimation of Waveform Display SENSe WAVeform DECimate FACTor integer SENSe WAVeform DECimate FACTor Set the amount of data decimation done on the IQ data stream For example if 4 is selected three out of every four data points will be thrown away So every 4th data point will be kept Factory Preset and RST 1 Range 1to4 Remarks To use this command the appropriate mode should be selected with INSTrument SELect Wavefor
388. uency 1 absolute power dBm 1 Positive offset frequency 5 relative power dB 2 Positive offset frequency 5 absolute power dBm 260 Chapter 5 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Measurement n Results Returned Type Power spectral not Returns 24 comma separated scalar results in the following density specified order reference or n 1 1 Upper adjacent chan center frequency relative power dB Basic 2 Upper adjacent chan center frequency absolute power cdmaOne dBm Hz cdma2000 3 Lower adjacent chan center frequency relative power dB W CDMA same as upper 3GPP or 4 Lower adjacent chan center frequency absolute power W CDMA dBm Hz same as upper Trial amp 5 Negative offset frequency 1 relative power dB Arib mode 6 Negative offset frequency 1 absolute power dBm Hz 7 Positive offset frequency 1 relative power dB 8 Positive offset frequency 1 absolute power dBm Hz 1 Positive offset frequency 5 relative power dB 2 Positive offset frequency 5 absolute power dBm Hz 2 Returns 10 comma separated scalar values of the pass fail ae PDC mode P qu 1 Negative offset frequency 1 absolute power 2 Positive offset frequency 1 absolute power 1 Negative offset frequency 5 absolute power 2 Positive offset frequency 5 absolute power 2 Returns 3 comma separated scalar values of the histogram iDEN absolute power trace mode 1 Lo
389. urrent instrument measurement state It checks to see if the instrument is calibrating sweeping or waiting for a trigger For more information see the OPC command located in the Common IEEEE Commands section of the Language Reference chapter Questionable Status Register The questionable status register monitors the instrument to see if anything questionable has happened It is looking for anything that might cause an error or a bad measurement like a hardware problem an out of calibration situation or a unusual signal All the bits are summary bits from lower level event registers 88 Chapter 2 NOTE NOTE Programming Fundamentals Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Using the LAN to Control the Analyzer Refer to the User s Guide Using System Features chapter for information about configuring the analyzer input output settings from the front panel Use the SYSTem commands to change settings remotely Remember that in any type programming using LAN you should avoid constantly opening and closing connections This uses up processing resources adds to your system overhead and can cause problems with asynchronous implementation of successive commands When you are sending the instrument multiple commands open the connection send all the commands and close the connection e Using ftp for File Transfers on page 89 e Using Telnet to Send Commands on page 92 e Using Socket LAN to Send Commands on pa
390. urst Peak Level RF Burst Trigger Slope TRIGger SEQuence RFBurst SLOPe NEGative POSitive TRIGger L SEQuence RFBurst SLOPe Set the trigger slope when using the RF Burst wideband Trigger Factory Preset and RST Positive Remarks You must be in the cdmaOne cdma2000 W CDMA 83GPP or W CDMA Trial amp ARIB mode to use this command Use INSTrument SELect to set the mode Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger RF Burst Slope Chapter 5 397 Language Reference TRIGger Subsystem 398 Chapter 5 Index Symbols CLS 77 ESE 87 88 ESR 87 SRE 84 STB 84 Numerics 10 MHz reference adjustment 217 321 4 MHz reference adjustment 222 50 MHz reference adjustment 222 223 224 225 267 A abort calibration 213 abort command 193 abort commands 193 absolute limit ACP 293 ACP absolute limits 293 averaging 287 297 FFT 291 292 299 limit testing 194 294 offset frequencies 294 295 297 310 offset ref attenuation 303 offset sideband choice 307 offset sweep time 309 310 315 relative limits 294 setting amplitude levels 296 testing 291 292 299 302 303 307 309 310 312 313 315 trigger source 316 view of data 228 ACPR amplitude levels 304 306 averaging 287 297 detector type 314 FFT sweep 315 offset frequencies 300 programming example 145 resolution bandwidths 298 sweep mode detection 314 sweep time 314 sweep type 315 swept mod
391. urst to make sure a measurement is initiated even if a trigger doesn t occur Use TRIGger SEQuence AUTO TIME to set the time limit Factory Preset and RST Off for cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp ARIB NADC and PDC Front Panel Access Mode Setup Trigger Auto Trig Automatic Trigger Time TRIGger SEQuence AUTO TIME lt time gt s TRIGger SEQuence AUTO L TIME After the measurement is activated the instrument will take a data acquisition immediately upon receiving a signal from the selected trigger source If no trigger signal is received by the end of the time specified in this command a data acquisition is taken anyway TRIGger SEQuence AUTO STATE must be on Factory Preset and RST 100 0 ms Range 1 0 ms to 1000 0 s Chapter 5 391 Language Reference TRIGger Subsystem 0 0 to 1000 0 s for cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp ARIB Default Unit seconds External Trigger Delay TRIGger SEQuence EXTernal 1 2 DELay time TRIGger L SEQuence EXTernal 1 2 DELay Set the trigger delay when using an external trigger Set the trigger value to zero 0 seconds to turn off the delay EXT or EXT 1is the front panel trigger input EXT2 is the rear panel trigger input Factory Preset and RST 0 0 s Range 500 0 ms to 500 0 ms 100 0 ms to 500 0 ms for cdma2000 W CDMA 3GPP W CDMA Trial amp ARIB Default Unit seconds Front Panel Access Mode Setup
392. ve e RR dnd a eke Ara Y IER E A RM 191 geni e EC tae RE L Ed CERES dA 191 HR e R tUm EE CIERRE IEEE RE e e CERE Ed ER 191 rk E cceas ad dE x REG ER RE SEES RTE OA KEQUQE OSEE E PEUX IG RE Ed E 192 E EET A ope Eb Up qul eed C RE EN 192 uoc i re 192 UI cr rnt Mn 193 CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer AOFF 0 0 cece eee e 204 CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 FUNCtion BPOWer NOISe OFF 204 CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 FUNCtion RESult 0 205 CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 FUNCtion aaa aaa 204 CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 MAXimum 0 0 0 0 nnn 205 CALCulate measurement MARKer 1 2 3 4 MINimum 206 CALCulate measurement MARKer 1 2 3 4 MODE POSition DELTa 206 CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 MODE 0 0 0 cee eee eee 206 CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe trace nanmez 207 CALCulate lt measurement gt MARKer 1 2 3 4 TRACe 0 2 ee eee ee 207 CALCulate measurement MARKer 1 2 3 4 X paramz eee 211 11 List of Commands CALCulate measurement MARKer 1 2 3 X POSition unteger 211 CALCulate measurement MARKer 1 2 3 4 X POSition aa 211 CAlLCulate measurement MARRerlUI2I l n nenene 211 CALCulate measurement MARKer 1 2 3 4 Y llle RR 212 CALCulate measure
393. wer measurements on multiple bursts or slots use CALCulate DATA n COMPress on page 72 Turn off the display updates DISPlay ENABle OFF turns off the display That is the data may still be visible but it will no longer be updated Updating the display slows down the measurement For remote testing since the computer is processing the data rather than a person there is no need to display the data on the analyzer screen Use binary data format instead of ASCII The ASCII data format is the instrument default since it is easier for people to understand and is required by SCPI for RST However data input output is faster using the binary formats FORMat DATA REAL 64 selects the 64 bit binary data format for all your numerical data queries You may need to swap the byte order if you are using a PC rather than UNIX NorMal is the default byte order Use FORMat BORDer SWAP to change the byte order so that the least significant byte is sent first Real 32 which is smaller and somewhat faster should only be used if you don t need full resolution for your data You probably need full resolution if you have frequency data When using the binary format data is sent in a block of bytes with an ASCII header A data query would return the block of data in the following format DNNN lt nnn binary data bytes Chapter 2 67 Programming Fundamentals Improving the Speed of Your Measurements To parse the data e Read two character
394. wer offset frequency absolute power 2 Reference frequency absolute power 3 Upper offset frequency absolute power Total power 2 Returns 11 comma separated scalar values in dBm reference Basic corresponding to the total power histogram display The values y are returned in ascending frequency order cdmaOne cdma2000 1 Negative offset frequency 5 W CDMA 2 Negative offset frequency 4 3GPP or W CDMA Trial amp Arib mode 1 Center frequency 2 Positive offset frequency 1 1 Positive offset frequency 5 Chapter 5 261 Language Reference MEASure Group of Commands Measurement n Results Returned Type 3 Returns 10 comma separated scalar values of the pass fail dcc ac mee PDC mode P q 1 Negative offset frequency 1 relative povver 2 Positive offset frequency 1 relative povver 1 Negative offset frequency 5 relative povver 2 Positive offset frequency 5 relative povver 3 Returns 3 comma separated scalar values of the histogram iDEN relative power trace mode 1 Lower offset frequency relative power 2 Reference frequency relative power 3 Upper offset frequency relative power Power spectral 3 Returns 11 comma separated scalar values in dBm Hz density S corresponding to the power spectral density histogram display Basic 8 reference The values are returned in ascending frequency order cdmaOne cdma2000 1 Negative offset freque
395. width BWIDth PFFT TYPEH 0 0 cee eee 351 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth PFFT SIZE freq e 350 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth PFFTESIZE 0 0 20 00 eee eee 350 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution freq aa aa 351 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO OFFJONJOJ1 352 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO 00 000 352 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolutionl 351 SENSe SPECtrum DECimate FACTor integer cee eee nes 352 SENSel SPECLiram DECimatel FACTorl 04 4 004 esses hr mm Rhet de Ree 352 GENSel SPRCr m EE LENG integers ak ceu irer RARE OR EORR ACERO e EORR ed 353 SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth AUTO OFFION 1011 RI 353 SENS SPECtrum EF TTLENQUEALITOT A gK K R RR R aR eee bos RRR R RR ee eos ERRAT 353 32 List of Commands PENSES ECUN PI M LENGI ueste tiae ia beue E DER Od Edid dd Redde 353 SENSe SPECtrum FFT RBWPoints lt real gt eee 354 SENS SPECtrum ERR Pointe Ad NEE WENN XA e ENEE EN EE eq pi RES 354 SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow DELay real 354 SENSeESPECtrum FFTWINDow DELay e e 354 SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow LENGth integer llle 354 SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow LENGth lt x s Rs R R R RRR RRR RR RRR e 354 SENSeI SPECtr m FFT WINDowE TYPE SNE NN EINEN mh Inm 355 SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow TYPE BHA4Tap BLACkman FLATtop GAUSsian
396. witch to CDMA MODE viPrintf viVSA INST CDMA n Reset device viPrintf viVSA RST n set the analyzer in single mode viPrintf viVSA INIT CONT 0 n trigger an ACPR measurement viPrintf viVSA READ ACPR WAI n Get the data into a buffer viRead viVSA ViBuf sTraceInfo 1024 amp lBytesRetrieved set the analyzer in continuous mode viPrintf viVSA INIT CONT 1Mn save the data to a file TraceFile fopen C ACPR txt w fprintf fTraceFile ACPR exe Output nAgilent Technnologies 2001 n n fprintf fTraceFile The ACPR Measurement Result n 5 5 n fprintf fTraceFile sTraceInfo fclose fTraceFile 146 Chapter 3 Programming Examples Making an ACPR Measurement in cdmaOne Option BAC print message to the standard output printf The The ACPR Measurement Result was saved to C ACPR txt file n n Close session viClose viVSA viClose defaultRM Chapter 3 147 Programming Examples Using C Programming Over Socket LAN Using C Programming Over Socket LAN This is the C programming example socketio c It demonstrates simple socket programming It is written in C and compiles in the HP UX UNIX environment or the WIN32 environment It is portable to other UNIX environments with only minor changes In UNIX LAN communication via sockets is very similar to reading or writing a file The only difference is the o
397. ws you to configure a custom printer if your printer cannot be auto configured Use other HCOPy DEVice commands to specify some of the characteristics of your custom printer The color and language must be defined for your custom printer You must select the custom printer type to print hardcopy output NONE tells the instrument that there is no hard copy printer device available Factory Preset and RST NONE This parameter is persistent which means that it retains the setting previously selected even through a power cycle History Revision A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Print Setup select Print To Printer Printer Type 242 Chapter 5 Language Reference HCOPy Subsystem Color Hard Copy HCOPy IMAGe COLor STATe OFF ON 0 1 HCOPy IMAGe COLor STATe Selects between color and monochrome mode for hard copy output You must set HCOP DEV COLOR YES before using this command Factory Preset and RST On This parameter is persistent which means that it retains the setting previously selected even through a power cycle Remarks Revision A 04 00 and later Front Panel Access Print Setup select Print To Printer Color Print a Hard Copy HCOPy IMMediate The entire screen image is output to the printer at the parallel port Front Panel Access Print Form Feed the Print Item HCOPy ITEM FFEed L IMMediate Sends the printer a command to form feed No form feed will occur unless t
398. ystem Align the Trigger Delay CALibration TRIGger DELay CALibration TRIGger DELay Align any trigger delays needed One place that this alignment is used is for the even second clock functionality in cdmaOne mode This same alignment is run as part of the CAL ALL routine The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align 50 MHz Reference Align the Trigger Interpolator CALibration TRIGger INTerpolator CALibration TRIGger INTerpolator Align the partial sample trigger interpolator This same alignment is run as part of the CAL ALL routine The query performs the alignment and returns a zero if the alignment is successful Front Panel Access System Alignments Align subsystem Align 50 MHz Reference Calibration Wait CALibration WAIT Waits until any alignment procedure that is underway is completed 226 Chapter 5 NOTE Language Reference CONFigure Subsystem CONFigure Subsystem The CONFigure commands are used with several other commands to control the measurement process The full set of commands are described in the section MEASure Group of Commands on page 255 Selecting measurements with the CONFigure FETCh MEASure READ commands sets the instrument state to the defaults for that measurement and to make a single measurement Other commands are available for each measurement to allow you to

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Frost Free Fridge Freezer USER`S MANUAL  µPAC-5000 User Manual (C Language Based)  200GX IM REV B.qxd  Premier Mounts ECM-3763Q flat panel ceiling mount  Pliego de la Licitación  取扱説明書    Manual de instruções - Documentação técnica  method of payment  UI Escalier de chantier-FR-0933.fm  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file